Document:

<PAGE>

                                                                    EXHIBIT 10.5

                                FLUOROWARE, INC.
                          PENSION PLAN TRUST AGREEMENT
                               (1995 Restatement)

                         First Effective January 1, 1973
               As Amended and Restated Effective September 1, 1985
               As Amended and Restated Effective September 1, 1995
<PAGE>

                                FLUOROWARE, INC.
                          PENSION PLAN TRUST AGREEMENT
                               (1995 Restatement)

                                TABLE OF CONTENTS

                                                                            Page

PREAMBLES .................................................................   1

SECTION 1.   INTRODUCTION .................................................   2

             1.1.   Definitions
                    1.1.1.  Accounts
                            (a)  Total Account
                            (b)  Regular Account
                            (c)  Rollover Account
                            (d)  Transfer Account
                            (e)  Suspense Account
                    1.1.2.  Affiliate
                    1.1.3.  Annual Valuation Date
                    1.1.4.  Beneficiary
                    1.1.5.  Code
                    1.1.6.  Committee
                    1.1.7.  Disability
                    1.1.8.  Effective Date
                    1.1.9.  Eligibility Service
                    1.1.10. Employer
                    1.1.11. Employment Commencement Date
                    1.1.12. ERISA
                    1.1.13. Event of Maturity
                    1.1.14. Fund
                    1.1.15. Hours of Service
                    1.1.16. Investment Manager
                    1.1.17. Normal Retirement Age
                    1.1.18. Participant
                    1.1.19. Period of Service
                    1.1.20. Period of Severance
                    1.1.21. Plan
                    1.1.22. Plan Statement
                    1.1.23. Plan Year
                    1.1.24. Principal Sponsor

                                      -i-
<PAGE>

                    1.1.25. Prior Plan Statement
                    1.1.26. Recognized Compensation
                    1.1.27. Recognized Employment
                    1.1.28. Reemployment Commencement Date
                    1.1.29. Severance from Service Date
                    1.1.30. Subfund
                    1.1.31. Trustee
                    1.1.32. Valuation Date
                    1.1.33. Vested
                    1.1.34. Vesting Service
             1.2.   Rules of Interpretation
             1.3.   Transitional Rules

SECTION 2.   ELIGIBILITY AND PARTICIPATION ................................  12

             2.1.   General Eligibility Rule
             2.2.   Special Rule for Former Participants

SECTION 3.   CONTRIBUTIONS AND ALLOCATION THEREOF .........................  13

             3.1.   Employer Contributions
                    3.1.1.  Source of Employer Contributions
                    3.1.2.  Limitation
                    3.1.3.  Form of Payment
             3.2.   Annual Contributions
                    3.2.1.  Amount
                    3.2.2.  Crediting to Accounts
             3.3.   Eligible Participants
             3.4.   Adjustments
                    3.4.1.  Make-Up Contributions for
                            Omitted Participants
                    3.4.2.  Mistaken Contributions
             3.5.   Limitation on Annual Additions
             3.6.   Effect of Disallowance of Deduction or Mistake of Fact

SECTION 4.   INVESTMENT AND ADJUSTMENT OF ACCOUNTS ........................  15

             4.1.   Establishment of Subfunds
                    4.1.1.  Establishing Commingled Subfunds
                    4.1.2.  Individual Subfunds
                    4.1.3.  Operational Rules
                    4.1.4.  Revising Subfunds
             4.2.   Valuation and Adjustment of Accounts
                    4.2.1.  Intermediate Distributions Adjustment
                    4.2.2.  Investment Adjustment
                    4.2.3.  Contribution Adjustment

                                      -ii-
<PAGE>

                    4.2.4.  Final Distributions Adjustment
                    4.2.5.  Other Rules
             4.3.   Management and Investment of Fund

SECTION 5.   VESTING.......................................................  18

             5.1.   Regular Account
                    5.1.1.  Progressive Vesting
                    5.1.2.  Full Vesting
                    5.1.3.  Forfeiture Event
                    5.1.4.  Special Rule for Partial Distributions
                    5.1.5.  Effect of Break on Vesting
                    5.1.6.  Pre-Effective Date Vesting
             5.2.   Other Accounts

SECTION 6.   MATURITY......................................................  20

             6.1.   Events of Maturity
             6.2.   Disposition of Nonvested Account
                    6.2.1.  Rehire Before Forfeiture
                    6.2.2.  Rehire After Forfeiture
                    6.2.3.  Forfeitures
                    6.2.4.  Restorations

SECTION 7.   DISTRIBUTION.................................................. 22

             7.1.   Application for Distribution
                    7.1.1.  Application Required
                    7.1.2.  Exception for Small Amounts
                    7.1.3.  Exception for Required Distributions
                    7.1.4.  Notices
                    7.1.5.  Direct Rollover
             7.2.   Time of Distribution
                    7.2.1.  Earliest Beginning Date
                    7.2.2.  Required Beginning Date
             7.3.   Forms of Distribution
                    7.3.1.  Forms Available
                    7.3.2.  Presumptive Form
                    7.3.3.  Effect of Reemployment
             7.4.   Designation of Beneficiaries
                    7.4.1.  Right To Designate
                    7.4.2.  Spousal Consent
                    7.4.3.  Failure of Designation
                    7.4.4.  Disclaimers by Beneficiaries
                    7.4.5.  Definitions
                    7.4.6.  Special Rules

                                     -iii-
<PAGE>

             7.5.   Death Prior to Full Distribution
             7.6.   Distribution in Cash
             7.7.   Facility of Payment

SECTION 8.   SPENDTHRIFT PROVISIONS........................................  30

SECTION 9.   AMENDMENT AND TERMINATION.....................................  31

             9.1.   Amendment
             9.2.   Discontinuance of Contributions and Termination of Plan
             9.3.   Merger or Spinoff of Plans
                    9.3.1.  In General
                    9.3.2.  Limitations
                    9.3.3.  Beneficiary Designations
             9.4.   Adoption by Affiliates
                    9.4.1.  Adoption by Consent
                    9.4.2.  Procedure for Adoption
                    9.4.3.  Effect of Adoption

SECTION 10.  CONCERNING THE TRUSTEE........................................  33

             10.1.  Dealings with Trustee
                    10.1.1. No Duty to Inquire
                    10.1.2. Assumed Authority
             10.2.  Compensation of Trustee
             10.3.  Resignation and Removal of Trustee
                    10.3.1. Resignation, Removal and Appointment
                    10.3.2. Automatic Removal
                    10.3.3. Surviving Trustees
                    10.3.4. Successor Organizations
                    10.3.5. Co-Trustee Responsibility
                    10.3.6. Allocation of Responsibility
                    10.3.7. Majority Decisions
             10.4.  Accountings by Trustee
                    10.4.1. Periodic Reports
                    10.4.2. Special Reports
             10.5.  Trustee's Power to Protect Itself on Account of Taxes
             10.6.  Other Trust Powers
             10.7.  Investment Managers
                    10.7.1. Appointment and Qualifications
                    10.7.2. Removal
                    10.7.3. Relation to Other Fiduciaries
             10.8.  No Investment in Employer Real Property
             10.9.  No Investment in Employer Securities

                                      -iv-
<PAGE>

             10.10. Fiduciary Principles
             10.11. Prohibited Transactions
             10.12. Indemnity

SECTION 11.  DETERMINATIONS -- RULES AND REGULATIONS.......................  41

             11.1.  Determinations
             11.2.  Rules and Regulations
             11.3.  Method of Executing Instruments
                    11.3.1. Employer or Committee
                    11.3.2. Trustee
             11.4.  Claims Procedure
                    11.4.1. Original Claim
                    11.4.2. Claims Review Procedure
                    11.4.3. General Rules
             11.5.  Information Furnished by Participants

SECTION 12.  PLAN ADMINISTRATION...........................................  43

             12.1.  Principal Sponsor
                    12.1.1. Officers
                    12.1.2. Chief Executive Officer
                    12.1.3. Board of Directors
             12.2.  Committee
                    12.2.1. Appointment and Removal
                    12.2.2. Automatic Removal
                    12.2.3. Authority
                    12.2.4. Majority Decisions
             12.3.  Limitation on Authority
                    12.3.1. Fiduciaries Generally
                    12.3.2. Trustee
             12.4.  Conflict of Interest
             12.5.  Dual Capacity
             12.6.  Administrator
             12.7.  Named Fiduciaries
             12.8.  Service of Process
             12.9.  Administrative Expenses
             12.10. IRS Qualification

SECTION 13.  IN GENERAL....................................................  46

             13.1.  Disclaimers
                    13.1.1. Effect on Employment
                    13.1.2. Sole Source of Benefits
                    13.1.3. Co-Fiduciary Matters
             13.2.  Reversion of Fund Prohibited

                                      -v-
<PAGE>

             13.3.  Contingent Top Heavy Plan Rules
             13.4.  Continuity
             13.5.  Execution in Counterparts

SIGNATURES.................................................................  47

APPENDIX A -- LIMITATION ON ANNUAL ADDITIONS AND ANNUAL BENEFITS........... A-1

APPENDIX B -- CONTINGENT TOP HEAVY PLAN RULES.............................. B-1

APPENDIX C -- QUALIFIED DOMESTIC RELATION ORDERS........................... C-1

APPENDIX D -- HIGHLY COMPENSATED EMPLOYEE................................. D-1

                                      -vi-
<PAGE>

                                FLUOROWARE, INC.
                          PENSION PLAN TRUST AGREEMENT
                               (1995 Restatement)

     THIS AGREEMENT, Made and entered into as of _______________, 1995, by and
between FLUOROWARE, INC., a Minnesota corporation (the "Principal Sponsor"), and
DANIEL QUERNEMOEN, STAN GEYER and RICHARD G. REVORD, as trustees (collectively,
together with their successors, the "Trustee");

     WITNESSETH: That

     WHEREAS, The Principal Sponsor has heretofore established and maintained a
money purchase pension plan (the "Plan") which, in most recent amended and
restated form, is embodied in a document dated January 15, 1986 and entitled
"Fluoroware, Inc. Pension Plan Trust Agreement (1985 Restatement)" (as amended
by documents dated August 1, 1989 and October 3, 1989); and

     WHEREAS, The Principal Sponsor has reserved to itself the power to make
further amendments of the Plan documents; and

     WHEREAS, It is desired to amend and restate the Plan documents to be a
money purchase pension plan in a single document in the manner hereinafter set
forth;

     NOW, THEREFORE, The Plan documents are hereby amended and restated,
effective as of September 1, 1995, to read in full as follows:
<PAGE>

                                    SECTION 1

                                  INTRODUCTION

1.1. Definitions. When the following terms are used herein with initial capital
letters, they shall have the following meanings:

     1.1.1. Accounts -- the following Accounts will be maintained under the Plan
for Participants:

     (a)  Total Account -- for convenience of reference, a Participant's entire
          interest in the Fund, including the Participant's Regular Account,
          Rollover Account and Transfer Account (but excluding the Participant's
          interest in a Suspense Account).

     (b)  Regular Account -- the Account maintained for each Participant to
          which is credited the Participant's allocable share of the Employer
          contributions made pursuant to Section 3.2 (or comparable provisions
          of the Prior Plan Statement, together with any increase or decrease
          thereon.

     (c)  Rollover Account -- the Account maintained for each Participant to
          which were credited the Participant's rollover contributions made
          under the Prior Plan Statement, together with any increase or decrease
          thereon.

     (d)  Transfer Account -- the Account maintained for each Participant to
          which is credited the Participant's interest, if any, transferred from
          another qualified plan by the trustee of such other plan pursuant to
          an agreement made under Section 9.3 and not credited to any other
          Account pursuant to such agreement (or another provision of this Plan
          Statement), together with any increase or decrease thereon.

     (e)  Suspense Account -- the Account maintained for each Participant to
          which is credited the portion of the Participant's Regular Account
          which is not Vested upon the occurrence of an Event of Maturity
          (pending reemployment or forfeiture pursuant to Section 6.2), together
          with any increase or decrease thereon.

     1.1.2. Affiliate -- a business entity which is under "common control" with
the Employer or which is a member of an "affiliated service group" that includes
the Employer, as those terms are defined in section 414(b), (c) and (m) of the
Code. A business entity which is a predecessor to the Employer shall be treated
as an Affiliate if the Employer maintains a plan of such predecessor business
entity or if, and to the extent that, such treatment is otherwise required by
regulations under section 414(a) of the Code. A business entity shall also be
treated as an Affiliate if, and to the extent that, such treatment is required
by regulations under section 414(o) of the Code. In addition to said required
treatment, the Principal Sponsor may, in its discretion, designate as an
Affiliate any business entity which is not such a

                                      -2-
<PAGE>

"common control," "affiliated service group" or "predecessor" business entity
but which is otherwise affiliated with the Employer, subject to such limitations
as the Principal Sponsor may impose.

     1.1.3. Annual Valuation Date -- each August 31.

     1.1.4. Beneficiary -- a person designated by a Participant (or
automatically by operation of this Plan Statement) to receive all or a part of
the Participant's Vested Total Account in the event of the Participant's death
prior to full distribution thereof. A person so designated shall not be
considered a Beneficiary until the death of the Participant.

     1.1.5. Code -- the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, including applicable
regulations for the specified section of the Code. Any reference in this Plan
Statement to a section of the Code, including the applicable regulation, shall
be considered also to mean and refer to any subsequent amendment or replacement
of that section or regulation.

     1.1.6. Committee -- the committee established in accordance with the
provisions of Section 12.2, known as the Administrative Committee.

     1.1.7. Disability -- a medically determinable physical or mental impairment
which: (i) renders the individual incapable of performing any substantial
gainful employment, (ii) can be expected to be of long-continued and indefinite
duration or result in death, and (iii) is evidenced by a certification to this
effect by a doctor of medicine approved by the Committee. In lieu of such a
certification, the Committee may accept, as proof of Disability, the official
written determination that the individual will be eligible for disability
benefits under the federal Social Security Act as now enacted or hereinafter
amended (when any waiting period expires). The Committee shall determine the
date on which the Disability shall have occurred if such determination is
necessary.

     1.1.8. Effective Date -- September 1, 1995, subject to Section 1.3.

     1.1.9. Eligibility Service -- a measure of an employee's service with the
Employer and all Affiliates (stated as a number of years) which is equal to the
number of computation periods for which the employee is credited with one
thousand (1,000) or more Hours of Service; subject, however, to the following
rules:

     (a)  Computation Periods. The computation periods for determining
          Eligibility Service shall be the twelve (12) consecutive month period
          beginning with the date the employee first performs an Hour of Service
          and all Plan Years beginning after such date (irrespective of any
          termination of employment and subsequent reemployment).

     (b)  Completion. A year of Eligibility Service shall be deemed completed
          only as of the last day of the computation period (irrespective of the
          date in such period that the employee completed one thousand Hours of
          Service). (Fractional years of Eligibility Service shall not be
          credited.)

                                      -3-
<PAGE>

     (c)  Pre-Effective Date Service. Eligibility Service shall be credited for
          Hours of Service earned and computation periods completed before
          September 1, 1995 under the Prior Plan Statement.

     (d)  Pre-Effective Date Breaks in Service. Eligibility Service cancelled
          before September 1, 1995 by operation of the Plan's break in service
          rules as they existed before September 1, 1995 shall continue to be
          cancelled on and after September 1, 1995.

     1.1.10. Employer -- the Principal Sponsor, any business entity that adopts
the Plan pursuant to Section 9.4, and any successor thereof that adopts the
Plan.

     1.1.11. Employment Commencement Date -- the date upon which an employee
first performs one (1) Hour of Service for the Employer or an Affiliate (without
regard to whether such Hour of Service is performed in Recognized Employment or
otherwise).

     1.1.12. ERISA -- the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974,
including applicable regulations for the specified section of ERISA. Any
reference in this Plan Statement to a section of ERISA, including the applicable
regulation, shall be considered also to mean and refer to any subsequent
amendment or replacement of that section or regulation.

     1.1.13. Event of Maturity -- any of the occurrences described in Section 6
by reason of which a Participant or Beneficiary may become entitled to a
distribution from the Plan.

     1.1.14. Fund -- the assets of the Plan held by the Trustee from time to
time, including all contributions and the investments and reinvestments,
earnings and profits thereon, whether invested under the general investment
authority of the Trustee or under the terms applicable to any Subfund
established pursuant to Section 4.1.

     1.1.15. Hours of Service -- a measure of an employee's service with the
Employer and all Affiliates, determined for a given computation period and equal
to the number of hours credited to the employee according to the following
rules:

     (a)  Paid Duty. An Hour of Service shall be credited for each hour for
          which the employee is paid, or entitled to payment, for the
          performance of duties for the Employer or an Affiliate. These hours
          shall be credited to the employee for the computation period or
          periods in which the duties are performed or, if different, to the
          computation period or periods in which the employee is paid for such
          hours; provided, however, that no hours will be credited to the
          computation period or periods in which the employee is paid for such
          hours unless the Hours of Service to be credited are in connection
          with a period of no more than thirty-one (31) days that extends beyond
          the computation period or periods in which the duties are performed.

     (b)  Paid Nonduty. An Hour of Service shall be credited for each hour for
          which the employee is paid, or entitled to payment, by the Employer or
          an Affiliate on

                                      -4-
<PAGE>

          account of a period of time during which no duties are performed
          (irrespective of whether the employment relationship has terminated)
          due to paid time off ("PTO"), vacation, holiday, illness, incapacity
          (including disability), layoff, jury duty, military duty or leave of
          absence; provided, however, that:

          (i)  no more than five hundred one (501) Hours of Service shall be
               credited on account of a single continuous period during which
               the employee performs no duties (whether or not such period
               occurs in a single computation period),

          (ii) no Hours of Service shall be credited on account of payments made
               under a plan maintained solely for the purpose of complying with
               applicable workers' compensation, unemployment compensation or
               disability insurance laws,

         (iii) no Hours of Service shall be credited on account of payments
               which solely reimburse the employee for medical or medically
               related expenses incurred by the employee, and

          (iv) payments shall be deemed made by or due from the Employer or an
               Affiliate whether made directly or indirectly from a trust fund
               or an insurer to which the Employer or an Affiliate contributes
               or pays premiums.

          These hours shall be credited to the employee for the computation
          period for which payment is made or, if the payment is not computed by
          reference to units of time, the hours shall be credited to the first
          computation period in which the event, for which any part of the
          payment is made, occurred.

     (c)  Back Pay. An Hour of Service shall be credited for each hour for which
          back pay, irrespective of mitigation of damages, has been either
          awarded or agreed to by the Employer or an Affiliate. The same Hours
          of Servicecredited under paragraph (a) or (b) shall not be credited
          under this paragraph (c). The crediting of Hours of Service under this
          paragraph (c) for periods and payments described in paragraph (b)
          shall be subject to all the limitations of that paragraph. These hours
          shall be credited to the employee for the computation period or
          periods to which the award or agreement pertains rather than the
          computation period in which the award, agreement or payment is made.

     (d)  Unpaid Absences.

          (i)  Military Leaves. During service in the Armed Forces of the United
               States, if the employee both entered such service and returned to
               employment with the Employer or an Affiliate from such service
               under circumstances entitling the employee to reemployment rights
               granted veterans under federal law, the

                                      -5-
<PAGE>

               employee shall be credited with the number of Hours of Service
               which otherwise would normally have been credited to such
               employee but for such absence; provided, however, that if the
               employee does not return to employment for any reason other than
               death, Disability or attainment of Normal Retirement Age within
               the time prescribed by law for the retention of veteran's
               reemployment rights, such Hours of Service shall not be credited.

          (ii) Leaves of Absence. If (and to the extent that) the Administrative
               Committee so provides in rules, during each unpaid leave of
               absence authorized by the Employer or an Affiliate for Plan
               purposes under such rules, the employee shall be credited with
               the number of Hours of Service which otherwise would normally
               have been credited to such employee but for such absence;
               provided, however, that if the employee does not return to
               employment for any reason other than death, Disability or
               attainment of Normal Retirement Age at the expiration of the
               leave of absence, such Hours of Service shall not be credited.

         (iii) Parenting Leaves. To the extent not otherwise credited, Hours of
               Service shall be credited to an employee for any period of
               absence from work beginning in Plan Years commencing after August
               31, 1985, due to pregnancy of the employee, the birth of a child
               of the employee, the placement of a child with the employee in
               connection with the adoption of such child by the employee or for
               the purpose of caring for such child for a period beginning
               immediately following such birth or placement. The employee shall
               be credited with the number of Hours of Service which otherwise
               would normally have been credited to such employee but for such
               absence. If it is impossible to determine the number of Hours of
               Service which would otherwise normally have been so credited, the
               employee shall be credited with eight (8) Hours of Service for
               each day of such absence. In no event, however, shall the number
               of Hours of Service credited for any such absence exceed five
               hundred one (501) Hours of Service. Such Hours of Service shall
               be credited to the computation period in which such absence from
               work begins if crediting all or any portion of such Hours of
               Service is necessary to prevent the employee from incurring a
               One-Year Break in Service in such computation period. If the
               crediting of such Hours of Service is not necessary to prevent
               the occurrence of a One- Year Break in Service in that
               computation period, such Hours of Service shall be credited in
               the immediately following computation period (even though no part
               of such absence may have occurred in such subsequent computation
               period). These Hours ofService shall not be credited until the
               employee furnishes timely information

                                      -6-
<PAGE>

               which may be reasonably required by the Committee to establish
               that the absence from work is for a reason for which these Hours
               of Service may be credited.

     (e)  Special Rules. For periods prior to September 1, 1976, Hours of
          Service may be determined using whatever records are reasonably
          accessible and by making whatever calculations are necessary to
          determine the approximate number of Hours of Service completed during
          such prior period. To the extent not inconsistent with other
          provisions hereof, Department of Labor regulations 29 C.F.R. (S)
          2530.200b-2(b) and (c) are hereby incorporated by reference herein. To
          the extent required under section 414 of the Code, services of leased
          employees, leased owners, leased managers, shared employees, shared
          leased employees and other similar classifications by the Employer or
          an Affiliate shall be taken into account as if such services were
          performed as a common law employee of the Employer for the purposes of
          determining Eligibility Service and One-Year Breaks in Service as
          applied to Eligibility Service.

     (f)  Equivalency for Exempt Employees. Notwithstanding anything to the
          contrary in the foregoing, the Hours of Service for any employee for
          whom the Employer or an Affiliate is not otherwise required by state
          or federal "wage and hour" or other law to count hours worked shall be
          credited on the basis that, without regard to the employee's actual
          hours, such employee shall be credited with one hundred ninety (190)
          Hours of Service for a calendar month if, under the provisions of this
          Section (other than this paragraph), such employee would be credited
          with at least one (1) Hour of Service during that calendar month.

     1.1.16. Investment Manager -- the person or persons, other than the
Trustee, appointed pursuant to Section 10.7 to manage all or a portion of the
Fund or any Subfund.

     1.1.17. Normal Retirement Age -- the date a Participant attains age
sixty-five (65) years.

     1.1.18. Participant -- an employee of the Employer who becomes a
Participant in the Plan in accordance with the provisions of Section 2 or any
comparable provision of the Prior Plan Statement. An employee who has become a
Participant shall be considered to continue as a Participant in the Plan until
the date of the Participant's death or, if earlier, the date when the
Participant is no longer employed in Recognized Employment and upon which the
Participant no longer has any Account under the Plan (that is, the Participant
has both received a distribution of all of the Participant's Vested Total
Account, if any, and the Participant's Suspense Account, if any, has been
forfeited and disposed of as provided in Section 6.2). An employee who has not
become a Participant in the Plan in accordance with the provisions of Section 2
and who made a rollover contribution to the Plan under the Prior Plan Statement
shall be considered a Participant solely for the purpose of making the rollover
contribution and receiving a distribution upon an Event of Maturity in
accordance with the provisions of Section 7.

     1.1.19. Period of Service -- a measure of an employee's employment with the
Employer and all Affiliates which is equal to the period commencing on the
employee's Employment

                                      -7-
<PAGE>

Commencement Date or Reemployment Commencement Date, whichever is applicable,
and ending on the next following Severance from Service Date; provided, however:

     (a)  Aggregation. Unless some or all of an employee's service may be
          disregarded pursuant to other rules of this Plan Statement, all
          discontinuous Periods of Service shall be aggregated in determining
          the total of an employee's Period of Service. A Period of Service
          shall be stated in yearsand days and when aggregating discontinuous
          periods of less than one (1) year, three hundred sixty-five (365) days
          shall equal one (1) year.

     (b)  Service Spanning No. 1. If an employee quits, is discharged or retires
          from service with the Employer and all Affiliates and performs an Hour
          of Service within the twelve (12) months following the Severance from
          Service Date, that Period of Severance shall be deemed to be a Period
          of Service.

     (c)  Service Spanning No. 2. If an employee severs from service by reason
          of a quit, a discharge or retirement during the first twelve (12)
          months of an absence from service for any reason other than a quit, a
          discharge, retirement or death, and then performs an Hour of Service
          within the twelve (12) months following the date on which the employee
          was first absent from service, the Period of Severance shall be deemed
          to be a Period of Service.

     (d)  Leased Employees. To the extent required under section 414 of the
          Code, services of leased employees, leased owners, leased managers,
          shared employees, shared leased employees and other similar
          classifications by the Employer or an Affiliate shall be taken into
          account as if such services were performed as a common law employee of
          the Employer for the purposes of determining Vesting Service and
          Periods of Severance as applied to Vesting Service.

     1.1.20. Period of Severance -- the period of time commencing on an
employee's Severance from Service Date and ending on the date on which that
employee next again performs an Hour of Service for the Employer or for an
Affiliate (without regard to whether such Hour of Service is performed in
Recognized Employment or otherwise). A Period of Severance shall be stated in
years and days.

     Notwithstanding the foregoing, for the limited purpose of determining the
length of a Period of Severance, the Severance from Service Date for an employee
shall be advanced during any period of an absence from work (which began after
December 31, 1984) due to the pregnancy of the employee, the birth of a child of
the employee, the placement of a child with the employee in connection with the
adoption of such child by the employee, or for the purpose of caring for such
child for a period beginning immediately following such birth or placement. In
no event, however, shall the Severance from Service Date be advanced under the
foregoing sentence to a date that is later than the last day of the calendar
month which is two (2) years after the first of such absence. This adjustment in
the Severance from Service Date shall not be made until the employee furnishes
timely information which may be reasonably required by the Committee to
establish that the absence from work is for a reason for which this adjustment
will be made.

                                      -8-
<PAGE>

     1.1.21. Plan -- the tax-qualified money purchase pension plan of the
Employer established for the benefit of employees eligible to participate
therein, as first set forth in the Prior Plan Statement and as amended and
restated in this Plan Statement. (As used herein, "Plan" refers to the legal
entity established by the Employer and not to the documents pursuant to which
the Plan is maintained. Those documents are referred to herein as the "Prior
Plan Statement" and the "Plan Statement.") The Plan shall be referred to as the
"FLUOROWARE, INC. PENSION PLAN."

     1.1.22. Plan Statement -- this document entitled "FLUOROWARE, INC. PENSION
PLAN TRUST AGREEMENT (1995 Restatement)" as adopted by the Principal Sponsor
generally effective as of September 1, 1995, as the same may be amended from
time to time.

     1.1.23. Plan Year -- the twelve (12) consecutive month period ending on any
Annual Valuation Date.

     1.1.24. Principal Sponsor -- Fluoroware, Inc., a Minnesota corporation.

     1.1.25. Prior Plan Statement -- the series of documents pursuant to which
the Plan was established effective as of January 1, 1973, and operated
thereafter until the Effective Date.

     1.1.26. Recognized Compensation -- wages within the meaning of section
3401(a) of the Code for purposes of federal income tax withholding at the source
but determined without regard to any rules that limit the remuneration included
in wages based on the nature or location of the employment or the services
performed (such as the exception for agricultural labor in section 3401(a)(2) of
the Code) and paid to the Participant by the Employer for the applicable period;
subject, however, to the following:

     (a)  Included Items. In determining a Participant's Recognized Compensation
          there shall be included elective contributions made by the Employer on
          behalf of the Participant that are not includible in gross income
          under sections 125, 402(e)(3), 402(h), 403(b), 414(h)(2) and 457 of
          the Code including elective contributions authorized by the
          Participant under a Retirement Savings Agreement, a cafeteria plan or
          any other qualified cash or deferred arrangement under section 401(k)
          of the Code.

     (b)  Excluded Items. In determining a Participant's Recognized Compensation
          there shall be excluded all of the following: (i) reimbursements or
          other expense allowances (including all living and other expenses paid
          on account of the Participant being on foreign assignment), (ii)
          welfare and fringe benefits (both cash and noncash) including
          third-party sick pay (i.e., short-term and long- term disability
          insurance benefits), income imputed from insurance coverages and
          premiums, employee discounts and other similar amounts, payments for
          vacation or sick leave accrued but not taken, final payments on
          account of termination of employment (i.e., severance payments),
          except that final payments on account of settlement for accrued but
          unused paid time off shall be taken into account in determining a
          Participant's Recognized Compensation, (iii) moving expenses, (iv)
          deferred compensation (both when deferred and

                                      -9-
<PAGE>

          when received), (v) all bonuses except the Twelve-Hour Equalization
          Bonus, (vi) all commissions, (vii) all overtime, and (viii) the value
          of a qualified or a non-qualified stock option granted to a
          Participant by the Employer to the extent such value is includable in
          the Participant's taxable income.

     (c)  Pre-Participation Employment. Remuneration paid by the Employer
          attributable to periods prior to the date the Participant became a
          Participant in the Plan shall not be taken into account in determining
          the Participant's Recognized Compensation.

     (d)  Non-Recognized Employment. Remuneration paid by the Employer for
          employment that is not Recognized Employment shall not be taken into
          account in determining a Participant's Recognized Compensation.

     (e)  Attribution to Periods. A Participant's Recognized Compensation shall
          be considered attributable to the period in which it is actually paid
          and not when earned or accrued; provided, however, amounts earned but
          not paid in a Plan Year because of the timing of pay periods and pay
          days may be included in the Plan Year when earned if these amounts are
          paid during the first few weeks of the next Plan Year, the amounts are
          included on a uniform and consistent basis with respect to all
          similarly situated Participants and no amount is included in more than
          one Plan Year.

     (f)  Excluded Periods. Amounts received after the Participant's termination
          of employment shall not be taken into account in determining a
          Participant's Recognized Compensation.

     (g)  Multiple Employers. If a Participant is employed by more than one
          Employer in a Plan Year, a separate amount of Recognized Compensation
          shall be determined for each Employer.

     (h)  Annual Maximum. A Participant's Recognized Compensation for a Plan
          Year shall not exceed the annual compensation limit under section
          401(a)(17) of the Code. In determining a Participant's Recognized
          Compensation, the rules of section 414(q)(6) of the Code apply, except
          that in applying such rules, the term "family" shall include only the
          spouse of the Participant and lineal descendants of the Participant
          who have not attained age nineteen (19) years before the close of the
          Plan Year. If Participants are aggregated as such family members (and
          do not otherwise agree in writing), the Recognized Compensation of
          each family member shall equal the annual compensation limit under
          section 401(a)(17) of the Code multiplied by a fraction, the numerator
          of which is such family member's Recognized Compensation (before
          application of such annual compensation limit) and the denominator of
          which is the total Recognized Compensation (before application of such
          annual compensation limit) of all such family members. For purposes of
          the foregoing, the annual compensation limit under section 401(a)(17)
          of the Code

                                      -10-
<PAGE>

          shall be Two Hundred Thousand Dollars ($200,000) (as adjusted under
          the Code for cost of living increases) for Plan Years beginning before
          January 1, 1994, and shall be One Hundred and Fifty Thousand Dollars
          ($150,000) (as so adjusted) for Plan Years beginning on or after
          January 1, 1994.

     1.1.27. Recognized Employment -- all employment with the Employer,
excluding, however, employment classified by the Employer as:

     (a)  employment in a unit of employees whose terms and conditions of
          employment are subject to a collective bargaining agreement between
          the Employer and a union representing that unit of employees, unless
          (and to the extent) such collective bargaining agreement provides for
          the inclusion of those employees in the Plan,

     (b)  employment of a nonresident alien who is not receiving any earned
          income from the Employer which constitutes income from sources within
          the United States,

     (c)  employment in a division or facility of the Employer which is not in
          existence on September 1, 1985 (that is, was acquired, established,
          founded or produced by the liquidation or similar discontinuation of a
          separate subsidiary after September 1, 1985) unless and until the
          Committee shall declare such employment to be Recognized Employment,

     (d)  employment of a United States citizen or a United States resident
          alien outside the United States unless and until the Committee shall
          declare such employment to be Recognized Employment,

     (e)  employment as a temporary employee,

     (f)  services of a person who is not a common law employee of the Employer
          including, without limiting the generality of the foregoing, services
          of a leased employee, leased owner, leased manager, shared employee,
          shared leased employee or other similar classification, and

     (g)  employment of a highly compensated employee (as defined in section 414
          of the Code) to the extent agreed to in writing by the employee.

     1.1.28. Reemployment Commencement Date -- the date upon which an employee
first performs an Hour of Service for the Employer or for an Affiliate following
a Period of Severance that is not deemed to be a Period of Service (without
regard to whether such Hour of Service is performed in Recognized Employment or
otherwise).

     1.1.29. Severance from Service Date -- the earlier of:

                                      -11-
<PAGE>

     (a)  the date upon which an employee quits, is discharged or retires from
          service with the Employer and all Affiliates, or dies; or

     (b)  the date which is the first anniversary of the first day of a period
          in which an employee remains continuously absent from service (with or
          without pay) with the Employer and all Affiliates for any reason other
          than a quit, a discharge, retirement or death, such as vacation,
          holiday, sickness, disability, leave of absence or layoff.

     1.1.30. Subfund -- a separate pool of assets of the Fund set aside for
investment purposes under Section 4.1.

     1.1.31. Trustee -- the Trustees originally named hereunder and their
successors or successor in trust. Where the context requires, Trustee shall also
mean and refer to any one or more co-trustees serving hereunder.

     1.1.32. Valuation Date -- the Annual Valuation Date and such additional
dates, if any, as the Committee, in its discretion, may determine under rules.

     1.1.33. Vested -- nonforfeitable, i.e., a claim obtained by a Participant
or the Participant's Beneficiary to that part of an immediate or deferred
benefit hereunder which arises from the Participant's service, which is
unconditional and which is legally enforceable against the Plan.

     1.1.34. Vesting Service -- a measure of an employee's service with the
Employer and all Affiliates; subject, however, to the following rules:

     (a)  Period of Service. Except as provided below, an employee's Vesting
          Service as of any date shall be equal to the employee's Period of
          Service determined as of that same date.

     (b)  Vesting in Pre-Five Year Severance Accounts. If an employee has a five
          (5) year (or longer) Period of Severance, the employee's Regular
          Account shall be divided into the portion attributable to Employer
          contributions allocated with respect to employment before such Period
          of Severance and the portion attributable to Employer contributions
          allocated with respect to employment after such Period of Severance
          and employment after such five (5) year (or longer) Period of
          Severance shall not be taken into account in computing the Vested
          percentage in the employee's Regular Account attributable to Employer
          contributions allocated with respect to employment before such five
          (5) year (or longer) Period of Severance.

     (c)  Vesting in Post-Five Year Severance Accounts. Except as provided in
          the following sentences of this paragraph, if an employee has a Period
          of Severance and returns thereafter to employment with the Employer or
          an Affiliate, both employment before and employment after such Period
          of Severance shall be

                                      -12-
<PAGE>

          taken into account in computing the Vested percentagein the employee's
          Regular Account attributable to Employer contributions allocated with
          respect to employment after such Period of Severance. If, however, the
          employee does not have any Vested interest in a Regular Account upon
          the occurrence of a Period of Severance which equals or exceeds in
          length the greater of five (5) years or the employee's prior Vesting
          Service, such prior Vesting Service shall be disregarded. Any Vesting
          Service disregarded by a prior application of this paragraph need not
          thereafter be taken into account.

1.2. Rules of Interpretation. An individual shall be considered to have attained
a given age on the individual's birthday for that age (and not on the day
before). The birthday of any individual born on a February 29 shall be deemed to
be February 28 in any year that is not a leap year. Notwithstanding any other
provision of this Plan Statement or any election or designation made under the
Plan, any individual who feloniously and intentionally kills a Participant or
Beneficiary shall be deemed for all purposes of this Plan and all elections and
designations made under this Plan to have died before such Participant or
Beneficiary. A final judgment of conviction of felonious and intentional killing
is conclusive for the purposes of this Section. In the absence of a conviction
of felonious and intentional killing, the Committee shall determine whether the
killing was felonious and intentional for the purposes of this Section. Whenever
appropriate, words used herein in the singular may be read in the plural, or
words used herein in the plural may be read in the singular; the masculine may
include the feminine and the feminine may include the masculine; and the words
"hereof," "herein" or "hereunder" or other similar compounds of the word "here"
shall mean and refer to this entire Plan Statement and not to any particular
paragraph or Section of this Plan Statement unless the context clearly indicates
to the contrary. The titles given to the various Sections of this Plan Statement
are inserted for convenience of reference only and are not part of this Plan
Statement, and they shall not be considered in determining the purpose, meaning
or intent of any provision hereof. Any reference in this Plan Statement to a
statute or regulation shall be considered also to mean and refer to any
subsequent amendment or replacement of that statute or regulation. This document
has been executed and delivered in the State of Minnesota and has been drawn in
conformity to the laws of that State and shall, except to the extent that
federal law is controlling, be construed and enforced in accordance with the
laws of the State of Minnesota.

1.3. Transitional Rules. Notwithstanding the general effective date of Section
1.1.8, the following Section of the Plan Statement is effective January 1, 1987:
3.5; and the following Sections of the Plan Statement are effective September 1,
1987: 3.1.1, 3.2.1, Appendix A, Appendix B, Appendix C and Appendix D.
Notwithstanding the general effective date of Section 1.1.8, the following
Sections of the Plan Statement are effective for Plan Years beginning on or
after September 1, 1989: 1.1.15(e), 10.6(a), 10.6(d), 10.6(h), 10.6(q), 10.6(r),
11.1 and 12.10. Notwithstanding the general effective date of Section 1.1.8, the
following Sections of the Plan Statement are effective for distributions
occurring on or after January 1, 1993: 7.1.4 and 7.1.5. Notwithstanding the
general effective date of Section 1.1.8, Section 7.2 is effective for Plan Years
beginning on or after September 1, 1994.

                                      -13-
<PAGE>

                                    SECTION 2

                          ELIGIBILITY AND PARTICIPATION

2.1. General Eligibility Rule. Each employee shall become a Participant on the
first day (commencing with the Effective Date) next following the date as of
which the employee has completed one (1) year of Eligibility Service, if the
employee is then employed in Recognized Employment. If the employee is not then
employed in Recognized Employment, the employee shall become a Participant on
the first date thereafter upon which the employee enters Recognized Employment.

2.2. Special Rule for Former Participants. A Participant whose employment with
the Employer terminates and who subsequently is reemployed by the Employer shall
immediately reenter the Plan as a Participant upon the Participant's return to
Recognized Employment.

                                      -14-
<PAGE>

                                    SECTION 3

                      CONTRIBUTIONS AND ALLOCATION THEREOF

3.1. Employer Contributions.

     3.1.1. Source of Employer Contributions. All Employer contributions to the
Plan may be made without regard to profits.

     3.1.2. Limitation. The contribution of the Employer to the Plan for any
year, when considered in light of its contribution for that year to all other
tax-qualified plans it maintains, shall, in no event, exceed the maximum amount
deductible by it for federal income tax purposes as a contribution to a tax-
qualified money purchase pension plan under section 404 of the Code. Each such
contribution to the Plan is conditioned upon its deductibility for such purpose.

     3.1.3. Form of Payment. The appropriate contribution of the Employer to the
Plan, determined as herein provided, shall be paid to the Trustee and may be
paid either in cash or in common shares of the Employer or of any successor or
in other assets of any character of a value equal to the amount of the
contribution or in any combination of the foregoing ways.

3.2. Annual Contributions.

     3.2.1. Amount. The amount of the Employer contribution made for each
eligible Participant under Section 3.3 for each Plan Year shall be equal to
seven percent (7%) of the eligible Participant's Recognized Compensation. Such
contributions shall be delivered to the Trustee for deposit in the Fund not
later than the time prescribed by federal law (including extensions) for filing
the federal income tax return of the Employer for the taxable year which ends
nearest to the Plan Year end.

     3.2.2. Crediting to Accounts. The Employer contribution made for a
Participant shall be credited to such Participant's Employer Contributions
Account as of the Annual Valuation Date in the Plan Year for which such
contribution is made, or if earlier, the Valuation Date coincident with or next
following the date as of which such contribution is received by the Trustee.

3.3. Eligible Participants. For purposes of this Section 3, a Participant shall
be an eligible Participant for a Plan Year only if:

     (a)  such Participant is credited with at least one thousand (1,000) Hours
          of Service for such Plan Year, or

     (b)  such Participant terminated the Participant's employment with the
          Employer within the Plan Year due to the Participant's death,
          retirement at or after Normal Retirement Age or Disability.

No other Participant shall be an eligible Participant.

                                      -15-
<PAGE>

3.4.   Adjustments.

     3.4.1. Make-Up Contributions for Omitted Participants. If, after the
Employer's annual contribution for a Plan Year has been made and allocated, it
should appear that, through oversight or a mistake of fact or law, a Participant
(or an employee who should have been considered a Participant) who should have
been entitled to share in such contribution received no allocation or received
an allocation which was less than the Participant should have received, the
Committee may, at its election, and in lieu of reallocating such contribution,
direct the Employer to make a special make-up contribution for the Account
ofsuch Participant in an amount adequate to provide the same addition to the
Participant's Account for such Plan Year as the Participant should have
received.

     3.4.2. Mistaken Contributions. If, after the Employer's annual contribution
for a Plan Year has been made and allocated, it should appear that, through
oversight or a mistake of fact or law, a Participant (or an individual who was
not a Participant) received an allocation which was more than the Participant
should have received, the Committee may direct that the mistaken contribution,
adjusted for its pro rata share of any net loss or net gain in the value of the
Fund which accrued while such mistaken contribution was held therein, shall be
withdrawn from the Account of such individual and retained in the Fund and used
to reduce the amount of the next succeeding contribution of the Employer to the
Fund due after the determination that such mistaken contribution had occurred.

3.5. Limitation on Annual Additions. In no event shall amounts be allocated to
the Account of any Participant if, or to the extent, such amounts would exceed
the limitations set forth in Appendix A to this Plan Statement.

3.6. Effect of Disallowance of Deduction or Mistake of Fact. All Employer
contributions to the Plan are conditioned on their qualification for deduction
for federal income tax purposes under section 404 of the Code. If any such
deduction should be disallowed, in whole or in part, for any Employer
contribution to the Plan for any year, or if any Employer contribution to the
Plan is made by reason of a mistake of fact, then there shall be calculated the
excess of the amount contributed over the amount that would have been
contributed had there not occurred a mistake in determining the deduction or a
mistake of fact. The Principal Sponsor shall direct the Trustee to return such
excess, adjusted for its pro rata share of any net loss (but not any net gain)
in the value of the Fund which accrued while such excess was held therein, to
the Employer within one (1) year of the disallowance of the deduction or the
mistaken payment of the contribution, as the case may be. If the return of such
amount would cause the balance of any Account of any Participant to be reduced
to less than the balance which would have been in such Account had the mistaken
amount not been contributed, however, the amount to be returned to the Employer
shall be limited so as to avoid such reduction.

                                      -16-
<PAGE>

                                   SECTION 4

                      INVESTMENT AND ADJUSTMENT OF ACCOUNTS

4.1. Establishment of Subfunds.

     4.1.1. Establishing Commingled Subfunds. At the direction of the Committee,
the Trustee shall divide the Fund into two (2) or more Subfunds, which shall
serve as vehicles for the investment of Participants' Accounts and which shall
be managed either by the Trustee or by the Investment Manager, as the Committee
shall determine. The Committee shall determine, with the advice of the Trustee
or such Investment Manager, the general investment characteristics and
objectives of each Subfund. The Trustee or Investment Manager, as the case may
be, shall have complete investment discretion over each Subfund assigned to it,
subject only to the general investment characteristics and objectives
established for the particular Subfund. Until otherwise determined by the
Committee, the Subfunds to be maintained hereunder shall consist of the separate
investment funds established and maintained under the Prior Plan Statement.

     4.1.2. Individual Subfunds. The Committee also may (but is not required to)
establish additional Subfunds that consist solely of all or a part of the assets
of a single Participant's Total Account, which assets the Participant controls
by investment directives to the Trustee and which may not be commingled with the
assets of any other Participant's Accounts. In no event, however, shall the
Participant be allowed to direct the investment of assets in such individual
Subfund in any work of art, rug or antique, metal or gem, stamp or coin,
alcoholic beverage or other similar tangible personal property if the investment
in such property shall have been prohibited by the Secretary of the Treasury.

     Notwithstanding anything apparently to the contrary in Section 10.6, each
Participant and each Beneficiary for whom an individually directed Subfund is
maintained shall be responsible for the exercise of any voting or similar rights
which exist with respect to assets in such individually directed Subfund. The
Trustee shall cooperate with Participants and Beneficiaries to permit them to
exercise such rights. The Trustee shall not independently exercise such rights.
Any Beneficiary of a deceased Participant with an individually directed Subfund
shall have the responsibility to direct investments for such Subfund until the
Beneficiary directs the Trustee otherwise in writing.

     4.1.3. Operational Rules. In accordance with rules, the Committee shall
determine the circumstances under which a particular Subfund may be elected, or
shall be automatically utilized, the minimum or maximum amount or percentage of
an Account which may be invested in a particular Subfund, the procedures for
making or changing investment elections, the extent (if any) to which
Beneficiaries of deceased Participants may make investment elections and the
effect of a Participant's or Beneficiary's failure to make an effective election
with respect to all or any portion of an Account.

     4.1.4. Revising Subfunds. The Committee shall have the power, from time to
time, to dissolve Subfunds, to direct that additional Subfunds be established
and, under rules, to withdraw or limit participation in a particular Subfund. In
connection with the power to commingle reserved to the Trustee under Section
10.6, the Committee shall also have the power to direct the Trustee to
consolidate any separate Subfunds hereunder with any other separate Subfunds
having the same investment objectives

                                     -17-
<PAGE>

which are established under any other retirement plan trust fund of the Employer
or any business entity affiliated in ownership or management with the Employer
of which the Trustee is trustee and which are managed by the Trustee or the same
Investment Manager.

4.2. Valuation and Adjustment of Accounts. The Trustee shall value each Subfund
as of each Valuation Date, which valuation shall reflect, as nearly as possible,
the then fair market value of the assets comprising such Subfund (including
income accumulations therein). In makingsuch valuations the Trustee may rely
upon information supplied by any Investment Manager having investment
responsibility over the particular Subfund.

As of each Valuation Date (the "current Valuation Date"), the value of each
Account or portion of an Account invested in a particular Subfund, including
Suspense Accounts, determined as of the immediately preceding Valuation Date
(the "initial Account value") shall be increased (or decreased) by the following
adjustments made in the following sequence:

     4.2.1. Intermediate Distributions Adjustment. The initial Account value
shall be reduced by the total amount:

     (a)  distributed in fact to (or with respect to) the Participant from such
          Account, and

     (b)  transferred from such Account to another Account of that Participant
          (or any other Participant) within the Plan (including amounts
          transferred to other Subfunds) or to the trustee of another plan
          pursuant to an arrangement contemplated under Section 9.3, and

     (c)  paid as expenses incurred by the Plan which were charged specifically
          against that Account (as distinguished from being a general charge
          against the assets of the Subfund),

as of a date subsequent to the immediately preceding Valuation Date but prior to
the current Valuation Date.

     4.2.2. Investment Adjustment. The initial Account value (as adjusted above)
shall be increased (or decreased) for its proportionate share of:

     (a)  all the realized and unrealized gains and losses on the assets of the
          Subfund, and

     (b)  all the income earned by the Subfund, and

     (c)  all the expenses incurred by the Plan and paid generally from the
          Subfund (rather than charged specifically against a particular
          Account),

as of a date subsequent to the immediately preceding Valuation Date but not
later than the current Valuation Date.

                                      -18-
<PAGE>

     4.2.3. Contribution Adjustment. The initial Account value (as adjusted
above) shall be increased by the total amount:

     (a)  allocated to such Account under Section 3, and

     (b)  transferred into such Account from another Account of that Participant
          (or any other Participant) within the Plan (including amounts
          transferred from other Subfunds) or from the trustee of another plan
          pursuant to an arrangement contemplated under Section 9.3,

as of a date subsequent to the immediately preceding Valuation Date but not
later than the current Valuation Date.

     4.2.4. Final Distributions Adjustment. The initial Account value (as
adjusted above) shall be reduced by the total amount:

     (a)  distributed in fact to (or with respect to) the Participant from such
          Account, and

     (b)  transferred from such Account to another Account of that Participant
          (or any other Participant) within the Plan (including amounts
          transferred to other Subfunds) or to the trustee of another plan
          pursuant to an arrangement contemplated under Section 9.3, and

     (c)  paid as expenses incurred by the Plan which were charged specifically
          against that Account (as distinguished from being a general charge
          against the assets of the Subfund),

as of the current Valuation Date.

     4.2.5. Other Rules. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Committee and the
Trustee may agree in writing to revised rules or additional rules for the
adjustment of Accounts including, without limiting the generality of the
foregoing, the times when contributions shall be credited under Section 3 for
the purposes of allocating gains or losses under this Section 4.

4.3. Management and Investment of Fund. The Fund in the hands of the Trustee,
together with all additional contributions made thereto and together with all
net income thereof, shall be controlled, managed, invested, reinvested and
ultimately paid and distributed to Participants and Beneficiaries by the Trustee
with all the powers, rights and discretions generally possessed by trustees, and
with all the additional powers, rights and discretions conferred upon the
Trustee under this Plan Statement. Except to the extent that the Trustee is
subject to the authorized and properly given investment directions of a
Participant, a Beneficiary or an Investment Manager, and subject to the
directions of the Committee with respect to the payment of benefits hereunder,
the Trustee shall have the exclusive authority to manage and control the assets
of the Fund and shall not be subject to the direction of any person in the
discharge of its duties, nor shall its authority be subject to delegation or
modification except by formal amendment of this Plan Statement.

                                      -19-
<PAGE>

                                   SECTION 5

                                    VESTING

5.1. Regular Account.

     5.1.1. Progressive Vesting. Except as hereinafter provided, the Regular
Account of each Participant shall become Vested in accordance with the following
schedule:

      When the Participant Has                    The Vested Portion
      Completed the Following                    of the Participant's
      Periods of Vesting Service:              Regular Account Will Be:
      ---------------------------              ------------------------

      Less than 2 years                                    0%
      2 years but less than 3 years                       25%
      3 years but less than 4 years                       50%
      4 years but less than 5 years                       75%
      5 years or more                                    100%

provided, however, that the Vested percentage of any Participant hired before
September 1, 1989, shall be one hundred percent (100%); provided further that
the Vested percentage of that portion of a Participant's Regular Account derived
from Employer contributions accrued as of September 1, 1995 (or the date of
adoption of this Plan Statement, if later) shall not be less than such Vested
percentage computed under the Prior Plan Statement.

     5.1.2. Full Vesting. Notwithstanding any of the foregoing provisions for
progressive vesting of Regular Accounts of Participants, the entire Regular
Account of each Participant shall be fully Vested upon the earliest occurrence
of any of the following events while in the employment of the Employer or an
Affiliate:

     (a)  the Participant's death,

     (b)  the Participant's attainment of Normal Retirement Age,

     (c)  the Participant's Disability,

     (d)  a partial termination of the Plan which is effective as to the
          Participant, or

                                      -20-
<PAGE>

     (e)  a complete termination of the Plan or a complete discontinuance of
          Employer contributions hereto.

In addition, a Participant who is not in the employment of the Employer or an
Affiliate upon a complete termination of the Plan or a complete discontinuance
of Employer contributions hereto, shall be fully Vested if, on the date of such
termination or discontinuance, such Participant has not had an Event of
Maturity.

     5.1.3. Forfeiture Event. A Participant who is not in the employment of the
Employer or an Affiliate upon a complete termination of the Plan or a complete
discontinuance of Employer contributions hereto, shall be fully Vested if, on
the date of such termination or discontinuance, such Participant has not had a
"forfeiture event" as described below:

     (a)  the occurrence after an Event of Maturity of a Period of Severance of
          five (5) consecutive years,

     (b)  the Event of Maturity of a Participant who has no Vested interest in
          the Participant's Total Account,

     (c)  the distribution after an Event of Maturity, to (or with respect to) a
          Participant of the entire Vested portion of the Total Account of the
          Participant, or

     (d)  the death of the Participant at a time and under circumstances which
          do not entitle the Participant to be fully (100%) Vested in the
          Participant's Total Account.

     5.1.4. Special Rule for Partial Distributions. If a distribution is made of
less than the entire Regular Account of a Participant who is not then fully
(100%) Vested, then until the Participant becomes fully (100%) Vested in the
Participant's Regular Account or until the Participant incurs a Period of
Severance of five (5) or more years, whichever first occurs, (i) a separate
account shall be established for the portion of the Regular Account not so
distributed and (ii) the Participant's Vested interest in such account at any
relevant time shall not be less than an amount ("X") determined by the formula:
X = P(B + (R x D)) - (R x D). For the purpose of applying the formula, "P" is
the Vested percentage at the relevant time (determined pursuant to Section 5);
"B" is the separate account balance at the relevant time; "D" is the amount of
the distribution; and "R" is the ratio of the separate account balance at the
relevant time to the Regular Account balance immediately after distribution.

     5.1.5. Effect of Break on Vesting. If a Participant who is not fully (100%)
Vested incurs a Period of Severance of five (5) or more years, returns to
Recognized Employment and is thereafter eligible for any additional allocation
of Employer contributions, the Participant's undistributed Regular Account, if
any, attributable to Employer contributions allocated as of a date before such
five (5) year Period of Severance and the Participant's new Regular Account
attributable to Employer contributions allocated as of a date after such five
(5) year Period of Severance shall be separately maintained for vesting purposes
until the Participant is fully (100%) Vested.

                                      -21-
<PAGE>

     5.1.6. Pre-Effective Date Vesting. For any person who does not perform one
(1) Hour of Service on or after September 1, 1989, the Vesting provisions of the
Plan Statement as they existed before September 1, 1989, shall continue to
apply.

5.2. Other Accounts. The Rollover Account and Transfer Account of each
Participant shall be fully (100%) Vested at all times. SECTION 6

                                      -22-
<PAGE>

                                   SECTION 6

                                    MATURITY

6.1. Events of Maturity. A Participant's Total Account shall mature and the
Vested portion shall become distributable in accordance with Section 7 upon the
earliest occurrence of any of the following events while in the employment of
the Employer or an Affiliate:

     (a)  the Participant's death,

     (b)  the Participant's separation from service, whether voluntary or
          involuntary,

     (c)  the Participant's attainment of age seventy and one-half (70-1/2)
          years,

     (d)  the crediting of any amounts to the Participant's Account after the
          Participant's attainment of age seventy and one-half (70-1/2) years,

     (e)  the Participant's Disability, or

     (f)  termination of the Plan or a partial termination of the Plan effective
          as to the Participant;

provided, however, that a transfer from Recognized Employment to employment with
the Employer that is other than Recognized Employment or a transfer from the
employment of one Employer participating in the Plan to another such Employer or
to any Affiliate shall not constitute an Event of Maturity.

6.2. Disposition of Nonvested Account. Upon the occurrence of a Participant's
Event of Maturity, if any portion of the Participant's Account is not Vested,
the portion of the Participant's Account that is not Vested shall be transferred
to the Participant's suspense account as of the Valuation Date coincident with
or next following such Event of Maturity.

     6.2.1. Rehire Before Forfeiture. If such Participant is reemployed by the
Employer or an Affiliate before the earlier of a five (5) year Period of
Severance or distribution of the portion of Participant's Account that is vested
following the Participant's Event of Maturity, the Participant's suspense
account shall be transferred back to and held in the Participant's Account under
the Plan as of the Valuation Date coincident with or next following the
reemployment date and it shall be held there pending the occurrence of another
Event of Maturity effective as to the Participant, during which period of
subsequent employment the Participant may become Vested in accordance with the
provisions of Section 5.

     6.2.2. Rehire After Forfeiture. If such Participant is not reemployed by
the Employer or an Affiliate before the earlier of a five (5) year Period of
Severance or distribution of the portion of Participant's Account that is vested
following the Participant's Event of Maturity, the portion of the Participant's
Account which was not Vested upon such Event of Maturity (and therefore became
the Participant's suspense account):

                                      -23-
<PAGE>

     (a)  shall be forfeited as of the Annual Valuation Date coincident with or
          next following the five (5) year Period of Severance or the
          distribution as provided in Section 6.2.3, and

     (b)  if the Participant returns to employment with the Employer or an
          Affiliate before the Participant has a five (5) year Period of
          Severance, shall be restored to the Participant's Account (without
          adjustment for gains or losses after such Annual Valuation Date) as
          provided in Section 6.2.4 if the Participant returns to Recognized
          Employment and repays to the Trustee for deposit in the Fund and
          crediting to the Participant's Account the entireamount distributed to
          (or with respect to) the Participant from such Account after the Event
          of Maturity. Such repayment cannot be "rolled over" from an individual
          retirement arrangement.

     If the distribution was on account of separation from service, such
repayment must be made, however, before the earlier of (i) five (5) years after
the first day on which the Participant is subsequently reemployed by the
Employer or Affiliate, or (ii) the close of the first Period of Severance of
five (5) consecutive years commencing after distribution. If the distribution
was on account of any other reason, such repayment must be made within five (5)
years after the date of distribution. In either case, such repayment must be
made before the occurrence of a Period of Severance of five (5) consecutive
years after the Event of Maturity and before the termination of this Plan or the
permanent discontinuance of Employer contributions to this Plan.

     6.2.3. Forfeitures. Forfeited Suspense Accounts shall be used first to
restore any forfeited Suspense Accounts for rehired Participants of the same
Employer as required in Section 6.2.2; any remaining portion shall then be
retained in the Fund and used to reduce the amount of the next succeeding
contribution of the Employer to the Plan due for such Plan Year. Any Suspense
Accounts remaining at the termination of the Plan shall be considered to be a
discretionary contribution and shall be allocated pursuant to this Section 6 as
if the Plan termination date were an Annual Valuation Date.

     6.2.4. Restorations. The amount necessary to make the restoration required
under Section 6.2.2(b) shall come first from Suspense Accounts of Participants
of the rehiring Employer that are to be forfeited on the Annual Valuation Date
on which the restoration is to occur. If such Suspense Accounts are not adequate
for this purpose, the rehiring Employer shall make a contribution adequate to
make the restoration as of that Annual Valuation Date (in addition to any
contributions made under Section 3). If the Participant is rehired by an
Affiliate that is not an Employer, the amount necessary to make the restoration
shall come first from Suspense Accounts of Participants of the Principal Sponsor
that are to be forfeited on the Annual Valuation Date on which the restoration
is to occur and, if such Suspense Accounts are not adequate for this purpose,
then the Principal Sponsor shall make a contribution adequate to make the
restoration as of that Annual Valuation Date (in addition to any contributions
made under Section 3). SECTION 7

                                      -24-
<PAGE>

                                   SECTION 7

                                  DISTRIBUTION

7.1. Application for Distribution.

     7.1.1. Application Required. No distribution shall be made from the Plan
until the Committee has received a written application for distribution from the
Participant or the Beneficiary entitled to receive distribution (the
"Distributee"). The Committee may prescribe rules regarding the form of such
application, the manner of filing such application and the information required
to be furnished in connection with such application.

     7.1.2. Exception for Small Amounts. A Vested Total Account which does not
exceed (and has never exceeded) Three Thousand Five Hundred Dollars ($3,500) as
of the annual Valuation Date coincident with or next following the occurrence of
an Event of Maturity effective as to a Participant, shall be distributed
automatically in a single lump sum as of that date without a written application
for distribution. A Participant who has no Vested interest in the Participant's
Total Account as of the Participant's Event of Maturity shall be deemed to have
received an immediate distribution of the Participant's entire interest in the
Plan as of such Event of Maturity.

     7.1.3. Exception for Required Distributions. Any Vested Total Account for
which no application has been received on the required beginning date effective
as to a Distributee under Section 7.2.2, shall be distributed automatically as
of that date without a written application for distribution.

     7.1.4. Notices. The Committee will issue such notices as may be required
under sections 402(f), 411(a)(11), 417(a)(3) and other sections of the Code in
connection with distributions from the Plan. No distribution will be made unless
it is consistent with such notice requirements.

     7.1.5. Direct Rollover. A Distributee who is eligible to elect a direct
rollover may elect, at the time and in the manner prescribed by the Committee,
to have all or any portion of an eligible rollover distribution paid directly to
an eligible retirement plan specified by the Distributee in a direct rollover. A
Distributee who is eligible to elect a direct rollover includes only a
Participant, a Beneficiary who is the surviving spouse of a Participant and a
Participant's spouse or former spouse who is the alternate payee under a
qualified domestic relations order, as defined in Appendix C.

     (a)  Eligible rollover distribution means any distribution of all or any
          portion of a Total Account to a Distributee who is eligible to elect a
          direct rollover except (i) any distribution that is one of a series of
          substantially equal installments payable not less frequently than
          annually over the life expectancy of such Distributee or the joint and
          last survivor life expectancy of such Distributee and such
          Distributee's designated Beneficiary, and (ii) any distribution that
          is one of a series of substantially equal installments payable not
          less frequently than annually over a specified period of ten (10)
          years or more, and (iii) any distribution to the extent such
          distribution is required under section 401(a)(9)

                                      -25-
<PAGE>

          of the Code, and (iv) the portion of any distribution that is not
          includible in gross income (determined without regard to the exclusion
          for net unrealized appreciation with respect to employer securities).

     (b)  Eligible retirement plan means (i) an individual retirement account
          described in section 408(a) of the Code, or (ii) an individual
          retirement annuity described in section 408(b) of the Code, or (iii)
          an annuity plan described in section 403(a) of the Code, or (iv) a
          qualified trust described insection 401(a) of the Code that accepts
          the eligible rollover distribution. However, in the case of an
          eligible rollover distribution to a Beneficiary who is the surviving
          spouse of a Participant, an eligible retirement plan is only an
          individual retirement account or individual retirement annuity as
          described in section 408 of the Code.

     (c)  Direct rollover means the payment of an eligible rollover distribution
          by the Plan to the eligible retirement plan specified by the
          Distributee who is eligible to elect a direct rollover.

7.2. Time of Distribution. Upon the receipt of a proper application for
distribution from the Distributee after the occurrence of an Event of Maturity
effective as to a Participant, and after the Participant's Vested Total Account
has been determined and the right of the Distributee to receive a distribution
has been established, the Committee shall cause the Trustee to make distribution
of such Vested Total Account as of (and as soon as administratively feasible
after) a annual Valuation Date specified by the Distributee which is not earlier
than nor later than the dates specified below.

     7.2.1. Earliest Beginning Date. Distribution shall not be made as of an
Annual Valuation Date which is earlier than the earliest beginning date.

     (a)  Participant. If the Distributee is a Participant, the earliest
          beginning date is the Annual Valuation Date coincident with or next
          following the date of the Participant's Event of Maturity.

     (b)  Beneficiary. If the Distributee is a Beneficiary of a Participant, the
          earliest beginning date is the Annual Valuation Date coincident with
          or next following the date of such Participant's death.

Distribution shall not be made, however, as of a annual Valuation Date which is
earlier than the date the Committee receives any required application for
distribution.

     7.2.2. Required Beginning Date. Distribution shall be made as of the Annual
Valuation Date occurring in the calendar year immediately preceding the calendar
year in which the required beginning date effective as to the Distributee
occurs. Actual distribution shall be made as soon thereafter as is
administratively feasible. In all events distribution shall be made not later
than the following required beginning date:

                                      -26-
<PAGE>

     (a)  Participant. If the Distributee is a Participant, the required
          beginning date is the April 1 following the calendar year in which the
          Participant attains age seventy and one-half (70-1/2) years.

     (b)  Beneficiary. If the Distributee is a Beneficiary of a Participant, the
          required beginning date is the December 31 of the calendar year in
          which occurs the fifth (5th) anniversary of the Participant's death;
          provided, however, that if the Beneficiary is the surviving spouse of
          the Participant and if distributions will be made to such surviving
          spouse in a Life Annuity Contract, the required beginning date is the
          December 31 of the calendar year in which the Participant would have
          attained age seventy and one-half (70-1/2) years.

7.3. Forms of Distribution.

     7.3.1. Forms Available. At the direction of the Committee (subject to
Section 7.3.2), the Trustee shall make distribution of the Participant's Vested
Total Account to the Distributee in one of the following ways as the Distributee
shall designate in writing:

     (a)  Lump Sum. If the Distributee is either a Participant or a Beneficiary,
          in a single lump sum.

     (b)  Life Annuities for Participant and Surviving Spouse. If the
          Distributee is either a Participant or a Participant's surviving
          spouse, by purchasing and distributing a single premium, immediate
          (not deferred), fixed (not variable) annuity contract which shall be
          nontransferable to anyone but the issuer, and which shall provide for
          benefits which are hereinafter defined as a QJ&SA contract in the case
          of a married Participant, or a Life Annuity contract in the case of an
          unmarried Participant or the surviving spouse of a Participant.

     7.3.2. Presumptive Form. The selection of a form of distribution shall be
subject, however, to the following rules:

     (a)  Required Lump Sum. As provided in Section 7.1.2, if the value of the
          Participant's Vested Total Account has never exceeded Three Thousand
          Five Hundred Dollars ($3,500), the distribution shall be made in a
          single lump sum.

     (b)  Married Participant. In the case of any distribution which is to be
          made:

          (i)  when paragraph (a) above is not applicable, and

          (ii) to a Participant who is married on the date when such
               distribution is to be made, and

          (iii) to a Participant who has not rejected distribution in the form
                of a QJ&SA contract,

                                      -27-
<PAGE>

          distribution shall be effected for such Participant by applying the
          entire Vested Total Account to purchase and distribute to such
          Participant a QJ&SA contract. A Participant may reject distribution in
          the form of a QJ&SA contract by filing with the Committee an
          affirmative written rejection of distribution in that form and an
          election of a lump sum form of distribution not more than ninety (90)
          days before the Valuation Date as of which the distribution is made.
          Such a rejection may be made or revoked at any time and any number of
          times until the Valuation Date as of which the distribution to the
          Participant is made. A rejection shall not be effective unless the
          Participant's spouse consents. To be valid, the consent of the spouse
          must be in writing, must acknowledge the effect of the distribution,
          must be witnessed by a notary public, must be given during the ninety
          (90) day period before the Valuation Date as of which the distribution
          is made and must relate to that specific distribution. The consent of
          the spouse must be to a lump sum form of distribution. The Participant
          may elect to change the lump sum form of distribution to the QJ&SA
          contract without any requirement of further spousal consent. The
          consent of the spouse shall be irrevocable and shall be effective only
          with respect to that spouse. Within a reasonable period of time prior
          to the date distribution is to be made to the Participant, there shall
          be furnished to the Participant a written explanation of the terms and
          conditions of the QJ&SA contract, the Participant's right to reject,
          and the effect of rejecting, distribution in the form of the QJ&SA
          contract, the requirement for the consent of the Participant's spouse,
          the right to revoke a prior rejection of distribution in the form of a
          QJ&SA contract, and the right to make any number of further
          revocations or rejections until the Valuation Date as of which
          distribution is made.

     (c)  Unmarried Participant. In the case of any distribution which is to be
          made:

          (i)  when paragraph (a) above is not applicable, and

          (ii) to a Participant who is not married on the date when such
               distribution is to be made, and

          (iii) to a Participant who has not rejected distribution in the form
                of a Life Annuity contract,

          distribution shall be effected for such Participant by applying the
          entire Vested Total Account to purchase and distribute to such
          Participant a Life Annuity contract. A Participant may reject
          distribution in the form of a Life Annuity contract by filing with the
          Committee an affirmative written rejection of distribution in that
          form and an election of a lump sum form of distribution not more than
          ninety (90) days before the Valuation Date as of which the
          distribution is made. Such a rejection may be made or revoked at any
          time and any number of times until the Valuation Date as of which the
          distribution to the Participant is made. Within a reasonable period of
          time prior to the date distribution is to be made to the Participant,
          there shall be furnished to the

                                      -28-
<PAGE>

          Participant a written explanation of the terms and conditions of the
          Life Annuity contract, the Participant's right to reject, and the
          effect of rejecting, distribution in the form of the Life Annuity
          contract, the right to revoke a prior rejection of distribution in the
          form of a Life Annuity contract, and the right to make any number of
          further revocations or rejections until the Valuation Date as of which
          distribution is made.

     (d)  Surviving Spouse. In the case of a distribution which is made:

          (i)  when paragraph (a) above is not applicable, and

          (ii) to the surviving spouse of a Participant, and

          (iii) when such surviving spouse has not rejected distribution in the
                form of a Life Annuity contract,

          distribution shall be effected for such surviving spouse by applying
          the entire Vested Total Account to purchase and distribute to such
          surviving spouse a Life Annuity contract. A surviving spouse may
          reject distribution in the form of a Life Annuity contract by filing
          with the Committee an affirmative written rejection of distribution in
          that form and an election of a lump sum form of distribution not more
          than ninety (90) days before the Valuation Date as of which the
          distribution is made. Such a rejection may be made or revoked at any
          time and any number of times until the Valuation Date as of which
          distribution to the surviving spouse is made. Within a reasonable
          period of time prior to the date distribution is to be made to the
          surviving spouse, there shall be furnished to the surviving spouse a
          written explanation of the terms and conditions of the Life Annuity
          contract, the surviving spouse's right to reject, and the effect of a
          rejection of, distribution in the form of the Life Annuity contract,
          the right to revoke a prior rejection of distribution in the form of a
          Life Annuity contract, and the right to make any number of further
          revocations or rejections until the Valuation Date as of which
          distribution is made.

     (e)  QJ&SA Contract. A QJ&SA contract is an immediate annuity contract
          issued as an individual policy or under a master or group contract
          which provides for a monthly annuity payable to and for the lifetime
          of the Participant beginning as of the annual Valuation Date as of
          which it is purchased with a survivor annuity payable monthly after
          the death of the Participant to and for the lifetime of the surviving
          spouse of the Participant (to whom the Participant was married on the
          date as of which the first payment is due) inan amount equal to fifty
          percent (50%) of the amount payable during the joint lives of the
          Participant and the surviving spouse. The contract shall be a QJ&SA
          contract only if it is issued on a premium basis which does not
          discriminate on the basis of the sex of the Participant or the
          surviving spouse.

                                      -29-
<PAGE>

     (f)  Life Annuity Contract. A Life Annuity contract is an immediate annuity
          contract issued as an individual policy or under a group or master
          contract which provides for a monthly annuity payable to and for (i)
          the lifetime of an unmarried Participant beginning as of the annual
          Valuation Date as of which it is purchased, or (ii) the lifetime of
          the surviving spouse of a Participant beginning as of the annual
          Valuation Date as of which it is purchased. The contract shall be a
          Life Annuity contract only if it is issued on a premium basis which
          does not discriminate on the basis of the sex of the Participant or
          the surviving spouse.

     7.3.3. Effect of Reemployment. If a Participant is reemployed by the
Employer or an Affiliate after distribution has been scheduled to be made but
before the Participant attains Normal Retirement Age and before actual
distribution, distribution of the Participant's Vested Total Account shall be
suspended and the Vested Total Account shall continue to be held in the Fund
until another Event of Maturity effective as to the Participant shall occur
after the Participant's reemployment. It is the general intent of this Plan that
no distributions shall be made before the Normal Retirement Age of a Participant
while a Participant is employed by the Employer or an Affiliate.

7.4. Designation of Beneficiaries.

     7.4.1. Right To Designate. Each Participant may designate, upon forms to be
furnished by and filed with the Committee, one or more primary Beneficiaries or
alternative Beneficiaries to receive all or a specified part of the
Participant's Vested Total Account in the event of the Participant's death. The
Participant may change or revoke any such designation from time to time without
notice to or consent from any Beneficiary or spouse. No such designation, change
or revocation shall be effective unless executed by the Participant and received
by the Committee during the Participant's lifetime. If, however, such
designation of a Beneficiary is made before the first day of the Plan Year in
which the Participant attains age thirty-five (35) years and the Participant
dies on or after that date while married, the Beneficiary designation is void.

     7.4.2. Spousal Consent. Notwithstanding the foregoing, a designation will
not be valid for the purpose of paying benefits from the Plan to anyone other
than a surviving spouse of the Participant (if there is a surviving spouse)
unless that surviving spouse consents in writing to the designation of another
person as Beneficiary. To be valid, the consent of such spouse must be in
writing, must acknowledge the effect of the designation of the Beneficiary and
must be witnessed by a notary public. The consent of the spouse must be to the
designation of a specific named Beneficiary which may not be changed without
further spousal consent, or alternatively, the consent of the spouse must
expressly permit the Participant to make and to change the designation of
Beneficiaries without any requirement of further spousal consent. The consent of
the spouse to a Beneficiary is a waiver of the spouse's rights to death benefits
under the Plan (otherwise sometimes known as the qualified preretirement
survivor annuity). The consent of the surviving spouse need not be given at the
time the designation is made. The consent of the surviving spouse need not be
given before the death of the Participant. The consent of the surviving spouse
will be required, however, before benefits can be paid to any person other than
the surviving spouse. The consent of a spouse shall be irrevocable and shall be
effective only with respect to that spouse.

                                      -30-
<PAGE>

     7.4.3. Failure of Designation. If a Participant:

     (a)  fails to designate a Beneficiary,

     (b)  designates a Beneficiary and thereafter such designation is revoked
          without another Beneficiary being named, or

     (c)  designates one or more Beneficiaries and all such Beneficiaries so
          designated fail to survive the Participant,

such Participant's Vested Total Account, or the part thereof as to which such
Participant's designation fails, as the case may be, shall be payable to the
first class of the following classes of automatic Beneficiaries with a member
surviving the Participant and (except in the case of the Participant's surviving
issue) in equal shares if there is more than one member in such class surviving
the Participant:

      Participant's surviving spouse
      Participant's surviving issue per stirpes and not per capita
      Participant's surviving parents
      Participant's surviving brothers and sisters
      Representative of Participant's estate.

     7.4.4. Disclaimers by Beneficiaries. A Beneficiary entitled to a
distribution of all or a portion of a deceased Participant's Vested Total
Account may disclaim his or her interest therein subject to the following
requirements. To be eligible to disclaim, a Beneficiary must be a natural
person, must not have received a distribution of all or any portion of a Vested
Total Account at the time such disclaimer is executed and delivered, and must
have attained at least age twenty-one (21) years as of the date of the
Participant's death. Any disclaimer must be in writing and must be executed
personally by the Beneficiary before a notary public. A disclaimer shall state
that the Beneficiary's entire interest in the undistributed Vested Total Account
is disclaimed or shall specify what portion thereof is disclaimed. To be
effective, duplicate original executed copies of the disclaimer must be both
executed and actually delivered to both the Committee and to the Trustee after
the date of the Participant's death but not later than one hundred eighty (180)
days after the date of the Participant's death. A disclaimer shall be
irrevocable when delivered to both the Committee and the Trustee. A disclaimer
shall be considered to be delivered to the Committee or the Trustee only when
actually received by the Committee or the Trustee (and in the case of a
corporate Trustee, shall be considered to be delivered only when actually
received by a trust officer familiar with the affairs of the Plan). The
Committee (and not the Trustee) shall be the sole judge of the content,
interpretation and validity of a purported disclaimer. Upon the filing of a
valid disclaimer, the Beneficiary shall be considered not to have survived the
Participant as to the interest disclaimed. A disclaimer by a Beneficiary shall
not be considered to be a transfer of an interest in violation of the provisions
of Section 8 and shall not be considered to be an assignment or alienation of
benefits in violation of federal law prohibiting the assignment or alienation of
benefits under this Plan. No other form of attempted disclaimer shall be
recognized by either the Committee or the Trustee.

     7.4.5. Definitions. When used herein and, unless the Participant has
otherwise specified in the Participant's Beneficiary designation, when used in a
Beneficiary designation, "issue" means all persons who are lineal descendants of
the person whose issue are referred to, including legally

                                      -31-
<PAGE>

adopted descendants and their descendants but not including illegitimate
descendants and their descendants; "child" means an issue of the first
generation; "per stirpes" means in equal shares among living children of the
person whose issue are referred to and the issue (taken collectively) of each
deceased child of such person, with such issue taking by right of representation
of such deceased child; and "survive" and "surviving" mean living after the
death of the Participant.

     7.4.6. Special Rules. Unless the Participant has otherwise specified in the
Participant's Beneficiary designation, the following rules shall apply:

     (a)  If there is not sufficient evidence that a Beneficiary was living at
          the time of the death of the Participant, it shall be deemed that the
          Beneficiary was not living at the time of the death of the
          Participant.

     (b)  The automatic Beneficiaries specified in Section 7.4.3 and the
          Beneficiaries designated by the Participant shall become fixed at the
          time of the Participant's death so that, if a Beneficiary survives the
          Participant but dies before the receipt of all payments due such
          Beneficiary hereunder, such remaining payments shall be payable to the
          representative of such Beneficiary's estate.

     (c)  If the Participant designates as a Beneficiary the person who is the
          Participant's spouse on the date of the designation, either by name or
          by relationship, or both, the dissolution, annulment or other legal
          termination of the marriage between the Participant and such person
          shall automatically revoke such designation. (The foregoing shall not
          prevent the Participant from designating a former spouse as a
          Beneficiary on a form executed by the Participant and received by the
          Committee after the date of the legal termination of the marriage
          between the Participant and such former spouse, and during the
          Participant's lifetime.)

     (d)  Any designation of a nonspouse Beneficiary by name that is accompanied
          by a description of relationship to the Participant shall be given
          effect without regard to whether the relationship to the Participant
          exists either then or at the Participant's death.

     (e)  Any designation of a Beneficiary only by statement of relationship to
          the Participant shall be effective only to designate the person or
          persons standing in such relationship to the Participant at the
          Participant's death.

A Beneficiary designation is permanently void if it either is executed or is
filed by a Participant who, at the time of such execution or filing, is then a
minor under the law of the state of the Participant's legal residence. The
Committee (and not the Trustee) shall be the sole judge of the content,
interpretation and validity of a purported Beneficiary designation.

7.5. Death Prior to Full Distribution. If a Participant dies after the
Participant's Event of Maturity but before distribution of the Participant's
Vested Total Account has been made, the undistributed Vested Total Account shall
be distributed in the same manner as hereinbefore provided in

                                      -32-
<PAGE>

the Event of Maturity by reason of death. If, at the death of the Participant,
any payment to the Participant was due or otherwise pending but not actually
paid, the amount of such payment shall be included in the Vested Total Account
which is payable to the Beneficiary (and shall not be paid to the Participant's
estate).

7.6. Distribution in Cash. Distribution of a Participant's Vested Total Account
shall be made in cash.

7.7. Facility of Payment. In case of the legal disability, including minority,
of a Participant or Beneficiary entitled to receive any distribution under the
Plan, payment shall be made, if the Committee shall be advised of the existence
of such condition:

     (a)  to the duly appointed guardian, conservator or other legal
          representative of such Participant or Beneficiary, or

     (b)  to a person or institution entrusted with the care or maintenance of
          the incompetent or disabled Participant or Beneficiary, provided such
          person or institution has satisfied the Committee that the payment
          will be used for the best interest and assist in the care of such
          Participant or Beneficiary, and provided further, that no prior claim
          for said payment has been made by aduly appointed guardian,
          conservator or other legal representative of such Participant or
          Beneficiary.

Any payment made in accordance with the foregoing provisions of this Section
shall constitute a complete discharge of any liability or obligation of the
Employer, the Committee, the Trustee and the Fund therefor.

                                      -33-
<PAGE>

                                    SECTION 8

                             SPENDTHRIFT PROVISIONS

No Participant or Beneficiary shall have any transmissible interest in any
Account nor shall any Participant or Beneficiary have any power to anticipate,
alienate, dispose of, pledge or encumber the same while in the possession or
control of the Trustee, nor shall the Trustee, the Employer or the Committee
recognize any assignment thereof, either in whole or in part, nor shall any
Account be subject to attachment, garnishment, execution following judgment or
other legal process while in the possession or control of the Trustee.

The power to designate Beneficiaries to receive the Vested Total Account of a
Participant in the event of death shall not permit or be construed to permit
such power or right to be exercised by the Participant so as thereby to
anticipate, pledge, mortgage or encumber the Participant's Account or any part
thereof, and any attempt of a Participant so to exercise said power in violation
of this provision shall be of no force and effect and shall be disregarded by
the Employer, the Committee and the Trustee.

This Section shall not prevent the Employer, the Committee or the Trustee from
exercising, in their discretion, any of the applicable powers and options
granted to them upon the occurrence of an Event of Maturity, as such powers may
be conferred upon them by any applicable provision hereof. This Section shall
not prevent the Employer, the Committee or the Trustee from observing the terms
of a qualified domestic relations order as provided in Appendix C to this Plan
Statement.

                                      -34-
<PAGE>

                                    SECTION 9

                            AMENDMENT AND TERMINATION

9.1. Amendment. The Principal Sponsor reserves the power to amend this Plan
Statement in any respect and either prospectively or retroactively or both:

     (a)  in any respect by resolution of its Board of Directors; and

     (b)  in any respect that does not materially increase the cost of the Plan
          by action of the Committee (with the written concurrence of the Chief
          Executive Officer of the Principal Sponsor);

provided that no amendment shall be effective to reduce or divest the Total
Account of any Participant unless the same shall have been adopted with the
consent of the Secretary of Labor pursuant to the provisions of ERISA, or in
order to comply with the provisions of the Code and the regulations and rulings
thereunder affecting the tax-qualified status of the Plan and the deductibility
of Employer contributions thereto. Notwithstanding the foregoing, no amendment
shall be effective to increase the duties of the Trustee without its consent.

9.2. Discontinuance of Contributions and Termination of Plan. The Principal
Sponsor reserves the right to reduce, suspend or discontinue its contributions
to the Plan and to terminate the Plan herein embodied in its entirety.

9.3. Merger or Spinoff of Plans.

     9.3.1. In General. The Principal Sponsor may cause all or a part of this
Plan to be merged with all or a part of any other plan and may cause all or a
part of the assets and liabilities to be transferred from this Plan to another
plan. In the case of merger or consolidation of this Plan with, or transfer of
assets and liabilities of this Plan to, any other plan, each Participant shall
(if such other plan were then terminated) receive a benefit immediately after
the merger, consolidation or transfer which is not less than the benefit the
Participant would have been entitled to receive immediately before the merger,
consolidation or transfer (if this Plan had then terminated). If the Principal
Sponsor agrees to a transfer of assets and liabilities to or from another plan,
the agreement under which such transfer is concluded (or an amendment of or
appendix to this Plan Statement) shall specify the Accounts to which the
transferred amounts are to be credited.

     9.3.2. Limitations. In no event shall assets be transferred from any other
plan to this Plan unless this Plan complies (or has been amended to comply) with
the optional form of benefit requirements of section 411(d)(6)(B)(ii) of the
Internal Revenue Code (or, where applicable, the distribution rules of section
401(k) of the Internal Revenue Code) with respect to such transferred assets. In
no event shall assets be transferred from this Plan to any other plan unless
such other plan complies (or has been amended to comply) with the optional form
of benefit requirements of section 411(d)(6)(B)(ii) of the Internal Revenue Code
with respect to such transferred assets.

                                      -35-
<PAGE>

     9.3.3. Beneficiary Designations. If assets and liabilities are transferred
from another plan to this Plan, Beneficiary designations made under that plan
shall become void with respect to deaths occurring on or after the date as of
which such transfer is made and the Beneficiary designation rules of this Plan
Statement shall apply beginning on such date.

9.4. Adoption by Affiliates.

     9.4.1. Adoption by Consent. The Principal Sponsor may consent to the
adoption of the Plan by any business entity affiliated in ownership with the
Principal Sponsor subject to such conditions as the Principal Sponsor may
impose.

     9.4.2. Procedure for Adoption. Any such adopting business entity shall
initiate its adoption of the Plan by delivery of a certified copy of the
resolutions of its board of directors (or other authorized body or individual)
adopting this Plan Statement to the Principal Sponsor. Upon the consent by the
Principal Sponsor to the adoption by the adopting business entity, and the
delivery to the Trustee of written evidence of the Principal Sponsor's consent,
the adoption of the Plan by the adopting business entity shall be effective as
of the date specified by the Principal Sponsor. If such adopting business entity
is not a corporation, any reference in the Plan Statement to its board of
directors shall be deemed to refer to such entity's governing body or other
authorized individual.

     9.4.3. Effect of Adoption. Upon the adoption of the Plan by an adopting
business entity as heretofore provided, the adopting business entity shall be an
Employer hereunder in all respects. Each adopting business entity, as a
condition of continued participation in the Plan, delegates to the Principal
Sponsor the sole power and authority over all Plan matters except that the board
of directors of each adopting business entity shall have the power to amend this
Plan Statement as applied to it by establishing a successor plan to which assets
and liabilities may be transferred as provided in Section 9.3 and to terminate
the Plan as applied to it. Each reference herein to the Employer shall include
the Principal Sponsor and all adopting business entities unless the context
clearly requires otherwise.

                                      -36-
<PAGE>

                                   SECTION 10

                             CONCERNING THE TRUSTEE

10.1. Dealings with Trustee.

     10.1.1. No Duty to Inquire. No person, firm or corporation dealing with the
Trustee shall be required to take cognizance of the provisions of this Plan
Statement or be required to make inquiry as to the authority of the Trustee to
do any act which the Trustee shall do hereunder. No person, firm or corporation
dealing with the Trustee shall be required to see either to the administration
of the Plan or the Fund or to the faithful performance by the Trustee of its
duties hereunder (except to the extent otherwise provided by ERISA). Any such
person, firm or corporation shall be entitled to assume conclusively that the
Trustee is properly authorized to do any act which it shall do hereunder. Any
such person, firm or corporation shall be under no liability to anyone
whomsoever for any act done hereunder pursuant to the written direction of the
Trustee.

     10.1.2. Assumed Authority. Any such person, firm or corporation may
conclusively assume that the Trustee has full power and authority to receive and
receipt for any money or property becoming due and payable to the Trustee. No
such person shall be bound to inquire as to the disposition or application of
any money or property paid to the Trustee or paid in accordance with the written
directions of the Trustee.

10.2. Compensation of Trustee. If a corporate Trustee shall be acting hereunder,
the corporate Trustee shall be entitled to receive compensation for its services
as Trustee hereunder as may be agreed upon from time to time by the Principal
Sponsor and the Trustee. Any individual Trustee who already receives full-time
pay from the Employer shall receive no compensation for services hereunder.
Other individual Trustees shall likewise serve without compensation unless they
shall otherwise specifically agree with the Principal Sponsor to the contrary.
In any event, however, the Trustee (whether corporate or individual Trustees be
acting) shall be entitled to receive reimbursement for reasonable expenses,
fees, costs and other charges incurred by it or payable by it on account of the
administration of the Plan and the Fund to the extent approved by the Principal
Sponsor. Such items of expense and compensation shall be payable out of the Fund
in a fair and equitable manner as determined by the Trustee, except to the
extent that the Employer, in its discretion, directly pays the Trustee.

10.3.   Resignation and Removal of Trustee.

     10.3.1. Resignation, Removal and Appointment. The Trustee (or in the event
two or more co-trustees are acting, any such co-trustee) may resign by giving
thirty (30) days' notice of intention so to do to the Principal Sponsor or such
shorter notice as the Principal Sponsor may approve. The Principal Sponsor may
remove any Trustee or successor Trustee hereunder by giving such Trustee (or any
co-trustee) thirty (30) days' written notice of removal by certified mail. The
Principal Sponsor shall have the power to appoint one or more individual or
corporate Trustees, or both, as additional or successor Trustees.

                                      -37-
<PAGE>

     10.3.2. Automatic Removal. If any individual who is a Trustee is a
director, officer or employee when appointed as a Trustee, then such individual
shall be automatically removed as a Trustee at the earliest time such individual
ceases to be a director, officer or employee. This removal shall occur
automatically and without any requirement for action by the Principal Sponsor or
any notice to the individual so removed.

     10.3.3. Surviving Trustees. When any person appointed, qualified and
serving as a Trustee hereunder shall cease to be a Trustee of the Fund, the
remaining Trustee or Trustees then serving hereunder, or the successor Trustee
or Trustees appointed hereunder, as the case may be, shall thereupon be and
become vested with full title and right to possession of allassets and records
of the Plan and the Fund in the possession or control of such prior Trustee, and
the prior Trustee shall forthwith account for and deliver the same to such
remaining or successor Trustee or Trustees.

     10.3.4. Successor Organizations. By designating a corporate Trustee,
original or successor, hereunder, there is included in such designation and as a
part thereof any other corporation possessing trust powers and authorized by law
to accept the Plan and the Fund into which or with which the designated
corporate Trustee, original or successor, shall be converted, consolidated or
merged, and the corporation into which or with which any corporate Trustee
hereunder shall be so converted, consolidated or merged shall continue to be the
corporate Trustee of the Plan and the Fund.

     10.3.5. Co-Trustee Responsibility. No Trustee shall be or become liable for
any act or omission of a co-trustee serving hereunder with the Trustee (except
to the extent that liability is imposed under ERISA) or of a prior Trustee
hereunder, it being the purpose and intent that each Trustee shall be liable
only for the Trustee's own acts or omissions during the Trustee's term of
service as Trustee hereunder.

     10.3.6. Allocation of Responsibility. If there shall at any time be two (2)
or more co-trustees serving hereunder, such Trustees, in addition to all other
powers and authorities vested in them by law or conferred upon them by any
provision of this Plan Statement, shall have power to allocate and reallocate
from time to time to any one or more of their number specific responsibilities,
obligations or duties and may delegate and redelegate from time to time to any
one or more of their number the exercise of any right, power or discretion
vested in the Trustees by law or conferred upon them by any provision of this
Plan Statement, and any person, firm or corporation dealing with the co-trustees
with respect to the Plan or the Fund may assume conclusively that any action
taken or instrument executed by any one of such co-trustees is the action of all
the co-trustees serving hereunder, and that authority for the doing of such act
or the execution of such instrument has been conferred upon and delegated to the
Trustee doing such act or executing such instrument. If any responsibility,
obligation, duty, right, power or discretion vested in the Trustee is allocated
or delegated to one or more co-trustees, the remaining co-trustees shall not be
or become liable for an act or omission by the co-trustees to whom a right,
power or discretion was delegated while such co-trustees were acting pursuant to
such delegation.

     10.3.7. Majority Decisions. If there shall at any time be three (3) or more
co-trustees serving hereunder who are qualified to perform a particular act, the
same may be performed, on behalf of all, by a majority of those qualified, with
or without the concurrence of the minority. No person who failed to join or
concur in such act shall be held liable for the consequences thereof, except to
the extent that liability is imposed under ERISA.

                                      -38-
<PAGE>

10.4. Accountings by Trustee.

     10.4.1. Periodic Reports. The Trustee shall render to the Principal Sponsor
and to the Committee an account and report as soon as practicable after each
Annual Valuation Date (and as soon as may be practicable after each other
Valuation Date) showing all transactions affecting the administration of the
Plan and the Fund, including, but not necessarily limited to, such information
concerning the Plan and the Fund and the administration thereof by the Trustee
as shall be requested in writing by the Principal Sponsor or the Committee.

     10.4.2. Special Reports. The Trustee shall also render such further reports
from time to time as may be requested by the Principal Sponsor and shall submit
its final report and account to the Principal Sponsor when it shall cease to be
Trustee hereunder, whether by resignation or other cause.

10.5. Trustee's Power to Protect Itself on Account of Taxes. As a condition to
making the distribution of a Participant's Vested Total Account during the
Participant's lifetime, the Trustee may require the Participant (or the person
or persons entitled to receive theParticipant's Vested Total Account in the
event of the Participant's death) to furnish the Trustee with proof of payment
of all income, inheritance, estate, transfer, legacy and succession taxes and
all other taxes of any different type or kind that may be imposed under or by
virtue of any state or federal statute or law upon the payment, transfer,
descent or distribution of such Vested Total Account and for the payment of
which the Trustee may, in its judgment, be directly or indirectly liable. In
lieu of the foregoing, the Trustee may deduct, withhold and transmit to the
proper taxing authorities any such tax which it may be permitted or required to
deduct and withhold and the Vested Total Account to be distributed in such case
shall be correspondingly reduced. Unless the Principal Sponsor and the Trustee
agree otherwise in writing, the Trustee shall be responsible for withholding
federal income taxes and for providing all required notices and elections
concerning such withholding to all Participants and Beneficiaries.

10.6. Other Trust Powers. Except to the extent that the Trustee is subject to
the authorized and properly given investment directions of a Participant,
Beneficiary or Investment Manager (and in extension, but not in limitation, of
the rights, powers and discretions conferred upon the Trustee herein), the
Trustee shall have and may exercise from time to time in the administration of
the Plan and the Fund, for the purpose of distribution after the termination
thereof, and for the purpose of distribution of Vested Total Accounts, without
order or license of any court, any one or more or all of the following rights,
powers and discretions:

     (a)  To invest and reinvest any Subfunds established pursuant to Section
          4.1 in accordance with the investment characteristics and objectives
          determined therefor and to invest and reinvest the assets of the Fund
          in any securities or properties in which an individual could invest
          the individual's own funds and which it deems for the best interest of
          the Fund, without limitation by any statute, rule of law or regulation
          of any governmental body prescribing or limiting the investment of
          trust assets by corporate or individual trustees, in or to certain
          kinds, types or classes of investments or prescribing or limiting the
          portion of the Fund which may be invested in any one property or kind,
          type or class of investment. Specifically and without limiting the
          generality of the foregoing, the Trustee may invest and reinvest
          principal and accumulated

                                      -39-
<PAGE>

          income of the Fund in any real or personal property; preferred or
          common stocks of any kind or class of any corporation, including but
          not limited to investment and small business investment companies of
          all types; voting trust certificates; interests in investment trusts;
          shares of mutual funds; interests in any limited or general
          partnership or other business enterprise, however organized and for
          whatever purpose; group or individual annuity contracts (which may
          involve investment in the issuer's general account or any of its
          separate accounts); interests in common or collective trusts, variable
          interest notes or any other type of collective fund maintained by a
          bank or similar institution (whether or not the Trustee hereunder);
          bonds, notes and debentures, secured or unsecured; mortgages, leases
          or other interests in real or personal property; interests in mineral,
          gas, oil or timber properties or other wasting assets; call options;
          put options; commodity or financial futures contracts; foreign
          currency; interest-bearing certificates or accounts in a bank or
          similar financial institution, including the Trustee or an affiliate
          of the Trustee provided such certificates, accounts or instruments
          bear a reasonable rate of interest; insurance contracts on the life of
          any "keyman" or shareholder of the Employer; or conditional sales
          contracts. Prior to maturity and distribution of the Vested Total
          Accounts of Participants, the Trustee shall commingle the Accounts of
          Participants in each Subfund and invest, reinvest, control and manage
          each of the same as a common trust fund.

     (b)  To sell, exchange or otherwise dispose of any asset of whatsoever
          character at any time held by the Trustee in trust hereunder.

     (c)  To segregate any part or portion of the Fund for the purpose of
          administration or distribution thereof and, in its sole discretion, to
          hold the Fund uninvested whenever and for so long as, in the Trustee's
          discretion, the same is likely to be required for the payment in cash
          of Accounts normally expected to become distributable in the near
          future, or whenever, and for as long as, market conditions are
          uncertain, or for any other reason which, in the Trustee's discretion,
          requires such action or makes such action advisable.

     (d)  To hold uninvested reasonable amounts of cash whenever it is deemed
          advisable to do so to facilitate disbursements or for other
          operational reasons, and to deposit the same, with or without
          interest, in the commercial or savings departments of the Trustee
          serving hereunder or of any other bank, trust company or other
          financial institution including those affiliated with the Trustee.

     (e)  To register any investment held in the Fund in the name of the
          Trustee, without trust designation, or in the name of a nominee or
          nominees, and to hold any investment in bearer form, but the records
          of the Trustee shall at all times show that all such investments are
          part of the Fund, and the Trustee shall be as responsible for any act
          or default of any such nominee as for its own.

                                      -40-
<PAGE>

     (f)  Subject to the prior approval of the Committee, to retain and employ
          such attorneys, agents and servants as may be necessary or desirable,
          in the opinion of the Trustee, in the administration of the Fund, and
          to pay them such reasonable compensation for their services as may be
          agreed upon as an expense of administration of the Fund, including
          power to employ and retain counsel upon any matter of doubt as to the
          meaning of or interpretation to be placed upon this Plan Statement or
          any provisions thereof with reference to any question arising in the
          administration of the Fund or pertaining to the distribution thereof
          or pertaining to the rights and liabilities of the Trustee hereunder
          or to the rights and claims of Participants and Beneficiaries. The
          Trustee, in any such event, may act in reliance upon the advice,
          opinions, records, statements and computations of any attorneys and
          agents and on the records, statements and computations of any servants
          so selected by it in good faith and shall be released and exonerated
          of and from all liability to anyone in so doing (except to the extent
          that liability is imposed under ERISA).

     (g)  Subject to the prior approval of the Committee, to institute,
          prosecute and maintain, or to defend, any proceeding at law or in
          equity concerning the Plan or the Fund or the assets thereof or any
          claims thereto, or the interests of Participants and Beneficiaries
          hereunder at the sole cost and expense of the Fund or at the sole cost
          and expense of the Total Account of the Participant who may be
          concerned therein or who may be affected thereby as, in the Trustee's
          opinion, shall be fair and equitable in each case, and to compromise,
          settle and adjust all claims and liabilities asserted by or against
          the Plan or the Fund or asserted by or against the Trustee, on such
          terms as the Trustee, in each such case, shall deem reasonable and
          proper. The Trustee shall be under no duty or obligation to institute,
          prosecute, maintain or defend any suit, action or other legal
          proceeding unless it shall be indemnified to its satisfaction against
          all expenses and liabilities which it may sustain or anticipate by
          reason thereof.

     (h)  To institute, participate and join in any plan of reorganization,
          readjustment, merger or consolidation with respect to the issuer of
          any securities held by the Trustee hereunder, and to use any other
          means of protecting anddealing with any of the assets of the Fund
          which it believes reasonably necessary or proper and, in general, to
          exercise each and every other power or right with respect to each
          asset or investment held by it hereunder as individuals generally have
          and enjoy with respect to their own assets and investment, including
          power to vote upon any securities or other assets having voting power
          which it may hold from time to time, and to give proxies with respect
          thereto, with or without power of substitution or revocation, and to
          deposit assets or investments with any protective committee, or with
          trustees or depositaries designated by any such committee or by any
          such trustees or any court. Notwithstanding the foregoing, an
          Investment Manager shall have any or all of such powers and rights
          with respect to Plan assets for which it has investment responsibility
          but only if (and only to the extent that) such powers and rights are
          expressly given

                                      -41-
<PAGE>

          to such Investment Manager in a written agreement signed by it and
          acknowledged in writing by the Trustee. In all other cases, such
          powers and rights shall be exercised solely by the Trustee.
          Furthermore, neither the Trustee nor the Investment Manager, as the
          case may be, shall vote or take similar actions with respect to any
          security in which it may have an interest, direct or indirect. In such
          case, the Trustee or Investment Manager shall notify the Principal
          Sponsor and the Principal Sponsor shall direct the Trustee or the
          Investment Manager with respect to such voting or similar action.

     (i)  In any matter of doubt affecting the meaning, purpose or intent of any
          provision of this Plan Statement which directly affects its duties, to
          determine such meaning, purpose or intent.

     (j)  To require, as a condition to distribution of any Vested Total
          Account, proof of identity or of authority of the person entitled to
          receive the same, including power to require reasonable
          indemnification on that account as a condition precedent to its
          obligation to make distribution hereunder.

     (k)  To collect, receive, receipt and give quittance for all payments that
          may be or become due and payable on account of any asset in trust
          hereunder which has not, by act of the Trustee taken pursuant thereto,
          been made payable to others; and payment thereof by the company
          issuing the same, or by the party obligated thereon, as the case may
          be, when made to the Trustee hereunder or to any person or persons
          designated by the Trustee, shall acquit, release and discharge such
          company or obligated party from any and all liability on account
          thereof.

     (l)  To determine from time to time, as required for the purpose of
          distribution or for the purpose of allocating trust income or for any
          other purpose of the Plan, the then value of the Fund and the Accounts
          in the Fund, the Trustee, in each such case, using and employing for
          that purpose the fair market value of each of the assets constituting
          the Fund. Each such determination so made by the Trustee in good faith
          shall be binding and conclusive upon all persons interested or
          becoming interested in the Plan or the Fund.

     (m)  To receive and retain contributions made in a form other than cash in
          the form in which the same are received until such time as the
          Trustee, in its sole discretion, deems it advisable to sell or
          otherwise dispose of such assets.

     (n)  To commingle, for investment purposes, the assets of the Fund with the
          assets of any other qualified retirement plan trust fund of the
          Employer, provided that the records of the Trustee shall reflect the
          relative interests of the separate trusts in such commingled fund.

     (o)  To grant options for the sale or other disposition of Fund assets; to
          purchase options for the acquisition of assets of any type; and to buy
          and sell (including short sales) call options, put options and futures
          contracts.

                                      -42-
<PAGE>

     (p)  To have and to exercise such other and additional powers as may be
          advisable or proper in its opinion for the effective and economical
          administration of the Fund.

     (q)  To deposit any part or all of the assets in any collective trust fund
          which is now or hereafter maintained by the Trustee, an agent of the
          Trustee or an Investment Manager as a medium for the collective
          investment of funds of pension, profit sharing or other employee
          benefit plans, and which is qualified under section 401(a) of the Code
          and exempt from taxation under section 501(a) of the Code, and to
          withdraw any part or all of the assets so deposited and any assets
          deposited with the trustee of a collective trust fund shall be held
          and invested by the trustee thereunder pursuant to all the terms and
          conditions of the trust agreement or declaration of trust establishing
          the fund, which are hereby incorporated herein by reference and shall
          prevail over any contrary provisions of this Plan Statement.

     (r)  To deposit any part or all of the assets with the trustee of any
          master investment trust maintained by the Principal Sponsor for the
          investment of assets of qualified pension, profit sharing or stock
          bonus plans it or its subsidiaries maintain and to withdraw any part
          or all of the assets so deposited, and any assets deposited with the
          trustee of a master investment trust shall be held and invested by
          that trustee pursuant to the terms and conditions of the master
          investment trust document, which is hereby incorporated herein by
          reference and shall prevail over any contrary provision of this Plan
          Statement.

10.7. Investment Managers.

     10.7.1. Appointment and Qualifications. The Principal Sponsor shall have
the power to appoint from time to time one or more Investment Managers to direct
the Trustee in the investment of, or to assume complete investment
responsibility over, all or any portion of the Fund. An Investment Manager may
be any person or firm (a) which is either (1) registered as an investment
adviser under the Investment Advisers Act of 1940, (2) a bank, or (3) an
insurance company which is qualified to perform the services of an Investment
Manager under the laws of more than one state; and (b) which acknowledges in
writing that it is a fiduciary with respect to the Plan. The conditions
prescribed in the preceding sentence shall apply to the issuer of any group
annuity contract hereunder only if, and to the extent that, such issuer would
otherwise be considered a "fiduciary" with respect to the Plan, within the
meaning of ERISA.

     10.7.2. Removal. The Principal Sponsor may remove any such Investment
Manager and shall have the power to appoint a successor or successors from time
to time in succession to any Investment Manager who shall be removed, shall
resign or shall otherwise cease to serve hereunder.

     10.7.3. Relation to Other Fiduciaries. The Trustee shall comply with all
investment directions given to the Trustee with respect to the designated
portion of the Fund, and the Trustee shall be released and exonerated of and
from all liability for or on account of any action taken or not taken by it
pursuant to the directions of such Investment Manager, except to the extent that
liability is imposed

                                      -43-
<PAGE>

under ERISA. Neither the Employer or any of its officers, directors or employees
nor any member of the Committee shall be liable for the acts or omissions of the
Trustee or of any Investment Manager appointed hereunder. The fees and expenses
of any Investment Manager, as agreed upon from time to time between
theInvestment Manager and the Employer, shall be charged to and paid from the
Fund in a fair and equitable manner, except to the extent that the Employer, in
its discretion, may pay such directly to the Investment Manager.

10.8. No Investment in Employer Real Property. Notwithstanding any other
provision of this Plan Statement, the Plan may not acquire or hold any "employer
real property" as that term is defined in section 407(d) of ERISA.

10.9. No Investment in Employer Securities. Notwithstanding any other provision
of this Plan Statement, the Plan may not acquire or hold any "employer security"
as that term is defined in section 407(d)(5) of ERISA).

10.10. Fiduciary Principles. The Trustee and each other fiduciary hereunder, in
the exercise of each and every power or discretion vested in them by the
provisions of this Plan Statement, shall (subject to the provisions of ERISA)
discharge their duties with respect to the Plan solely in the interest of the
Participants and Beneficiaries:

     (a)  for the exclusive purpose of:

          (i)  providing benefits to Participants and Beneficiaries, and

          (ii) defraying reasonable expenses of administering the Plan,

     (b)  with the care, skill, prudence and diligence under the circumstances
          then prevailing that a prudent person acting in a like capacity and
          familiar with such matters would use in the conduct of an enterprise
          of a like character and with like aims,

     (c)  by diversifying the investments of the Plan so as to minimize the risk
          of large losses, unless under the circumstances it is clearly prudent
          not to do so, and

     (d)  in accordance with the documents and instruments governing the Plan,
          insofar as they are consistent with the provisions of ERISA.

Notwithstanding anything in this Plan Statement to the contrary, any provision
hereof which purports to relieve a fiduciary from responsibility or liability
for any responsibility, obligation or duty under Part 4 of Subtitle B of Title I
of ERISA shall, to the extent the same is inconsistent with said Part 4, be
deemed void.

10.11. Prohibited Transactions. Except as may be permitted by law, no Trustee
or other fiduciary hereunder shall permit the Plan to engage, directly or
indirectly, in any of the following transactions with a person who is a
"disqualified person" (as defined in section 4975 of the Code) or a "party in
interest" (as defined in section 3(14) of ERISA):

                                      -44-
<PAGE>

     (a)  sale, exchange or leasing of any property between the Plan and such
          person,

     (b)  lending of money or other extension of credit between the Plan and
          such person,

     (c)  furnishing of goods, services or facilities between the Plan and such
          person,

     (d)  transfer to, or use by or for the benefit of, such person of the
          income or assets of the Plan,

     (e)  act by such person who is a fiduciary hereunder whereby the fiduciary
          deals with the income or assets of the Plan in the fiduciary's own
          interest or for the fiduciary's own account, or

     (f)  receipt of any consideration for the fiduciary's own personal account
          by such person who is a fiduciary from any party dealing with the Plan
          in connection with a transaction involving the income or assets of the
          Plan.

10.12. Indemnity. Each individual (as distinguished from corporate) trustee of
the Plan or officer, director or employee of the Employer shall, except as
prohibited by law, be indemnified and held harmless by the Employer from any and
all liabilities, costs and expenses (including legal fees), to the extent not
covered by liability insurance, arising out of any action taken by such
individual with respect to the Plan, whether imposed under ERISA or otherwise,
unless the liability, cost or expense arises from the individual's claim for his
or her own benefit, the proven gross negligence, the bad faith or, if the
individual had reasonable cause to believe his or her conduct was unlawful, the
criminal misconduct of such individual. This indemnification shall continue as
to an individual who has ceased to be a trustee of the Plan or officer, director
or employee of the Employer and shall inure to the benefit of the heirs,
executors and administrators of such an individual.

                                      -45-
<PAGE>

                                   SECTION 11

                     DETERMINATIONS -- RULES AND REGULATIONS

11.1. Determinations. The Committee shall make such determinations as may be
required from time to time in the administration of the Plan. The Committee
shall have the sole discretion, authority and responsibility to interpret and
construe the Plan Statement and to determine all factual and legal questions
under the Plan, including but not limited to the entitlement of employees,
Participants and Beneficiaries and the amounts of their respective interests.
The Trustee and other interested parties may act and rely upon all information
reported to them hereunder and need not inquire into the accuracy thereof, nor
be charged with any notice to the contrary.

11.2. Rules and Regulations. Any rule not in conflict or at variance with the
provisions hereof may be adopted by the Committee.

11.3. Method of Executing Instruments.

     11.3.1. Employer or Committee. Information to be supplied or written
notices to be made or consents to be given by the Principal Sponsor, the
Employer or the Committee pursuant to any provision of this Plan Statement may
be signed in the name of the Principal Sponsor or Employer by any officer or by
any employee who has been authorized to make such certification or to give such
notices or consents or by any Committee member.

     11.3.2. Trustee. Any instrument or written notice required, necessary or
advisable to be made or given by the Trustee may be signed by any Trustee, if
all Trustees serving hereunder are individuals, or by any authorized officer or
employee of the Trustee, if a corporate Trustee shall be acting hereunder as
sole Trustee, or by any such officer or employee of the corporate Trustee or by
an individual Trustee acting hereunder, if corporate and individual Trustees
shall be serving as co-trustees hereunder.

11.4. Claims Procedure. Until modified by the Committee, the claims procedure
set forth in this Section 11.4 shall be the claims procedure for the resolution
of disputes and disposition of claims arising under the Plan. An application for
a distribution under Section 7 shall be considered as a claim for the purposes
of this Section.

     11.4.1. Original Claim. Any employee, former employee, or Beneficiary of
such employee or former employee may, if the employee, former employee or
Beneficiary so desires, file with the Committee a written claim for benefits
under the Plan. Within ninety (90) days after the filing of such a claim, the
Committee shall notify the claimant in writing whether the claim is upheld or
denied in whole or in part or shall furnish the claimant a written notice
describing specific special circumstances requiring a specified amount of
additional time (but not more than one hundred eighty days from the date the
claim was filed) to reach a decision on the claim. If the claim is denied in
whole or in part, the Committee shall state in writing:

     (a)  the specific reasons for the denial,

                                      -46-
<PAGE>

     (b)  the specific references to the pertinent provisions of this Plan
          Statement on which the denial is based,

     (c)  a description of any additional material or information necessary for
          the claimant to perfect the claim and an explanation of why such
          material or information is necessary, and

     (d)  an explanation of the claims review procedure set forth in this
          Section.

     11.4.2. Claims Review Procedure. Within sixty (60) days after receipt of
notice that the claim has been denied in whole or in part, the claimant may file
with the Committee a written request for a review and may, in conjunction
therewith, submit written issues and comments. Within sixty (60) days after the
filing of such a request for review, the Committee shall notify the claimant in
writing whether, upon review, the claim was upheld or denied in whole or in part
or shall furnish the claimant a written notice describing specific special
circumstances requiring a specified amount of additional time (but not more than
one hundred twenty days from the date the request for review was filed) to reach
a decision on the request for review.

     11.4.3. General Rules.

     (a)  No inquiry or question shall be deemed to be a claim or a request for
          a review of a denied claim unless made in accordance with the claims
          procedure. The Committee may require that any claim for benefits and
          any request for a review of a denied claim be filed on forms to be
          furnished by the Committee upon request.

     (b)  All decisions on claims and on requests for a review of denied claims
          shall be made by the Committee unless delegated as provided in Section
          12.2.

     (c)  The Committee may, in its discretion, hold one or more hearings on a
          claim or a request for a review of a denied claim.

     (d)  Claimants may be represented by a lawyer or other representative at
          their own expense, but the Committee reserves the right to require the
          claimant to furnish written authorization. A claimant's representative
          shall be entitled to copies of all notices given to the claimant.

     (e)  The decision of the Committee on a claim and on a request for a review
          of a denied claim shall be served on the claimant in writing. If a
          decision or notice is not received by a claimant within the time
          specified, the claim or request for a review of a denied claim shall
          be deemed to have been denied.

     (f)  Prior to filing a claim or a request for a review of a denied claim,
          the claimant or the claimant's representative shall have a reasonable
          opportunity to review a copy of this Plan Statement and all other
          pertinent documents in the possession of the Employer, the Committee
          and the Trustee.

                                      -47-
<PAGE>

11.5. Information Furnished by Participants. Neither the Employer nor the
Committee nor the Trustee shall be liable or responsible for any error in the
computation of the Account of a Participant resulting from any misstatement of
fact made by the Participant, directly or indirectly, to the Employer, the
Committee or the Trustee and used by them in determining the Participant's
Account. Neither the Employer nor the Committee nor the Trustee shall be
obligated or required to increase the Account of such Participant which, on
discovery of the misstatement, is found to be understated as a result of such
misstatement of the Participant. However, the Account of any Participant which
is overstated by reason of any such misstatement shall be reduced to the amount
appropriate for the Participant in view of the truth. Any refund received upon
reduction of an Account so made shall be used to reduce the next succeeding
contribution of the Employer to the Plan.

                                      -48-
<PAGE>

                                   SECTION 12

                               PLAN ADMINISTRATION

12.1. Principal Sponsor.

     12.1.1. Officers. Except as hereinafter provided, functions generally
assigned to the Principal Sponsor shall be discharged by its officers or
delegated and allocated as provided herein.

     12.1.2. Chief Executive Officer. Except as hereinafter provided, the Chief
Executive Officer of the Principal Sponsor may delegate or redelegate and
allocate and reallocate to one or more persons or to a committee of persons
jointly or severally, and whether or not such persons are directors, officers or
employees, such functions assigned to the Principal Sponsor hereunder as the
Chief Executive Officer may from time to time deem advisable.

     12.1.3. Board of Directors. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Board of
Directors of the Principal Sponsor shall have the exclusive authority, which may
not be delegated, to act for the Principal Sponsor:

     (a)  to terminate the Plan,

     (b)  to appoint or remove a Trustee or accept the resignation of a Trustee;
          to appoint or remove an Investment Manager,

     (c)  to determine the Employer contribution under Section 3; to reduce,
          suspend or discontinue contributions to the Plan,

     (d)  to consent to the adoption of the Plan by other affiliated business
          entities; to establish conditions and limitations upon such adoption
          of the Plan by other affiliated business entities; to designate
          Affiliates, and

     (e)  to cause the Plan to be merged with another plan and to transfer
          assets and liabilities between the Plan and another.

12.2. Committee.

     12.2.1. Appointment and Removal. The Committee shall consist of such
members as may be determined and appointed from time to time by the Principal
Sponsor and they shall serve at the pleasure of such Principal Sponsor. Members
of the Committee shall serve without compensation, but their reasonable expenses
shall be an expense of the administration of the Fund and shall be paid by the
Trustee from and out of the Fund except to the extent the Employer, in its
discretion, directly pays such expenses.

     12.2.2. Automatic Removal. If any individual who is a member of the
Committee is a director, officer or employee when appointed as a member of the
Committee, then such individual

                                      -49-
<PAGE>

shall be automatically removed as a member of the Committee at the earliest time
such individual ceases to be a director, officer or employee. This removal shall
occur automatically and without any requirement for action by the Principal
Sponsor or any notice to the individual so removed.

     12.2.3. Authority. The Committee may elect such officers as the Committee
may decide upon. The Committee shall:

     (a)  establish rules for the functioning of the Committee, including the
          times and places for holding meetings, the notices to be given in
          respect of suchmeetings and the number of members who shall constitute
          a quorum for the transaction of business,

     (b)  organize and delegate to such of its members as it shall select
          authority to execute or authenticate rules, advisory opinions or
          instructions, and other instruments adopted or authorized by the
          Committee; adopt such bylaws or regulations as it deems desirable for
          the conduct of its affairs; appoint a secretary, who need not be a
          member of the Committee, to keep its records and otherwise assist the
          Committee in the performance of its duties; keep a record of all its
          proceedings and acts and keep all books of account, records and other
          data as may be necessary for the proper administration of the Plan;
          notify the Employer and the Trustee of any action taken by the
          Committee and, when required, notify any other interested person or
          persons,

     (c)  determine from the records of the Employer the compensation, service
          records, status and other facts regarding Participants and other
          employees,

     (d)  cause to be compiled at least annually, from the records of the
          Committee and the reports and accountings of the Trustee, a report or
          accounting of the status of the Plan and the Accounts of the
          Participants, and make it available to each Participant who shall have
          the right to examine that part of such report or accounting (or a true
          and correct copy of such part) which sets forth the Participant's
          benefits and ratable interest in the Fund,

     (e)  prescribe forms to be used for applications for participation,
          benefits, notifications, etc., as may be required in the
          administration of the Plan,

     (f)  set up such rules as are deemed necessary to carry out the terms of
          this Plan Statement,

     (g)  resolve all questions of administration of the Plan not specifically
          referred to in this Section,

     (h)  delegate or redelegate to one or more persons, jointly or severally,
          and whether or not such persons are members of the Committee or
          employees of the Employer, such functions assigned to the Committee
          hereunder as it may from time to time deem advisable, and

                                      -50-
<PAGE>

     (i)  perform all other acts reasonably necessary for administering the Plan
          and carrying out the provisions of this Plan Statement and performing
          the duties imposed on it.

     12.2.4. Majority Decisions. If there shall at any time be three (3) or more
members of the Committee serving hereunder who are qualified to perform a
particular act, the same may be performed, on behalf of all, by a majority of
those qualified, with or without the concurrence of the minority. No person who
failed to join or concur in such act shall be held liable for the consequences
thereof, except to the extent that liability is imposed under ERISA.

12.3. Limitation on Authority.

     12.3.1. Fiduciaries Generally. No action taken by any fiduciary, if
authority to take such action has been delegated or redelegated to it, shall be
the responsibility of any other fiduciary except as may be required by the
provisions of ERISA. Except to the extent imposed by ERISA, no fiduciary shall
have the duty to question whether any other fiduciary is fulfilling all of the
responsibility imposed upon such other fiduciary by the Plan Statement or by
ERISA.

     12.3.2. Trustee. The responsibilities and obligations of the Trustee shall
be strictly limited to those set forth in this Plan Statement. The Trustee shall
have no authority or duty to determine or enforce payment of any Employer
contribution under the Plan or to determine the existence, nature or extent of
any individual's rights in the Fund or under the Plan or question any
determination made by the Principal Sponsor or the Committee regarding the same.
Nor shall the Trustee be responsible in any way for the manner in which the
Principal Sponsor, the Employer or the Committee carries out its
responsibilities under this Plan Statement or, more generally, under the Plan.
The Trustee shall give the Principal Sponsor notice of (and tender to the
Principal Sponsor) the prosecution or defense of any litigation involving the
Plan, the Fund or other fiduciaries of the Plan.

12.4. Conflict of Interest. If any officer or employee of the Employer, any
member of the board of directors of the Employer, any member of the Committee or
any Trustee to whom authority has been delegated or redelegated hereunder shall
also be a Participant or Beneficiary in the Plan, the individual shall have no
authority as such officer, employee, member or Trustee with respect to any
matter specially affecting his or her individual interest hereunder (as
distinguished from the interests of all Participants and Beneficiaries or a
broad class of Participants and Beneficiaries), all such authority being
reserved exclusively to the other officers, employees, members or Trustees as
the case may be, to the exclusion of such Participant or Beneficiary, and such
Participant or Beneficiary shall act only in his or her individual capacity in
connection with any such matter.

12.5. Dual Capacity. Individuals, firms, corporations or partnerships identified
herein or delegated or allocated authority or responsibility hereunder may serve
in more than one fiduciary capacity.

12.6. Administrator. The Principal Sponsor shall be the administrator for
purposes of section 3(16)(A) of ERISA.

                                      -51-
<PAGE>

12.7. Named Fiduciaries. The Employer, the officers and board of directors of
the Principal Sponsor, the Committee and the Trustee shall be named fiduciaries
for the purpose of section 402(a) of ERISA.

12.8. Service of Process. In the absence of any designation to the contrary by
the Principal Sponsor, the President of the Principal Sponsor is designated as
the appropriate and exclusive agent for the receipt of service of process
directed to the Plan in any legal proceeding, including arbitration, involving
the Plan.

12.9. Administrative Expenses. The reasonable expenses of administering the Plan
shall be payable out of the Fund except to the extent that the Employer, in its
discretion, directly pays the expenses.

12.10. IRS Qualification. This Plan is intended to qualify under section 401(a)
of the Code as a defined contribution money purchase pension plan (and not as a
defined contribution profit sharing plan or stock bonus plan or a defined
benefit pension plan).

                                      -52-
<PAGE>

                                   SECTION 13

                                   IN GENERAL

13.1. Disclaimers.

     13.1.1. Effect on Employment. Neither the terms of this Plan Statement nor
the benefits hereunder nor the continuance thereof shall be a term of the
employment of any employee, and the Employer shall not be obligated to continue
the Plan. The terms of this Plan Statement shall not give any employee the right
to be retained in the employment of the Employer.

     13.1.2. Sole Source of Benefits. Neither the Employer nor any of its
officers nor any member of its board of directors nor any member of the
Committee nor the Trustee in any way guarantee the Fund against loss or
depreciation, nor do they guarantee the payment of any benefit or amount which
may become due and payable hereunder to any Participant, Beneficiary or other
person. Each Participant, Beneficiary or other person entitled at any time to
payments hereunder shall look solely to the assets of the Fund for such
payments. If a Vested Total Account shall have been distributed to a former
Participant, Beneficiary or any other person entitled jointly to the receipt
thereof (or shall have been transferred to the Trustee of another tax-qualified
deferred compensation plan), such former Participant, Beneficiary or other
person, as the case may be, shall have no further right or interest in the other
assets of the Fund.

     13.1.3. Co-Fiduciary Matters. Neither the Employer nor any of its officers
nor any member of its board of directors nor any member of the Committee shall
in any manner be liable to any Participant, Beneficiary or other person for any
act or omission of the Trustee (except to the extent that liability is imposed
under ERISA). Neither the Employer nor any of its officers nor any member of its
board of directors nor any member of the Committee nor the Trustee shall be
under any liability or responsibility (except to the extent that liability is
imposed under ERISA) for failure to effect any of the objectives or purposes of
the Plan by reason of loss or fluctuation in the value of Fund or for the form,
genuineness, validity, sufficiency or effect of any Fund asset at any time held
hereunder, or for the failure of any person, firm or corporation indebted to the
Fund to pay such indebtedness as and when the same shall become due or for any
delay occasioned by reason of any applicable law, order or regulation or by
reason of any restriction or provision contained in any security or other asset
held by the Fund. Except as is otherwise provided in ERISA, the Employer and its
officers, the members of its board of directors, the members of the Committee,
the Trustee and other fiduciaries shall not be liable for an act or omission of
another person with regard to a fiduciary responsibility that has been allocated
to or delegated in whole or in part to such other person pursuant to the terms
of this Plan Statement or pursuant to procedures set forth in this Plan
Statement.

13.2. Reversion of Fund Prohibited. The Fund from time to time hereunder shall
at all times be a trust fund separate and apart from the assets of the Employer,
and no part thereof shall be or become available to the Employer or to creditors
of the Employer under any circumstances other than those specified in Section
3.4 and Appendix A to this Plan Statement. It shall be impossible for any part
of the corpus or income of the Fund to be used for, or diverted to, purposes
other than for the exclusive benefit of Participants and Beneficiaries (except
as hereinbefore provided).

                                      -53-
<PAGE>

13.3. Contingent Top Heavy Plan Rules. The rules set forth in Appendix B to this
Plan Statement (concerning additional provisions that apply if the Plan becomes
top heavy) are incorporated herein.

13.4. Continuity. The tenure and membership of any Committee previously
appointed, the rules of administration adopted and the Beneficiary designations
in effect under the Prior PlanStatement shall, to the extent not inconsistent
with this Plan Statement, continue in full force and effect until altered as
provided herein.

13.5. Execution in Counterparts. This Plan Statement may be executed in any
number of counterparts, each of which, without production of the others, shall
be deemed to be an original.

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Each of the parties hereto has caused these presents to
be executed, all as of the day and year first above written.

TRUSTEES                               FLUOROWARE, INC.

__________________________________     By__________________________________

                                         Its_______________________________

__________________________________
                                       And_________________________________
__________________________________
                                          Its______________________________

                                      -54-
<PAGE>

                                   APPENDIX A

                         LIMITATION ON ANNUAL ADDITIONS
                               AND ANNUAL BENEFITS

                                    SECTION 1

                                  INTRODUCTION

Terms defined in the Plan Statement shall have the same meanings when used in
this Appendix. In addition, when used in this Appendix, the following terms
shall have the following meanings:

1.1. Annual Addition. Annual addition means, with respect to any Participant for
a limitation year, the sum of:

                  (i)      all employer contributions (including employer
                           contributions of the Participant's earnings
                           reductions under section 401(k), section 403(b) and
                           section 408(k) of the Code) allocable as of a date
                           during such limitation year to the Participant under
                           all defined contribution plans;

                  (ii)     all forfeitures allocable as of a date during such
                           limitation year to the Participant under all defined
                           contribution plans; and

                  (iii)    all Participant contributions made as of a date
                           during such limitation year to all defined
                           contribution plans.

         1.1.1. Specific Inclusions. With regard to a plan which contains a
qualified cash or deferred arrangement or matching contributions or employee
contributions, excess contributions and excess aggregate contributions (whether
or not distributed during or after the limitation year) shall be considered
annual additions in the year contributed. Excess deferrals that are not
distributed in accordance with the regulations under section 402(g) of the Code
are annual additions.

         1.1.2. Specific Exclusions. The annual addition shall not, however,
include any portion of a Participant's rollover contributions or any additions
to accounts attributable to a plan merger or a transfer of plan assets or
liabilities or any other amounts excludable under law. Excess deferrals that are
distributed in accordance with the regulations under section 402(g) of the Code
are not annual additions.

         1.1.3. ESOP Rules. In the case of an employee stock ownership plan
within the meaning of section 4975(e)(7) of the Code, annual additions shall not
include any dividends or gains on sale of

                                       A-1
<PAGE>

employer securities held by the employee stock ownership plan (regardless of
whether such dividends or gains are (i) on securities which are allocated to
Participants' accounts or (ii) on securities which are not allocated to
Participants' accounts which, in the case of dividends used to pay principal on
an employee stock ownership plan loan, result in employer securities being
allocated to Participants' accounts or, in the case of a sale, result in sale
proceeds being allocated to Participants' accounts). In the case of an employee
stock ownership plan within the meaning of section 4975(e)(7) of the Code under
which no more than one-third (1/3rd) of the employer contributions for a
limitation year which are deductible under section 404(a)(9) of the Code are
allocated to highly compensated employees (as defined in section 414(q) of the
Code), annual additions shall not include forfeitures of employer securities
under the employee stock ownership plan if such securities were acquired with
the proceeds of an exempt loan or, if the Employer is not an S corporation as
defined in section 1361(a)(1) of the Code, employer contributions to the
employee stock ownership plan which are deductible by the employer under section
404(a)(9)(B) of the Code and charged against the Participant's account (i.e.,
interest payments).

1.2. Annual Benefit. Annual benefit means a retirement benefit under a defined
benefit plan which is payable annually in the form of a straight life annuity.

         1.2.1. Straight Life Annuity. Except as provided below, a benefit
payable in a form other than a straight life annuity will be adjusted to the
actuarial equivalent straight life annuity before applying the limitations of
this Appendix. This actuarial equivalent straight life annuity shall be the
greater of (A) the equivalent straight life annuity computed using the interest
rate and mortality table (or tabular factor) specified in the defined benefit
plan for determining the amount of the particular form of benefit that is
payable under the plan, or (B) in the case of a form of benefit subject to
section 417(e)(3) of the Code, the equivalent straight life annuity computed
using the applicable interest rate and applicable mortality table prescribed by
the Secretary of the Treasury under section 417(e)(3) of the Code for this
purpose, or (C) in the case of a form of benefit not subject to section
417(e)(3)of the Code, the equivalent straight life annuity computed using a five
percent (5%) interest and the applicable mortality table prescribed by the
Secretary of the Treasury under section 417(e)(3) of the Code for this purpose.

         1.2.2. Excluded Contributions. The annual benefit does not include any
benefits attributable to employee contributions, rollover contributions or the
assets transferred from a qualified plan that was not maintained by a controlled
group member.

         1.2.3. Ancillary Benefits. No actuarial adjustment to the annual
benefit is required for: (i) the value of a qualified joint and survivor annuity
(to the extent such value exceeds the sum of the value of a straight life
annuity beginning on the same date and the value of post-retirement death
benefits that would be paid even if the annuity were not in the form of a joint
and survivor annuity), or (ii) the value of benefits that are not directly
related to retirement benefits (such as a pre-retirement disability benefit, a
pre-retirement death benefit or a post-retirement medical benefit), or (iii) the
value of post-retirement cost of living increases made in accordance with
regulations under the Code.

                                       A-2
<PAGE>

1.3. Controlled Group Member. Controlled group member means the Employer and
each member of a controlled group of corporations (as defined in section 414(b)
of the Code and as modified by section 415(h) of the Code), all commonly
controlled trades or businesses (as defined in section 414(c) of the Code and as
modified by section 415(h) of the Code), affiliated service groups (as defined
in section 414(m) of the Code) of which the Employer is a part and other
organizations required to be aggregated for this purpose under section 414(o) of
the Code.

1.4. Defined Benefit and Defined Contribution Plans. Defined benefit plan and
defined contribution plan have the meanings assigned to those terms by section
415(k)(1) of the Code. Whenever reference is made to defined benefit plans and
defined contribution plans in this Appendix, it shall include all such plans
maintained by the Employer and all controlled group members.

1.5. Defined Benefit Fraction.

         1.5.1. General Rule. Defined benefit fraction means a fraction the
numerator of which is the sum of the Participant's projected annual benefits
under all defined benefit plans determined as of the close of the limitation
year, and the denominator of which is the lesser of:

                  (i)      one hundred twenty-five percent (125%) of the dollar
                           limitation in effect under section 415(b)(l)(A) of
                           the Code as of the close of such limitation year
                           (i.e., 125% of $90,000 as adjusted for cost of
                           living, commencement dates, length of service and
                           other factors), or

                  (ii)     one hundred forty percent (140%) of the dollar amount
                           which may be taken into account under section
                           415(b)(l)(B) of the Code with respect to such
                           Participant as of the close of such limitation year
                           (i.e., 140% of the Participant's highest average
                           compensation as adjusted for cost of living, length
                           of service and other factors).

         1.5.2. Transition Rule. Notwithstanding the above, if the Participant
was a participant as of the first day of the first limitation year beginning
after December 31, 1986, in one or more defined benefit plans which were in
existence on May 6, 1986, the denominator of this fraction will not be less than
one hundred twenty-five percent (125%) of the sum of the annual benefits under
such plans which the Participant had accrued as of the close of the last
limitation year beginning before January 1, 1987, disregarding any changes in
the terms and conditions of the defined benefit plans after May 5, 1986. The
preceding sentence applies only if the defined benefit plans individually and in
the aggregate satisfied the requirements of section 415 of the Code for all
limitation years beginning before January 1, 1987.

                                       A-3
<PAGE>

1.6. Defined Contribution Fraction.

         1.6.1. General Rule. Defined contribution fraction means a fraction the
numerator of which is the sum of the Participant's annual additions (including
employer contributions which are allocated to a separate account established for
the purpose of providing medical benefits or life insurance benefits with
respect to a key employee as defined in section 416 of the Code under a welfare
benefit fund or individual medical account) as of the close of the limitation
year and for all prior limitation years, and the denominator of which is the sum
of the amounts determined under paragraph (i) or (ii) below, whichever is the
lesser, for such limitation year and for each prior limitation year in which the
Participant had any service with the Employer (regardless of whether that or any
other defined contribution plan was in existence during those years or continues
in existence):

                  (i)      one hundred twenty-five percent (125%) of the dollar
                           limitation in effect under section 415(c)(l)(A) of
                           the Code for such limitation year determined without
                           regard to section 415(c)(6) of the Code (i.e., 125%
                           of $30,000 as adjusted for cost of living), or

                  (ii)     one hundred forty percent (140%) of the dollar amount
                           which may be taken into account under section
                           415(c)(l)(B) of the Code with respect to such
                           individual under the defined contribution plan for
                           such limitation year (i.e., 140% of 25% of the
                           Participant's ss. 415 compensation for such
                           limitation year).

         1.6.2. TEFRA Transition Rule. The Employer may elect that the amount
taken into account for each Participant for all limitation years ending before
January 1, 1983, under Section 1.6.1(i) and Section 1.6.1(ii) shall be
determined pursuant to the special transition rule provided in section 415(e)(6)
of the Code.

         1.6.3. Employee Contributions. Notwithstanding the definition of
"annual additions," for the purpose of determining the defined contribution
fraction in limitation years beginning before January 1, 1987, employee
contributions shall not be taken into account to the extent that they were not
required to be taken into account under section 415 of the Code prior to the Tax
Reform Act of 1986.

         1.6.4. Annual Denominator. The amounts to be determined under Section
1.6.1(i) and Section 1.6.1(ii) for the limitation year and for all prior
limitation years in which the Participant had any service with the Employer
shall be determined separately for each such limitation year on the basis of
which amount is the lesser for each such limitation year.

         1.6.5. Historical Amounts. For all limitation years ending before
January 1, 1976, the dollar limitation under section 415(c)(1)(A) of the Code is
Twenty-five Thousand Dollars ($25,000). For limitation years ending after
December 31, 1975, and before January 1, 1999, the amount shall be:

                                       A-4
<PAGE>

          For limitation years                     The ss. 415(c)(1)(A)
             ending during:                         dollar amount is:
            ----------------                       ------------------
                  1976                                   $26,825
                  1977                                   $28,175
                  1978                                   $30,050
                  1979                                   $32,700
                  1980                                   $36,875
                  1981                                   $41,500
                  1982                                   $45,475
              1983 - 2000                                $30,000

         1.6.6. Relief Rule. If the Participant was a participant as of the end
of the first day of the first limitation year beginning after December 31, 1986,
in one or more defined contribution plans which were in existence on May 6,
1986, the numerator of this fraction will be adjusted if the sum of this
fraction and the defined benefit fraction would otherwise exceed one (1.0).
Under the adjustment, an amount equal to the product of the excess of the sum of
the fractions over one (1.0), times the denominator of this fraction, will be
permanently subtracted from the numerator of this fraction. The adjustment is
calculated using the fractions as they would be computed as of the end of the
last limitation year beginning before January 1, 1987, and disregarding any
changes in the terms and conditions of the plan made after May 6, 1986, but
using the section 415 limitations applicable to the first limitation year
beginning on or after January 1, 1987.

1.7. Highest Average Compensation. Highest average compensation means the
averagess. 415 compensation for the three (3) consecutive calendar years during
which the Participant was both an active participant in the defined benefit plan
and had the greatest aggregate compensation from the Employer.

1.8. Individual Medical Account. Individual medical account means an account, as
defined in section 415(1)(2) of the Code maintained by the Employer or a
controlled group member which provides an annual addition.

1.9. Limitation Year. Limitation year means the Plan Year.

1.10. Maximum Permissible Addition.

         1.10.1. General Rule. Maximum permissible addition (a term that is
relevant only with respect to defined contribution plans) means, for any one (1)
limitation year, the lesser of:

                                       A-5
<PAGE>

                  (i)      Thirty Thousand Dollars ($30,000), as adjusted
                           automatically for increases in the cost of living by
                           the Secretary of the Treasury, or

                  (ii)     twenty-five percent (25%) of the Participant'sss. 415
                           compensation for such limitation year.

         1.10.2. Medical Benefits. The dollar limitation in Section 1.10.1(i),
but not the amount determined in Section 1.10.1(ii), shall be reduced by the
amount of employer contributions which are allocated to a separate account
established for the purpose of providing medical benefits or life insurance
benefits with respect to a key employee (as defined in section 416 of the Code)
under a welfare benefit fund or an individual medical account.

1.11. Maximum Permissible Benefit. Maximum permissible benefit (a term that is
relevant only with respect to defined benefit plans) means, for any one (1)
limitation year, an amount determined as follows:

         1.11.1. SSRA Commencement. If the annual benefit commences at the
social security retirement age, the maximum permissible benefit is the lesser
of:

                  (i)      Ninety Thousand Dollars ($90,000), or

                  (ii)     the Participant's highest average compensation.

         1.11.2. Early Commencement. If the annual benefit commences before the
social security retirement age, the maximum permissible benefit may not exceed
the lesser of the actuarial equivalent of a Ninety Thousand Dollar ($90,000)
annual benefit beginning at the social security retirement age or the
Participant's highest average compensation. If the annual benefit commences
before the social security retirement age but after age sixty-two (62) years,
this actuarial equivalent shall be the Ninety Thousand Dollar ($90,000) annual
benefit reduced in accordance with reductions in social security benefits (i.e.,
5/9% for each of the first 36 months and 5/12% for each additional month by
which the commencement date precedes the social security retirement age). If the
annual benefit commences before age sixty-two (62) years, this actuarial
equivalent shall be the actuarial equivalent of the maximum permissible benefit
as reduced under the prior sentence to age sixty-two (62) years. This actuarial
equivalent (i.e., the pre-age 62 years actuarial equivalent) shall be the lesser
of (A) the equivalent amount computed using the interest rate and mortality
table (or tabular factor) specified in the defined benefit plan for determining
the amount of the early retirement benefit that is payable under the plan, or
(B) the equivalent amount computed using five percent (5%) interest and the
applicable mortality table as prescribed by the Secretary of the Treasury for
these purposes.

         1.11.3. Late Commencement. If the annual benefit commences after the
social security retirement age, the benefit may not exceed the lesser of the
actuarial equivalent of a Ninety Thousand Dollar ($90,000) annual benefit
beginning at the social security retirement age or the Participant's highest
average

                                       A-6
<PAGE>

compensation. This actuarial equivalent (i.e., the post-social security
retirement age actuarial equivalent) shall be the lesser of (A) the equivalent
amount computed using the interest rate and mortality table (or tabular factor)
specified in the defined benefit plan for determining the amount of the late
retirement benefit that is payable under the plan, or (B) the equivalent amount
computed using five percent (5%) interest and the applicable mortality table as
prescribed by the Secretary of the Treasury for these purposes.

         1.11.4. Cost of Living Adjustments. Effective on January 1, 1988 and
each January 1 thereafter, the Ninety Thousand Dollar ($90,000) limit and the
highest average compensation limit (for Participants who have separated from
service) shall be adjusted automatically for increases in the cost of living by
the Secretary of the Treasury. The new amounts will apply to limitation years
ending within such calendar year.

         1.11.5. Participation Reduction. If a Participant has less than ten
(10) years of participation in the plan, the Ninety Thousand Dollar ($90,000)
limit otherwise defined and adjusted above (but not the highest average
compensation limit) shall be reduced to an amount equal to ninety thousand
dollars ($90,000) as otherwise defined and adjusted above multiplied by a
fraction:

                  (i)      the numerator of which is the number of years (and
                           part thereof) of participation, and

                  (ii)     the denominator of which is ten (10).

         1.11.6. Service Reduction. If a Participant has less than ten (10)
years of service with the controlled group members, the highest average
compensation limit otherwise defined and adjusted above (but not the Ninety
Thousand Dollar limit) shall be reduced to an amount equal to the highest
average compensation limit as otherwise defined and adjusted above multiplied by
a fraction:

                  (i)      the numerator of which is the number of years (and
                           part thereof) of service, and

                  (ii)     the denominator of which is ten (10).

1.12. Projected Annual Benefit. Projected annual benefit means the annual
benefit payable to the Participant at his or her normal retirement age (as
defined in the defined benefit plan) adjusted to an actuarially equivalent
straight life annuity form (or, if it would be a lesser amount, to any
actuarially equivalent qualified joint and survivor annuity form that is
available under the defined benefit plan) assuming that:

                  (i)      the Participant continues employment and
                           participation under the defined benefit plan until
                           his or her normal retirement age (as defined in the
                           defined benefit plan) or, if later, until his or her
                           current age, and

                                       A-7
<PAGE>

                  (ii)     the Participant's ss. 415 compensation and all other
                           factors used to determine annual benefits under the
                           defined benefit plan remain unchanged for all future
                           limitation years.

1.13. Section 415 Compensation. Section 415 compensation (sometimes, "ss. 415
compensation") shall mean, with respect to any limitation year, the total wages,
salaries, fees for professional services and other amounts received for personal
services actually rendered in the course of employment with the Employer to the
extent that such amounts are includible in gross income but determined without
regard to any rules that limit the remuneration included in wages based on the
nature or location of the employment or the services performed (such as the
exception for agricultural labor in section 3401(a)(2) of the Code). Without
regard to whether it is or is not includible in gross income, subject to other
limitations and rules of this Section, (i) ss. 415 compensation shall include
foreign earned income as defined in section 911(b) of the Code whether or not
excludable from gross income under section 911 of the Code, and (ii) ss. 415
compensation shall be determined without regard to the exclusions from gross
income in section 931 and section 933 of the Code. For limitation years
beginning after December 31, 1991, ss. 415 compensation shall be determined on a
cash basis. For limitation years beginning after December 31, 1997, ss. 415
compensation shall also include any elective deferral as defined in section
402(g)(3) of the Code and any amount which is contributed or deferred by an
Employer at the election of the employee and which is not includible in the
gross income of the employee by reason of section 125, section 132(f) or section
457 of the Code.

1.14. Social Security Retirement Age. Social security retirement age means the
age used as retirement age under section 216(l) of the Social Security Act
except that such section shall be applied (i) without regard to the age increase
factor, and (ii) as if the early retirement age under section 216(1)(2) of the
Social Security Act were age sixty-two (62) years.

1.15. Welfare Benefit Fund. Welfare benefit fund means a fund as defined in
section 419(e) of the Code which provides post-retirement medical benefits
allocated to separate accounts for key employees as defined in section
419A(d)(3).

                                    SECTION 2

                         DEFINED CONTRIBUTION LIMITATION

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in the Plan Statement, there
shall not be allocated to the account of any Participant under a defined
contribution plan for any limitation year an amount which would cause the annual
addition for such Participant to exceed the maximum permissible addition.

                                       A-8
<PAGE>

                                    SECTION 3

                           DEFINED BENEFIT LIMITATION

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in the Plan Statement, there
shall not be accrued for the benefit of any Participant under a defined benefit
plan an amount which would cause the annual benefit for any limitation year for
such Participant to exceed the maximum permissible benefit.

                                    SECTION 4

                            COMBINED PLANS LIMITATION

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in the Plan Statement, during
limitation years beginning before January 1, 2000, there shall not be allocated
to the account of any Participant under a defined contribution plan or accrued
for the benefit of any Participant under a defined benefit plan any amount which
would cause the sum of such Participant's defined benefit fraction and defined
contribution fraction to exceed one (1.0) at the close of any limitation year.

                                    SECTION 5

                                 REMEDIAL ACTION

5.1. Defined Contribution Plans Only. If a Participant's annual additions for a
limitation year would exceed the maximum permissible addition, to the extent
necessary to eliminate the excess the following shall occur in the following
sequence.

         5.1.1. Employee After Tax Contributions and Elective Deferrals. The
defined contribution plan shall:

                  (i)      return any unmatched employee contributions made by
                           the Participant for the limitation year to the
                           Participant (adjusted for their proportionate share
                           of gains but not losses while held in the defined
                           contribution plan), and

                  (ii)     distribute unmatched elective deferrals (within the
                           meaning of section 402(g)(3) of the Code) made for
                           the limitation year to the Participant (adjusted for
                           their proportionate share of gains but not losses
                           while held in the defined contribution plan), and

                                       A-9
<PAGE>

                  (iii)    return any matched employee contributions made by the
                           Participant for the limitation year to the
                           Participant (adjusted for their proportionate share
                           of gains but not losses while held in the defined
                           contribution plan), and

                  (iv)     distribute matched elective deferrals (within the
                           meaning of section 402(g)(3) of the Code) made for
                           the limitation year to the Participant (adjusted for
                           their proportionate share of gains but not losses
                           while held in the defined contribution plan).

To the extent matched employee contributions are returned or any matched
elective deferrals are distributed, any matching contribution made with respect
thereto shall be forfeited and reallocated to Participants as provided in the
defined contribution plan.

         5.1.2. Employer Contributions. If, after taking all the actions
contemplated by Section 5.1.1, an excess still exists, the defined contribution
plan shall dispose of the excess as follows.

         (a)      Covered. If that Participant is covered by the defined
                  contribution plan at the end of the limitation year, the
                  Employer shall cause such excess to be used to reduce employer
                  contributions for the next limitation year ("second limitation
                  year") and succeeding limitation years, as necessary, for that
                  Participant.

         (b)      Not Covered. If the Participant is not covered by the defined
                  contribution plan at the end of the limitation year, however,
                  then the excess amounts must be held unallocated in an "excess
                  account" for the second limitation year (or succeeding
                  limitation years) and allocated and reallocated in the second
                  limitation year (or succeeding limitation year) to all the
                  remaining Participants in the defined contribution plan as if
                  an employer contribution for the second limitation year (or
                  succeeding limitation year). However, if the allocation or
                  reallocation of the excess amounts pursuant to the provisions
                  of the defined contribution plan causes the limitations of
                  this Appendix to be exceeded with respect to each Participant
                  for the second limitation year (or succeeding limitation
                  years), then these amounts must be held unallocated in an
                  excess account. If an excess account is in existence at any
                  time during the second limitation year (or any succeeding
                  limitation year), all amounts in the excess account must be
                  allocated and reallocated to Participants' accounts (subject
                  to the limitations of this Appendix) as if they were
                  additional employer contributions before any employer
                  contribution and any Participant contributions which would
                  constitute annual additions may be made to the defined
                  contribution plan for that limitation year. Furthermore, the
                  excess amounts must be used to reduce employer contributions
                  for the second limitation year (and succeeding limitation
                  years, as necessary) for all of the remaining Participants.

                                      A-10
<PAGE>

         (c)      No Distributions. Excess amounts may not be distributed from
                  the defined contribution plan to Participants or former
                  Participants.

         If an excess account is in existence at any time during a limitation
year, the gains and losses and other income attributable to the excess account
shall be allocated to such excess account. To the extent that investment gains
or other income or investment losses are allocated to the excess account, the
entire amount allocated to Participants from the excess account, including any
such gains or other income or less any losses, shall be considered as an annual
addition. If the defined contribution plan should be terminated prior to the
date any such temporarily held, unallocated excess can be allocated to the
Accounts of Participants, the date of termination shall be deemed to be an
Annual Valuation Date for the purpose of allocating such excess and, if any
portion of such excess cannot be allocated as of such deemed Annual Valuation
Date by reason of the limitations of this Appendix, such remaining excess shall
be returned to the Employer.

         5.1.3. Sequence of Plans. Each step of remedial action under Section
5.1.1 and Section 5.1.2 as may be necessary to correct an excess allocation
shall be made in all defined contribution plans before the next step of remedial
action is made. Each such step shall be made in the defined contribution plans
in the following sequence:

                  (i)      all profit sharing and stock bonus plans containing
                           cash or deferred arrangements,

                  (ii)     all money purchase pension plans other than money
                           purchase pension plans that are part of employee
                           stock ownership plans,

                  (iii)    all profit sharing and stock bonus plans other than
                           profit sharing and stock bonus plans containing cash
                           or deferred arrangements and employee stock ownership
                           plans,

                  (iv)     all employee stock ownership plans.

If an excess allocation occurs in two (2) or more plans in the same category,
correction of the excess allocation shall be made in chronological order as
determined by the effective date of each plan (using the original effective date
of the plan) beginning with the most recently established plan.

5.2. Defined Benefit Plans Only.

         5.2.1. General Rule. If a Participant's annual benefit for any
limitation year would exceed the maximum permissible benefit, to the extent
necessary to eliminate the excess the defined benefit plan shall cease the
accrual of benefits or reduce benefits previously accrued.

                                      A-11
<PAGE>

         5.2.2. Sequence of Plans. Such remedial action as may be necessary to
prevent an annual benefit from exceeding the maximum permissible benefit in a
limitation year shall be made in defined benefit plans as follows.

         (a)      Single Plan. If the Participant is accruing benefits in only
                  one defined benefit plan during such limitation year, all such
                  cessations and reductions shall be made in that plan; and

         (b)      Other Plans In Earlier Years. To the extent that such
                  cessations and reductions are not adequate and the Participant
                  has accrued benefits in one or more other defined benefit
                  plans in earlier limitation years, such cessations and
                  reduction of accrued benefits under other plans shall be made
                  in chronological order as determined by the effective date of
                  each plan (using the original effective date of the plan)
                  beginning with the most recently established plan; and

         (c)      Multiple Plans. If the Participant is concurrently accruing
                  benefits in more than one defined benefit plan during such
                  limitation year, such cessations and reductions of accrued
                  benefits under such defined benefit plans shall be made in
                  chronological order as determined by the effective date of
                  each plan (using the original effective date of the plan)
                  beginning with the most recently established plan.

5.3. Combined Defined Benefit and Defined Contribution Plans. If the sum of a
Participant's defined benefit fraction and the defined contribution fraction
would exceed one (1.0) at the end of any limitation year beginning before
January 1, 2000, to the extent necessary to eliminate the excess the following
shall occur in the following sequence.

         (a)      Defined Benefit. The cessation and reduction of accruals
                  described in Section 5.2 shall be made.

         (b)      Defined Contribution. The actions described in Section 5.1
                  shall be taken.

                                      A-12
<PAGE>

                                   APPENDIX B

                         CONTINGENT TOP HEAVY PLAN RULES

         Notwithstanding any of the foregoing provisions of the Plan Statement,
if, after applying the special definitions set forth in Section 1 of this
Appendix, this Plan is determined under Section 2 of this Appendix to be a top
heavy plan for a Plan Year, then the special rules set forth in Section 3 of
this Appendix shall apply. For so long as this Plan is not determined to be a
top heavy plan, the special rules in Section 3 of this Appendix shall be
inapplicable to this Plan.

                                    SECTION 1

                               SPECIAL DEFINITIONS

Terms defined in the Plan Statement shall have the same meanings when used in
this Appendix. In addition, when used in this Appendix, the following terms
shall have the following meanings:

1.1. Aggregated Employers. Aggregated employers means the Employer and each
other corporation, partnership or proprietorship which is a "predecessor" to the
Employer, or is under "common control" with the Employer, or is a member of an
"affiliated service group" that includes the Employer, as those terms are
defined in section 414(b), (c), (m) or (o) of the Code.

1.2. Aggregation Group. Aggregation group means a grouping of this Plan and:

         (a)      if any Participant in the Plan is a key employee, each other
                  qualified pension, profit sharing or stock bonus plan of the
                  aggregated employers in which a key employee is a Participant
                  (and for this purpose, a key employee shall be considered a
                  Participant only during periods when he is actually accruing
                  benefits and not during periods when he has preserved accrued
                  benefits attributable to periods of participation when he was
                  not a key employee), and

         (b)      each other qualified pension, profit sharing or stock bonus
                  plan of the aggregated employers which is required to be taken
                  into account for this Plan or any plan described in paragraph
                  (a) above to satisfy the qualification requirements under
                  section 410 or section 401(a)(4) of the Code, and

         (c)      each other qualified pension, profit sharing or stock bonus
                  plan of the aggregated employers which is not included in
                  paragraph (a) or (b) above, but which the

                                       B-1
<PAGE>

                  Employer elects to include in the aggregation group and which,
                  when included, would not cause the aggregation group to fail
                  to satisfy the qualification requirements under section 410 or
                  section 401(a)(4) of the Code.

1.3. Compensation. Unless the context clearly requires otherwise, compensation
means the wages, tips and other compensation paid to the Participant by the
Employer and reportable in the box designated "wages, tips, other compensation"
on Treasury Form W-2 (or any comparable successor box or form) for the
applicable period but determined without regard to any rules that limit the
remuneration included in wages based on the nature or location of the employment
or the services performed (such as the exception for agricultural labor in
section 3401(a)(2) of the Code). In determining compensation there shall be
included elective contributions made by the Employer on behalf of the
Participant that are not includible in gross income under sections 125,
402(e)(3), 402(h), 403(b), 414(h)(2) and 457 of the Code including elective
contributions authorized by the Participant under a cafeteria plan or any
qualified cash or deferred arrangement under section 401(k) of the Code. For the
purposes of this Appendix (excluding Section 1.6 of this Appendix), compensation
shall be limited to Two Hundred Thousand Dollars ($200,000) (as adjusted under
the Code for cost of living increases) for Plan Years beginning before January
1, 1994, and One Hundred and Fifty Thousand Dollars ($150,000) (as so adjusted)
for Plan Years beginning after December 31, 1993.

1.4. Determination Date. Determination date means, for the first (1st) Plan Year
of a plan, the last day of such first (1st) Plan Year, and for each subsequent
Plan Year, the last day of the immediately preceding Plan Year.

1.5. Five Percent Owner. Five percent owner means for each aggregated employer
that is a corporation, any person who owns (or is considered to own within the
meaning of the shareholder attribution rules) more than five percent (5%) of the
value of the outstanding stock of the corporation or stock possessing more than
five percent (5%) of the total combined voting power of the corporation, and,
for each aggregated employer that is not a corporation, any person who owns more
than five percent (5%) of the capital interest or the profits interest in such
aggregated employer. For the purposes of determining ownership percentages, each
corporation, partnership and proprietorship otherwise required to be aggregated
shall be viewed as a separate entity.

1.6. Key Employee. Key employee means each Participant (whether or not then an
employee) who at any time during a Plan Year (or any of the four preceding Plan
Years) is:

         (a)      an officer of any aggregated employer (excluding persons who
                  have the title of an officer but not the authority and
                  including persons who have the authority of an officer but not
                  the title) having an annual compensation from all aggregated
                  employers for any such Plan Year in excess of fifty percent
                  (50%) of the amount in effect under section 415(b)(1)(A) of
                  the Code for any such Plan Year, or

                                       B-2
<PAGE>

         (b)      one (1) of the ten (10) employees (not necessarily
                  Participants) owning (or considered to own within the meaning
                  of the shareholder attribution rules) both more than one-half
                  of one percent (1/2%) ownership interest in value and the
                  largest percentage ownership interests in value of any of the
                  aggregated employers (which are owned by employees) and who
                  has an annual compensation from all the aggregated employers
                  in excess of the limitation in effect under section
                  415(c)(1)(A) of the Code for any such Plan Year, or

         (c)      a five percent owner, or

         (d)      a one percent owner having an annual compensation from the
                  aggregated employers of more than One Hundred Fifty Thousand
                  Dollars ($150,000);

provided, however, that no more than fifty (50) employees (or, if lesser, the
greater of three of all the aggregated employers' employees or ten percent of
all the aggregated employers' employees) shall be treated as officers. For the
purposes of determining ownership percentages, each corporation, partnership and
proprietorship otherwise required to be aggregated shall be viewed as a separate
entity. For purposes of paragraph (b) above, if two (2) employees have the same
interest in any of the aggregated employers, the employee having the greatest
annual compensation from that aggregated employer shall be treated as having a
larger interest. For the purpose of determining compensation, however, all
compensation received from all aggregated employers shall be taken into account.
The term "key employee" shall include the beneficiaries of a deceased key
employee.

1.7. One Percent Owner. One percent owner means, for each aggregated employer
that is a corporation, any person who owns (or is considered to own within the
meaning of the shareholder attribution rules) more than one percent (1%) of the
value of the outstanding stock of the corporation or stock possessing more than
one percent (1%) of the total combined voting power of the corporation, and, for
each aggregated employer that is not a corporation, any person who owns more
than one percent (1%) of the capital or the profits interest in such aggregated
employer. For the purposes of determining ownership percentages, each
corporation, partnership and proprietorship otherwise required to be aggregated
shall be viewed as a separate entity.

1.8. Shareholder Attribution Rules. Shareholder attribution rules means the
rules of section 318 of the Code, (except that subparagraph (C) of section
318(a)(2) of the Code shall be applied by substituting "5 percent" for "50
percent") or, if the Employer is not a corporation, the rules determining
ownership in such Employer which shall be set forth in regulations prescribed by
the Secretary of the Treasury.

1.9. Top Heavy Aggregation Group. Top heavy aggregation group means any
aggregation group for which, as of the determination date, the sum of:

                                       B-3
<PAGE>

                  (i)      the present value of the cumulative accrued benefits
                           for key employees under all defined benefit plans
                           included in such aggregation group, and

                  (ii)     the aggregate of the accounts of key employees under
                           all defined contribution plans included in such
                           aggregation group,

exceed sixty percent (60%) of a similar sum determined for all employees. In
applying the foregoing, the following rules shall be observed:

         (a)      For the purpose of determining the present value of the
                  cumulative accrued benefit for any employee under a defined
                  benefit plan, or the amount of the account of any employee
                  under a defined contribution plan, such present value or
                  amount shall be increased by the aggregate distributions made
                  with respect to such employee under the plan during the five
                  (5) year period ending on the determination date.

         (b)      Any rollover contribution (or similar transfer) initiated by
                  the employee, made from a plan maintained by one employer to a
                  plan maintained by another employer and made after December
                  31, 1983, to a plan shall not be taken into account with
                  respect to the transferee plan for the purpose of determining
                  whether such transferee plan is a top heavy plan (or whether
                  any aggregation group which includes such plan is a top heavy
                  aggregation group). Any rollover contribution (or similar
                  transfer) not described in the preceding sentence shall be
                  taken into account with respect to the transferee plan for the
                  purpose of determining whether such transferee plan is a top
                  heavy plan (or whether any aggregation group which includes
                  such plan is a top heavy aggregation group).

         (c)      If any individual is not a key employee with respect to a plan
                  for any Plan Year, but such individual was a key employee with
                  respect to a plan for any prior Plan Year, the cumulative
                  accrued benefit of such employee and the account of such
                  employee shall not be taken into account.

         (d)      The determination of whether a plan is a top heavy plan shall
                  be made once for each Plan Year of the plan as of the
                  determination date for that Plan Year.

         (e)      In determining the present value of the cumulative accrued
                  benefits of employees under a defined benefit plan, the
                  determination shall be made as of the actuarial valuation date
                  last occurring during the twelve (12) months preceding the
                  determination date and shall be determined on the assumption
                  that the employees terminated employment on the valuation date
                  except as provided in section 416 of the Code and the
                  regulations thereunder for the first and second Plan Years of
                  a defined benefit plan. The accrued benefit of any employee
                  (other than a key

                                       B-4
<PAGE>

                  employee) shall be determined under the method which is used
                  for accrual purposes for all plans of the employer or if there
                  is no method which is used for accrual purposes under all
                  plans of the employer, as if such benefit accrued not more
                  rapidly than the slowest accrual rate permitted under section
                  411(b)(1)(C) of the Code. In determining this present value,
                  the mortality and interest assumptions shall be those which
                  would be used by the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation in
                  valuing the defined benefit plan if it terminated on such
                  valuation date. The accrued benefit to be valued shall be the
                  benefit expressed as a single life annuity.

         (f)      In determining the accounts of employees under a defined
                  contribution plan, the account values determined as of the
                  most recent asset valuation occurring within the twelve (12)
                  month period ending on the determination date shall be used.
                  In addition, amounts required to be contributed under either
                  the minimum funding standards or the plan's contribution
                  formula shall be included in determining the account. In the
                  first year of the plan, contributions made or to be made as of
                  the determination date shall be included even if such
                  contributions are not required.

         (g)      If any individual has not performed any services for any
                  employer maintaining the plan at any time during the five (5)
                  year period ending on the determination date, any accrued
                  benefit of the individual under a defined benefit plan and the
                  account of the individual under a defined contribution plan
                  shall not be taken into account.

         (h)      For this purpose, a terminated plan shall be treated like any
                  other plan and must be aggregated with other plans of the
                  employer if it was maintained within the last five (5) years
                  ending on the determination date for the Plan Year in question
                  and would, but for the fact that it terminated, be part of the
                  aggregation group for such Plan Year.

1.10. Top Heavy Plan. Top heavy plan means a qualified plan under which (as of
the determination date):

                  (i)      if the plan is a defined benefit plan, the present
                           value of the cumulative accrued benefits for key
                           employees exceeds sixty percent (60%) of the present
                           value of the cumulative accrued benefits for all
                           employees, and

                  (ii)     if the plan is a defined contribution plan, the
                           aggregate of the accounts of key employees exceeds
                           sixty percent (60%) of the aggregate of all of the
                           accounts of all employees.

In applying the foregoing, the following rules shall be observed:

                                       B-5
<PAGE>

         (a)      Each plan of an Employer required to be included in an
                  aggregation group shall be a top heavy plan if such
                  aggregation group is a top heavy aggregation group.

         (b)      For the purpose of determining the present value of the
                  cumulative accrued benefit for any employee under a defined
                  benefit plan, or the amount of the account of any employee
                  under a defined contribution plan, such present value or
                  amount shall be increased by the aggregate distributions made
                  with respect to such employee under the plan during the five
                  (5) year period ending on the determination date.

         (c)      Any rollover contribution (or similar transfer) initiated by
                  the employee, made from a plan maintained by one employer to a
                  plan maintained by another employer and made after December
                  31, 1983, to a plan shall not be taken into account with
                  respect to the transferee plan for the purpose of determining
                  whether such transferee plan is a top heavy plan (or whether
                  any aggregation group which includes such plan is a top heavy
                  aggregation group). Any rollover contribution (or similar
                  transfer) not described in the preceding sentence shall be
                  taken into account with respect to the transferee plan for the
                  purpose of determining whether such transferee plan is a top
                  heavy plan (or whether any aggregation group which includes
                  such plan is a top heavy aggregation group).

         (d)      If any individual is not a key employee with respect to a plan
                  for any Plan Year, but such individual was a key employee with
                  respect to the plan for any prior Plan Year, the cumulative
                  accrued benefit of such employee and the account of such
                  employee shall not be taken into account.

         (e)      The determination of whether a plan is a top heavy plan shall
                  be made once for each Plan Year of the plan as of the
                  determination date for that Plan Year.

         (f)      In determining the present value of the cumulative accrued
                  benefits of employees under a defined benefit plan, the
                  determination shall be made as of the actuarial valuation date
                  last occurring during the twelve (12) months preceding the
                  determination date and shall be determined on the assumption
                  that the employees terminated employment on the valuation date
                  except as provided in section 416 of the Code and the
                  regulations thereunder for the first and second Plan Years of
                  a defined benefit plan. The accrued benefit of any employee
                  (other than a key employee) shall be determined under the
                  method which is used for accrual purposes for all plans of the
                  employer or if there is no method which is used for accrual
                  purposes under all plans of the employer, as if such benefit
                  accrued not more rapidly than the slowest accrual rate
                  permitted under section 411(b)(1)(C) of the Code. In
                  determining this present value, the mortality and interest
                  assumptions shall be those which would be used by the Pension
                  Benefit Guaranty

                                       B-6
<PAGE>

                  Corporation in valuing the defined benefit plan if it
                  terminated on such valuation date. The accrued benefit to be
                  valued shall be the benefit expressed as a single life
                  annuity.

         (g)      In determining the accounts of employees under a defined
                  contribution plan, the account values determined as of the
                  most recent asset valuation occurring within the twelve (12)
                  month period ending on the determination date shall be used.
                  In addition, amounts required to be contributed under either
                  the minimum funding standards or the plan's contribution
                  formula shall be included in determining the account. In the
                  first year of the plan, contributions made or to be made as of
                  the determination date shall be included even if such
                  contributions are not required.

         (h)      If any individual has not performed any services for any
                  employer maintaining the plan at any time during the five (5)
                  year period ending on the determination date, any accrued
                  benefit of the individual under a defined benefit plan and the
                  account of the individual under a defined contribution plan
                  shall not be taken into account.

         (i)      For this purpose, a terminated plan shall be treated like any
                  other plan and must be aggregated with other plans of the
                  employer if it was maintained within the last five (5) years
                  ending on the determination date for the Plan Year in question
                  and would, but for the fact that it terminated, be part of the
                  aggregation group for such Plan Year.

                                    SECTION 2

                         DETERMINATION OF TOP HEAVINESS

Once each Plan Year, as of the determination date for that Plan Year, the
administrator of this Plan shall determine if this Plan is a top heavy plan.

                                    SECTION 3

                              CONTINGENT PROVISIONS

3.1. When Applicable. If this Plan is determined to be a top heavy plan for any
Plan Year, the following provisions shall apply for that Plan Year (and, to the
extent hereinafter specified, for subsequent Plan Years), notwithstanding any
provisions to the contrary in the Plan.

                                       B-7
<PAGE>

3.2. Vesting Requirement.

         3.2.1. General Rule. During any Plan Year that the Plan is determined
to be a Top Heavy Plan, then all accounts of all Participants in a defined
contribution plan that is a top heavy plan and the accrued benefits of all
Participants in a defined benefit plan that is a top heavy plan shall be vested
and nonforfeitable in accordance with the following schedule if, and to the
extent, that it is more favorable than other provisions of the Plan:

                   If the Participant Has                His Vested
                  Completed the Following                Percentage
                 Years of Vesting Service:                Shall Be:
                 --------------------------             -----------

               Less than 2 years                                0%
               2 years but less than 3 years                   20%
               3 years but less than 4 years                   40%
               4 years but less than 5 years                   60%
               5 years but less than 6 years                   80%
               6 years or more                                100%

         3.2.2. Subsequent Year. In each subsequent Plan Year that the Plan is
determined not to be a top heavy plan, the other nonforfeitability provisions of
the Plan Statement (and not this section) shall apply in determining the vested
and nonforfeitable rights of Participants who do not have five (5) or more years
of Vesting Service (three or more years of Vesting Service for Participants who
have one or more Hours of Service in any Plan Year beginning after December 31,
1988) as of the beginning of such subsequent Plan Year; provided, however, that
they shall not be applied in a manner which would reduce the vested and
nonforfeitable percentage of any Participant.

         3.2.3. Cancellation of Benefit Service. If this Plan is a defined
benefit plan and if the Participant's vested percentage is determined under this
Appendix and if a Participant receives a lump sum distribution of the present
value of the vested portion of his accrued benefit, the Plan shall:

         (a)      thereafter disregard the Participant's service with respect to
                  which he received such distribution in determining his accrued
                  benefit, and

         (b)      permit the Participant who receives a distribution of less
                  than the present value of his entire accrued benefit to
                  restore this service by repaying (after returning to
                  employment covered under the Plan) to the trustee the amount
                  of such distribution together with interest at the interest
                  rate of five percent (5%) per annum compounded annually (or
                  such other interest rate as is provided by law for such
                  repayment). If the distribution was on account of separation
                  from service such repayment must be made before the earlier
                  of,

                                       B-8
<PAGE>

                  (i)      five (5) years after the first date on which the
                           Participant is subsequently reemployed by the
                           employer, or

                  (ii)     the close of the first period of five (5) consecutive
                           one-year breaks in service commencing after the
                           distribution.

If the distribution was on account of any other reason, such repayment must be
made within five (5) years after the date of the distribution.

3.3. Defined Contribution Plan Minimum Benefit Requirement.

         3.3.1. General Rule. If this Plan is a defined contribution plan, then
for any Plan Year that this Plan is determined to be a top heavy plan, the
Employer shall make a contribution for allocation to the account of each
employee who is a Participant for that Plan Year and who is not a key employee
in an amount (when combined with other Employer contributions and forfeited
accounts allocated to his account) which is at least equal to three percent (3%)
of such Participant's compensation. (This minimum contribution amount shall be
further reduced by all other Employer contributions to this Plan or any other
defined contribution plans.) This contribution shall be made for each
Participant who has not separated from service with the Employer at the end of
the Plan Year (including for this purpose any Participant who is then on
temporary layoff or authorized leave of absence or who, during such Plan Year,
was inducted into the Armed Forces of the United States from employment with the
Employer) including, for this purpose, each employee of the Employer who would
have been a Participant if he had: (i) completed one thousand (1,000) Hours of
Service (or the equivalent) during the Plan Year, and (ii) made any mandatory
contributions to the Plan, and (iii) earned compensation in excess of the stated
amount required for participation in the Plan.

         3.3.2. Special Rule. Subject to the following rules, the percentage
referred to in Section 3.3.1 of this Appendix shall not exceed the percentage at
which contributions are made (or required to be made) under this Plan for the
Plan Year for that key employee for whom that percentage is the highest for the
Plan Year.

         (a)      The percentage referred to above shall be determined by
                  dividing the Employer contributions for such key employee for
                  such Plan Year by his compensation for such Plan Year.

         (b)      For the purposes of this Section 3.3, all defined contribution
                  plans required to be included in an aggregation group shall be
                  treated as one (l) plan.

         (c)      The exception contained in this Section 3.3.2 shall not apply
                  to (be available to) this Plan if this Plan is required to be
                  included in an aggregation group if including

                                       B-9
<PAGE>

                  this Plan in an aggregation group enables a defined benefit
                  plan to satisfy the qualification requirements of section 410
                  or section 401(a)(4) of the Code.

         3.3.3. Salary Reduction and Matching Contributions. For the purpose of
this Section 3.3, all Employer contributions attributable to a salary reduction
or similar arrangement shall be taken into account for the purpose of
determining the minimum percentage contribution required to be made for a
particular Plan Year for a Participant who is not a key employee but not for the
purpose of determining whether that minimum contribution requirement has been
satisfied. For the purpose of this Section 3.3 during all Plan Years beginning
after December 31, 1988, all Employer matching contributions shall be taken into
account for the purposes of determining the minimum percentage contribution
required to be made for a particular Plan Year for a Participant who was not a
key employee but not for the purpose of determining whether that minimum
contribution requirement has been satisfied.

3.4. Defined Benefit Plan Minimum Benefit Requirement.

         3.4.1. General Rule. If this Plan is a defined benefit plan, then for
any Plan Year that the Plan is determined to be a top heavy plan, the accrued
benefit for each Participant who is not a key employee shall not be less than
one-twelfth (l/12th) of the applicable percentage of the Participant's average
compensation for years in the testing period.

         3.4.2. Special Rules and Definitions. In applying the general rule of
Section 3.4.1 of this Appendix, the following special rules and definitions
shall apply:

         (a)      The term "applicable percentage" means the lesser of:

                  (i)      two percent (2%) multiplied by the number of years of
                           service with the Employer, or

                  (ii)     twenty percent (20%).

         (b)      For the purpose of this Section 3.4, a Participant's years of
                  service with the Employer shall be equal to the Participant's
                  Vesting Service except that a year of Vesting Service shall
                  not be taken into account if:

                  (i)      the Plan was not a top heavy plan for any Plan Year
                           ending during such year of Vesting Service, or

                  (ii)     such year of Vesting Service was completed in a Plan
                           Year beginning before January l, 1984.

                                      B-10
<PAGE>

         (c)      A Participant's "testing period" shall be the period of five
                  (5) consecutive years during which the Participant had the
                  greatest compensation from the Employer; provided, however,
                  that:

                  (i)      the years taken into account shall be properly
                           adjusted for years not included in a year of service,
                           and

                  (ii)     a year shall not be taken into account if such year
                           ends in a Plan Year beginning before January l, 1984,
                           or such year begins after the close of the last year
                           in which the Plan was a top heavy plan.

         (d)      An individual shall be considered a Participant for the
                  purpose of accruing the minimum benefit only if such
                  individual has at least one thousand (1,000) Hours of Service
                  during a benefit accrual computation period (or equivalent
                  service determined under Department of Labor regulations).
                  Furthermore, such individual shall accrue a minimum benefit
                  only for a benefit accrual computation period in which such
                  individual has one thousand (1,000) Hours of Service (or
                  equivalent service). An individual shall not fail to accrue
                  the minimum benefit merely because the individual: (i) was not
                  employed on a specified date, or (ii) was excluded from
                  participation (or otherwise failed to accrue a benefit)
                  because the individual's compensation was less than a stated
                  amount, or (iii) because the individual failed to make any
                  mandatory contributions.

         3.4.3. Accruals Preserved. In years subsequent to the last Plan Year in
which this Plan is a top heavy plan, the other benefit accrual rules of the Plan
Statement shall be applied to determine the accrued benefit of each Participant,
except that the application of such other rules shall not serve to reduce a
Participant's accrued benefit as determined under this Section 3.4.

3.5. Priorities Among Plans. In applying the minimum benefit provisions of this
Appendix in any Plan Year that this Plan is determined to be a top heavy plan,
the following rules shall apply:

         (a)      If an employee participates only in this Plan, the employee
                  shall receive the minimum benefit applicable to this Plan.

         (b)      If an employee participates in both a defined benefit plan and
                  a defined contribution plan and only one (1) of such plans is
                  a top heavy plan for the Plan Year, the employee shall receive
                  the minimum benefit applicable to the plan which is a top
                  heavy plan.

         (c)      If an employee participates in both a defined contribution
                  plan and a defined benefit plan and both are top heavy plans,
                  then the employee, for that Plan Year,

                                      B-11
<PAGE>

                  shall receive the defined benefit plan minimum benefit unless
                  for that Plan Year the employee has received employer
                  contributions and forfeitures allocated to his account in the
                  defined contribution plan in an amount which is at least equal
                  to five percent (5%) of his compensation.

         (d)      If an employee participates in two (2) or more defined
                  contribution plans which are top heavy plans, then the
                  employee, for that Plan Year, shall receive the defined
                  contribution plan minimum benefit in that defined contribution
                  plan which has the earliest original effective date.

3.6. Annual Contribution Limits.

         3.6.1. General Rule. Notwithstanding anything apparently to the
contrary in the Appendix A to the Plan Statement, for any Plan Year that this
Plan is a top heavy plan, the defined benefit fraction and defined contribution
fraction of the Appendix to the Plan Statement pertaining to limits under
section 415 of the Code shall be one hundred percent (100%) and not one hundred
twenty-five percent (125%).

         3.6.2. Special Rule. Section 3.6.1 of this Appendix shall not apply to
any top heavy plan if such top heavy plan satisfies the following requirements:

         (a)      Minimum Benefit Requirement. The top heavy plan (and any plan
                  required to be included in an aggregation group with such
                  plan) satisfies the requirements of Section 3.4 of this
                  Appendix when Section 3.4.2(a)(1) of this Appendix is applied
                  by substituting three percent (3%) for two percent (2%) and by
                  increasing (but by no more than ten percentage points) twenty
                  percent (20%) by one percentage point for each year for which
                  the plan was taken into account under this Section 3.7.
                  Section 3.3.1 of this Appendix shall be applied by
                  substituting "four percent (4%)" for "three percent (3%)."
                  Section 3.5(c) of this Appendix shall be applied by
                  substituting "seven and one-half percent (7-1/2%)" for "five
                  percent (5%)."

         (b)      Ninety Percent Rule. A top heavy plan would not be a top heavy
                  plan if "ninety percent (90%)" were substituted for "sixty
                  percent (60%)" each place that it appears in the definitions
                  of top heavy plan and top heavy aggregation group.

         3.6.3. Transition Rule. If, but for this Section 3.6.3, Section 3.6.1
of this Appendix would begin to apply with respect to this Plan because it is a
top heavy plan, the application of Section 3.6.1 of this Appendix shall be
suspended with respect to any individual so long as there are no:

                                      B-12
<PAGE>

         (a)      employer contributions, forfeitures or voluntary nondeductible
                  contributions allocated to such individual (if this Plan is a
                  defined contribution plan), or

         (b)      accruals for such individual (if this Plan is a defined
                  benefit plan).

         3.6.4. Coordinating Change. If this Plan is a top heavy plan for any
Plan Year, then for purposes of the Appendix A to the Plan Statement, section
415(e)(6)(i) of the Code shall be applied by substituting "Forty-one Thousand
Five Hundred Dollars ($41,500)" for "Fifty-one Thousand Eight Hundred
Seventy-five Dollars ($51,875)."

3.7. Bargaining Units. The requirements of Section 3.2 through Section 3.6 of
this Appendix shall not apply with respect to any employee included in a unit of
employees covered by an agreement which the Secretary of Labor finds to be a
collective bargaining agreement between employee representatives and one (1) or
more employers if there is evidence that retirement benefits are the subject of
good faith bargaining between such employee representatives and such employer or
employers.

                                      B-13
<PAGE>

                                   APPENDIX C

                       QUALIFIED DOMESTIC RELATIONS ORDERS

                                    SECTION 1

                                 GENERAL MATTERS

Terms defined in the Plan Statement shall have the same meanings when used in
this Appendix.

1.1. General Rule. The Plan shall not honor the creation, assignment or
recognition of any right to any benefit payable with respect to a Participant
pursuant to a domestic relations order unless that domestic relations order is a
qualified domestic relations order.

1.2. Alternate Payee Defined. The only persons eligible to be considered
alternate payees with respect to a Participant shall be that Participant's
spouse, former spouse, child or other dependent.

1.3. DRO Defined. A domestic relations order is any judgment, decree or order
(including an approval of a property settlement agreement) which relates to the
provision of child support, alimony payments, or marital property rights to a
spouse, former spouse, child or other dependent of a Participant and which is
made pursuant to a state domestic relations law (including a community property
law).

1.4. QDRO Defined. A qualified domestic relations order is a domestic relations
order which creates or recognizes the existence of an alternate payee's right to
(or assigns to an alternate payee the right to) receive all or a portion of the
Account of a Participant under the Plan and which satisfies all of the following
requirements.

         1.4.1. Names and Addresses. The order must clearly specify the name and
the last known mailing address, if any, of the Participant and the name and
mailing address of each alternate payee covered by the order.

         1.4.2. Amount. The order must clearly specify the amount or percentage
of the Participant's Account to be paid by the Plan to each such alternate payee
or the manner in which such amount or percentage is to be determined.

         1.4.3. Payment Method. The order must clearly specify the number of
payments or period to which the order applies.

         1.4.4. Plan Identity. The order must clearly specify that it applies to
this Plan.

                                       C-1
<PAGE>

         1.4.5. Settlement Options. Except as provided in Section 1.4.8 of this
Appendix, the order may not require the Plan to provide any type or form of
benefits or any option not otherwise provided under the Plan.

         1.4.6. Increased Benefits. The order may not require the Plan to
provide increased benefits.

         1.4.7. Prior Awards. The order may not require the payment of benefits
to an alternate payee which are required to be paid to another alternate payee
under another order previously determined to be a qualified domestic relations
order.

         1.4.8. Exceptions. The order will not fail to meet the requirements of
Section 1.4.5 of this Appendix if:

         (a)      The order requires payment of benefits be made to an alternate
                  payee before the Participant has separated from service but as
                  of a date that is on or after the date on which the
                  Participant attains (or would have attained) the earliest
                  payment date described in Section 1.4.10 of this Appendix; and

         (b)      The order requires that payment of benefits be made to an
                  alternate payee as if the Participant had retired on the date
                  on which payment is to begin under such order (but taking into
                  account only the present value of benefits actually accrued);
                  and

         (c)      The order requires payment of benefits to be made to an
                  alternate payee in any form in which benefits may be paid
                  under the Plan to the Participant (other than in the form of a
                  joint and survivor annuity with respect to the alternate payee
                  and his or her subsequent spouse).

In lieu of the foregoing, the order will not fail to meet the requirements of
Section 1.4.5 of this Appendix if the order: (1) requires that payment of
benefits be made to an alternate payee in a single lump sum as soon as is
administratively feasible after the order is determined to be a qualified
domestic relations order, and (2) does not contain any of the provisions
described in Section 1.4.9 of this Appendix, and (3) provides that the payment
of such single lump sum fully and permanently discharges all obligations of the
Plan to the alternate payee.

         1.4.9. Deemed Spouse. Notwithstanding the foregoing:

         (a)      The order may provide that the former spouse of a Participant
                  shall be treated as a surviving spouse of such Participant for
                  the purposes of Section 7 of the Plan Statement (and that any
                  subsequent or prior spouse of the Participant shall not be
                  treated as a spouse of the Participant for such purposes), and

                                       C-2
<PAGE>

         (b)      The order may provide that, if the former spouse has been
                  married to the Participant for at least one (1) year at any
                  time, the surviving former spouse shall be deemed to have been
                  married to the Participant for the one (1) year period ending
                  on the date of the Participant's death.

         1.4.10. Payment Date Defined. For the purpose of Section 1.4.8 of this
Appendix, the earliest payment date means the earlier of:

         (a)      The date on which the Participant is entitled to a
                  distribution under the Plan; or

         (b)      The later of (i) the date the Participant attains age fifty
                  (50) years, or (ii) the earliest date on which the Participant
                  could begin receiving benefits under the Plan if the
                  Participant separated from service.

                                    SECTION 2

                                   PROCEDURES

2.1. Actions Pending Review. During any period when the issue of whether a
domestic relations order is a qualified domestic relations order is being
determined by the Committee, the Committee shall cause the Plan to separately
account for the amounts which would be payable to the alternate payee during
such period if the order were determined to be a qualified domestic relations
order.

2.2. Reviewing DROs. Upon the receipt of a domestic relations order, the
Committee shall determine whether such order is a qualified domestic relations
order.

         2.2.1. Receipt. A domestic relations order shall be considered to have
been received only when the Committee shall have received a copy of a domestic
relations order which is complete in all respects and is originally signed,
certified or otherwise officially authenticated.

         2.2.2. Notice to Parties. Upon receipt of a domestic relations order,
the Committee shall notify the Participant and all persons claiming to be
alternate payees and all prior alternate payees with respect to the Participant
that such domestic relations order has been received. The Committee shall
include with such notice a copy of this Appendix.

         2.2.3. Comment Period. The Participant and all persons claiming to be
alternate payees and all prior alternate payees with respect to the Participant
shall be afforded a comment period of thirty (30) days from the date such notice
is mailed by the Committee in which to make comments or objections to the
Committee concerning whether the domestic relations order is a qualified
domestic relations order.

                                       C-3
<PAGE>

By the unanimous written consent of the Participant and all persons claiming to
be alternate payees and all prior alternate payees with respect to the
Participant, the thirty (30) day comment period may be shortened.

         2.2.4. Initial Determination. Within a reasonable period of time after
the termination of the comment period, the Committee shall give written notice
to the Participant and all persons claiming to be alternate payees and all prior
alternate payees with respect to the Participant of its decision that the
domestic relations order is or is not a qualified domestic relations order. If
the Committee determines that the order is not a qualified domestic relations
order or if the Committee determines that the written objections of any party to
the order being found a qualified domestic relations order are not valid, the
Committee shall include in its written notice:

                  (i)      the specific reasons for its decision;

                  (ii)     the specific reference to the pertinent provisions of
                           this Plan Statement upon which its decision is based;

                  (iii)    a description of additional material or information,
                           if any, which would cause the Committee to reach a
                           different conclusion; and

                  (iv)     an explanation of the procedures for reviewing the
                           initial determination of the Committee.

         2.2.5. Appeal Period. The Participant and all persons claiming to be
alternate payees and all prior alternate payees with respect to the Participant
shall be afforded an appeal period of sixty (60) days from the date such an
initial determination and explanation is mailed in which to make comments or
objections concerning whether the original determination of the Committee is
correct. By the unanimous written consent of the Participant and all persons
claiming to be alternate payees and all prior alternate payees with respect to
the Participant, the sixty (60) day appeal period may be shortened.

           2.2.6. Final Determination. In all events, the final determination of
the Committee shall be made not later than eighteen (18) months after the date
on which first payment would be required to be made under the domestic relations
order if it were a qualified domestic relations order. The final determination
shall be communicated in writing to the Participant and all persons claiming to
be alternate payees and all prior alternate payees with respect to the
Participant.

2.3. Final Disposition. If the domestic relations order is finally determined to
be a qualified domestic relations order and all comment and appeal periods have
expired, the Plan shall pay all amounts required to be paid pursuant to the
domestic relations order to the alternate payee entitled thereto. If the
domestic relations order is finally determined not to be a qualified domestic
relations order and all comment and appeal periods have expired, benefits under
the Plan shall be paid to the person or persons who would have been entitled to
such amounts if there had been no domestic relations order.

                                       C-4
<PAGE>

2.4. Orders Being Sought. If the Committee has notice that a domestic relations
order is being or may be sought but has not received the order, the Committee
shall not (in the absence of a written request from the Participant) delay
payment of benefits to a Participant or Beneficiary which otherwise would be
due. If the Committee has determined that a domestic relations order is not a
qualified domestic relations order and all comment and appeal periods have
expired, the Committee shall not (in the absence of a written request from the
Participant) delay payment of benefits to a Participant or Beneficiary which
otherwise would be due even if the Committee has notice that the party claiming
to be an alternate payee or the Participant or both are attempting to rectify
any deficiencies in the domestic relations order. Notwithstanding the above,
after the commencement of a divorce action, the Committee shall comply with a
restraining order, duly issued by the court handling the divorce, reasonably
prohibiting the disposition of a Participant's benefits pending the submission
to the Committee of a domestic relations order or prohibiting the disposition of
a Participant's benefits pending resolution of a dispute with respect to a
domestic relations order.

                                    SECTION 3

                               PROCESSING OF AWARD

3.1. General Rules. If a benefit is awarded to an alternate payee pursuant to an
order which has been finally determined to be a qualified domestic relations
order, the following rules shall apply.

         3.1.1. Source of Award. If a Participant shall have a Vested interest
in more than one Account under the Plan, the benefit awarded to an alternate
payee shall be withdrawn from the Participant's Accounts in proportion to his
Vested interest in each of them.

         3.1.2. Effect on Account. For all purposes of the Plan, the
Participant's Account (and all benefits payable under the Plan which are derived
in whole or in part by reference to the Participant's Account) shall be
permanently diminished by the portion of the Participant's Account which is
awarded to the alternate payee. The benefit awarded to an alternate payee shall
be considered to have been a distribution from the Participant's Account for the
limited purpose of applying any rules of the Plan Statement relating to
distributions from an Account that is only partially Vested.

         3.1.3. After Death. After the death of an alternate payee, all amounts
awarded to the alternate payee which have not been distributed to the alternate
payee and which continue to be payable shall be paid in a single lump sum
distribution to the personal representative of the alternate payee's estate as
soon as administratively feasible, unless the qualified domestic relations order
clearly provides otherwise. The Participant's Beneficiary designation shall not
be effective to dispose of any portion of the benefit awarded to an alternate
payee, unless the qualified domestic relations order clearly provides otherwise.

                                       C-5
<PAGE>

         3.1.4. In-Service Benefits. Any in-service distribution provisions of
the Plan Statement shall not be applicable to the benefit awarded to an
alternate payee.

3.2. Segregated Account. If the Committee determines that it would facilitate
the administration or the distribution of the benefit awarded to the alternate
payee or if the qualified domestic relations order so requires, the benefit
awarded to the alternate payee shall be established on the books and records of
the Plan as a separate account belonging to the alternate payee.

3.3. Former Alternate Payees. If an alternate payee has received all benefits to
which the alternate payee is entitled under a qualified domestic relations
order, the alternate payee will not at any time thereafter be deemed to be an
alternate payee or prior alternate payee for any substantive or procedural
purpose of this Plan.

                                       C-6
<PAGE>

                                 FIRST AMENDMENT
                                       OF
                                FLUOROWARE, INC.
                          PENSION PLAN TRUST AGREEMENT
                               (1995 Restatement)

     THIS AGREEMENT, Made and entered into as of May 14, 1998, by and between
FLUOROWARE, INC., a Minnesota corporation (the "Principal Sponsor"), and Daniel
Quernemoen, James Dauwalter, Stan Geyer, and Richard G. Revord, as trustees
(collectively, together with their successors, the "Trustee");

     WITNESSETH: That

     WHEREAS, The Principal Sponsor has heretofore established and maintains a
money purchase pension plan for the benefit of eligible employees which, in most
recent amended and restated form, is embodied in a document dated August 26,
1995 and entitled "FLUOROWARE, INC. PENSION PLAN TRUST AGREEMENT (1995
Restatement)" (the "Plan Statement"); and

     WHEREAS, The Principal Sponsor has reserved to itself the power to amend
the Plan Statement;

     NOW, THEREFORE, The Plan Statement is hereby amended in the following
respects:

1. EMPLOYER CONTRIBUTION. Effective for Recognized Compensation received on or
after June 3, 1998, Section 3.2 of the Plan Years shall be amended to read in
full as follows:

     3.2.1. Amount. The amount of the Employer contribution made for each
eligible Participant under Section 3.3 for the Plan Year ending August 31, 1998
shall be equal to (i) seven percent (7%) of the eligible Participant's
Recognized Compensation received during the period from September 1, 1997 to
June 2, 1998, and (ii) zero percent (0%) of the eligible Participant's
Recognized Compensation received during the period from June 3, 1998 to August
31, 1998. The amount of the Employer contribution made for each eligible
Participant under Section 3.3 for each Plan Year ending on or after August 31,
1999 shall be equal to seven percent (7%) of the eligible Participant's
Recognized Compensation. Such contributions shall be delivered to the Trustee
for deposit in the Fund not later than the time prescribed by federal law
(including extensions) for filing the federal income tax return of the Employer
for the taxable year which ends nearest to the Plan Year end.

2. SAVINGS CLAUSE. Save and except as herein expressly amended, the Plan
Statement shall continue in full force and effect.
<PAGE>

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Each of the Parties hereto has caused these presents to
be executed, all as of the day and year first above written.

TRUSTEES:                                                     FLUOROWARE, INC.

__________________________________     By__________________________________
Daniel Quernemoen

                                         Its_______________________________

__________________________________
James Dauwalter
                                       And_________________________________

                                          Its______________________________

__________________________________
Stan Geyer

__________________________________
Richard G. Revord

                                       -2-
<PAGE>

                                SECOND AMENDMENT
                                       OF
                                FLUOROWARE, INC.
                          PENSION PLAN TRUST AGREEMENT
                               (1995 Restatement)

     THIS AGREEMENT, Made and entered into as of December __, 1999, by and
between FLUOROWARE, INC., a Minnesota corporation (the "Principal Sponsor"),
Entegris, Inc. and ____________________ and ____________________ as trustees
(collectively, together with their successors, the "Trustee");

     WITNESSETH: That

     WHEREAS, The Principal Sponsor has heretofore established and maintains a
money purchase pension plan for the benefit of eligible employees which, in most
recent amended and restated form, is embodied in a document dated August 26,
1995 and entitled "FLUOROWARE, INC. PENSION PLAN TRUST AGREEMENT (1995
Restatement)" (the "Plan Statement"); and

     WHEREAS, The Principal Sponsor has reserved to itself the power to amend
the Plan Statement;

     NOW, THEREFORE, The Plan Statement is hereby amended in the following
respects:

1. ACCOUNTS. Effective January 1, 2000, Section 1.1.1 shall be amended to read
in full as follows:

     1.1.1. Accounts-- the following Accounts will be maintained under the Plan
for Participants:

     (a)  Total Account -- a Participant's entire interest in the Fund,
          including his Regular Account, his Rollover Account, if any, and his
          Transfer Account, if any.

     (b)  Regular Account -- the Account maintained for each Participant to
          which is credited his allocable share of the Employer contributions,
          together with any increase or decrease thereon.

     (c)  Rollover Account -- the Account maintained for each Participant to
          which were credited any rollover contributions made under the Prior
          Plan Statement, together with any increase or decrease thereon.
<PAGE>

     (d)  Transfer Account-- the Account maintained for each Participant to
          which is credited his interest, if any, transferred from another
          qualified plan by the trustee of such other plan pursuant to an
          agreement made under Section 9.4 hereof and not credited to any other
          Account pursuant to such agreement (or another provision of this Plan
          Statement), together with any increase or decrease thereon.

2. CHANGE OF PLAN YEAR. Effective for Plan Years beginning on or after September
1, 1999, the Plan Year beginning on September 1, 1999 shall end on December 31,
1999 and Section 1.1.3 shall be amended to read in full as follows:

     1.1.3 Annual Valuation Date-- each December 31.

3. CHANGE OF PLAN YEAR. In connection with the above change of Plan Year, the
following special transition rules shall apply as if fully set forth in the Plan
Statement:

     (a)  Eligibility Service. For purposes of determining an employee's
          Eligibility Service, the twelve (12) month periods ending on the
          following dates shall be considered Plan Years for purposes of
          determining computation periods: August 31, 1999 and each prior August
          31; and December 31, 1999 and each later December 31. Services
          performed and Hours of Service earned during the period beginning
          January 1, 1999 and ending on August 31, 1999 shall be taken into
          account in the computation period ending August 31, 1999 and in the
          computation period ending December 31, 1999.

     (b)  One-Year Break in Service. For purposes of determining whether an
          Employee has incurred a One-Year Break in Service, the twelve (12)
          month periods ending on the following dates shall be considered Plan
          Years for purposes of determining computation periods: August 31, 1999
          and each prior August 31; and December 31, 1999 and each later
          December 31. Services performed and Hours of Service earned during the
          period beginning January 1, 1999 and ending August 31, 1999 shall be
          taken into account in the computation period ending August 31, 1999
          and in the computation period ending December 31, 1999.

     (c)  Recognized Compensation. For purposes of determining Recognized
          Compensation, the remuneration paid to the Participant for the period
          beginning January 1, 1999 and ending August 31, 1999 shall be taken
          into account for the full Plan Year ending August 31, 1999 but shall
          not be taken into account for the short Plan Year ending December 31,
          1999. The annual maximum limit for Recognized Compensation shall be
          prorated for the short Plan Year ending December 31, 1999.

     (d)  Vesting Service. For purposes of determining an Employee's Vesting
          Service, the twelve (12) month periods ending on the following dates
          shall be considered Plan Years for purposes of

                                      -2-
<PAGE>

          determining computation periods: August 31, 1999 and each prior August
          31; and December 31, 1999 and each later December 31. Services
          performed and Hours of Service earned during the period beginning
          January 1, 1999 and ending August 31, 1999 shall be taken into account
          in computation period ending August 31, 1999 and in the computation
          period ending December 31, 1999.

     (g)  ss. 415 Annual Additions. For purposes of determining ss. 415
          compensation, remuneration attributable to the period beginning
          January 1, 1999 and ending August 31, 1999 shall be taken into account
          for the full Plan Year ending August 31, 1999 but shall not be taken
          into account for the short Plan Year ending December 31, 1999. The
          $30,000 annual addition limit shall be prorated to $7,500 for the
          short Plan Year ending December 31, 1999.

     (k)  Annual Contributions. For purposes of determining Employer
          contributions for Participants as provided in Section 3.2, services
          performed during and remuneration attributable to the period beginning
          January 1, 1999 and ending August 31, 1999 shall be taken into account
          for the full Plan Year ending August 31, 1999 but shall not be taken
          into account for the short Plan Year ending December 31, 1999.

     (l)  1,000 Hour Rule. For purposes of determining whether a Participant is
          an eligible Participant under Section 3.3, the twelve (12) month
          periods ending on the following dates shall be considered Plan Years
          for purposes of determining computation periods: August 31, 1999 and
          each prior August 31; and December 31, 1999 and each later December
          31. Hours of Service earned during the period beginning January 1,
          1999 and ending on August 31, 1999 shall be taken into account in the
          computation period ending August 31, 1999 and in the computation
          period ending December 31, 1999.

     (m)  Adjustments. For purposes of determining make-up contributions for
          omitted participants and correcting mistaken contributions under
          Section 3.4, events attributable to the period beginning January 1,
          1999 and ending August 31, 1999 shall be taken into account for the
          full Plan Year ending August 31, 1999 but shall not be taken into
          account for the short Plan Year ending December 31, 1999.

     (s)  ss. 416 Top Heavy Plan Rules. For purposes of applying contingent top
          heavy plan rules, the period beginning January 1, 1999 and ending
          August 31, 1999 shall be taken into account for the full Plan Year
          ending August 31, 1999 but shall not be taken into account for the
          short Plan Year ending December 31, 1999. In determining compensation
          for purposes of applying the top heavy rules, all applicable
          compensation limits shall be prorated for the short Plan Year ending
          December 31, 1999. In determining eligibility for the minimum benefit
          under Section 3.3.1, any applicable hours of service requirement shall
          be prorated for the short Plan Year ending December 31, 1999.

                                      -3-
<PAGE>

4. DISABILITY. Effective for Disability determinations made for Plan Years
beginning on or after January 1, 2000, Section 1.1.7 of the Plan Statement shall
be amended to read in full as follows:

     1.1.7. Disability -- a medically determinable physical or mental impairment
which: (i) renders the individual incapable of performing any substantial
gainful employment, (ii) can be expected to be of long-continued and indefinite
duration or result in death, and (iii) is evidenced by a certification to this
effect by a doctor of medicine approved by the Committee. In lieu of such a
certification, the Committee may accept, as proof of Disability, the official
written determination that the individual will be eligible for disability
benefits under the federal Social Security Act as now enacted or hereinafter
amended (when any waiting period expires). Notwithstanding the foregoing, no
Participant will be considered to have a Disability unless such doctor's
determination or official Social Security determination is received by the
Committee within twelve (12) months after the Participant's last day of active
work with the Employer or an Affiliate. The Committee shall determine the date
on which the Disability shall have occurred if such determination is necessary.

5. HIGHLY COMPENSATED EMPLOYEE. Effective for determining who is a Highly
Compensated Employee for Plan Years beginning on or after September 1, 1997, the
Plan Statement shall be amended by the addition of the following new Section
1.1.15 and all subsequent sections (and cross references thereto) shall be
renumbered:

     1.1.15. Highly Compensated Employee -- any employee who (a) is a five
percent (5%) owner (as defined in Appendix B) at any time during the current
Plan Year or the preceding Plan Year; or (b) receives compensation from the
Employer and all Affiliates during the preceding Plan Year in excess of Eighty
Thousand Dollars ($80,000) (as adjusted under the Code for cost-of-living
increases). For this purpose, "compensation" means compensation within the
meaning of section 415(c)(3) of the Code; provided, however, that compensation
for the Plan Year ending August 31, 1997 shall include amounts contributed by
the Employer and all Affiliates pursuant to a salary reduction agreement which
are excludable from the employee's gross income under sections 125, 402(e)(3),
402(h)(1)(B) or 403(b) of the Code (for later years, such amounts are included
in compensation as defined in section 415(c)(3) of the Code). Compensation for
any employee who performed services for only part of a year is not annualized
for this purpose.

6. HIGHLY COMPENSATED EMPLOYEE. Effective September 1, 1997, the term "highly
compensated employee (as defined in section 414 of the Internal Revenue Code)"
shall be replaced with "Highly Compensated Employee" each time it appears in the
Plan Statement.

7. MILITARY LEAVES. Effective for each Participant who is credited with one or
more Hours of Service on account of the performance of duties for the Employer
on or after December 12, 1994, Section 1.1.16(d)(i) (formerly Section
1.1.15(d)(i)) of the Plan Statement shall be deleted and all subsequent sections
shall be relettered.

                                      -4-
<PAGE>

8. LEASED EMPLOYEES CLARIFICATION. Effective for each Participant who is
credited with one or more Hours of Service on account of the performance of
duties for the Employer on or after September 1, 1997, Section 1.1.16(e)
(formerly Section 1.1.15(e)) of the Plan Statement shall be amended to read in
full as follows:

     (e)  Special Rules. For periods prior to September 1, 1976, Hours of
          Service may be determined using whatever records are reasonably
          accessible and by making whatever calculations are necessary to
          determine the approximate number of Hours of Service completed during
          such prior period. To the extent not inconsistent with other
          provisions hereof, Department of Labor regulations 29 C.F.R.ss.
          2530.200b-2(b) and (c) are hereby incorporated by reference herein. To
          the extent required under section 414 of the Code, services of leased
          owners, leased managers, shared employees, shared leased employees and
          other similar classifications (excluding Leased Employees) for the
          Employer or an Affiliate shall be taken into account as if such
          services were performed as a common law employee of the Employer for
          the purposes of determining Eligibility Service, Vesting Service and
          One-Year Breaks in Service as applied to Vesting Service and
          Eligibility Service. For purposes of the Plan, application of the
          leased employee rules under section 414(n) of the Code shall be
          subject to the following: (i) "contingent services" shall mean
          services performed by a person for the Employer or an Affiliate during
          the period the person has not performed the services on a
          substantially full time basis for a period of at least twelve (12)
          consecutive months, (ii) except as provided in (iii), contingent
          services shall not be taken into account for purposes of determining
          Eligibility Service, Vesting Service and One Year Breaks in Service as
          applied to Vesting Service and Eligibility Service, (iii) contingent
          services performed by a person who has become a Leased Employee shall
          be taken into account for purposes of determining Eligibility Service,
          Vesting Service, and One-Year Breaks in Service as applied to Vesting
          Service and Eligibility Service, and (iv) all service performed as a
          Leased Employee (i.e., all service following the date an individual
          has satisfied all three requirements for becoming a Leased Employee)
          shall be taken into account for purposes of determining Eligibility
          Service, Vesting Service and One-Year Breaks in Service as applied to
          Vesting Service and Eligibility Service.

9. LEASED EMPLOYEE. Effective for Plan Years beginning on or after September 1,
1997, the Plan Statement shall be amended by the addition of the following new
Section 1.1.18 and all subsequent sections (and all cross references thereto)
shall be renumbered:

     1.1.18. Leased Employee-- any individual (other than an employee of the
Employer or an Affiliate) who performs services for the Employer or an Affiliate
if (i) services are performed under an

                                       -5-
<PAGE>

agreement between the Employer or an Affiliate and an individual or company,
(ii) the individual performs services for the Employer or an Affiliate on a
substantially full time basis for a period of at least twelve (12) consecutive
months, and (iii) the individual's services are performed under the primary
direction or control of the Employer or an Affiliate. In determining whether an
individual is a Leased Employee of the Employer or an Affiliate, all prior
service with the Employer or an Affiliate (including employment as a common law
employee) shall be used for purposes of satisfying (ii) above. No individual
shall be considered a Leased Employee unless and until all conditions have been
satisfied.

10. PARTICIPANT. Effective January 1, 2000, Section 1.1.20 (formerly Section
1.1.18) of the Plan Statement shall be amended to read in full as follows:

     1.1.20. Participant -- an employee of the Employer who becomes a
Participant in the Plan in accordance with the provisions of Section 2 or any
comparable provision of the Prior Plan Statement. An employee who has become a
Participant shall be considered to continue as a Participant in the Plan until
the date of the Participant's death or, if earlier, the date when the
Participant is no longer employed in Recognized Employment and upon which the
Participant no longer has any Account under the Plan (that is, the Participant
has both received a distribution of all of the Participant's Vested Total
Account, if any, and the non-Vested portion of his Account has been forfeited
and disposed of as provided in Section 6.2). An employee who has not become a
Participant in the Plan in accordance with the provisions of Section 2 and who
made a rollover contribution to the Plan under the Prior Plan Statement shall be
considered a Participant solely for the purpose of making the rollover
contribution and receiving a distribution upon an Event of Maturity in
accordance with the provisions of Section 7.

11. PRINCIPAL SPONSOR. Effective January 1, 2000, Section 1.1.26 (formerly
Section 1.1.24) of the Plan Statement shall be amended to read in full as
follows:

     1.1.26. Principal Sponsor-- Entegris, Inc., a Minnesota corporation.

12. RECOGNIZED COMPENSATION - EXCLUDED ITEMS. Effective for compensation paid to
employees for Plan Years beginning on or after January 1, 2000, Section
1.1.28(b) (formerly Section 1.1.26(b)) of the Plan Statement shall be amended to
read in full as follows:

     (b)  Excluded Items. In determining a Participant's Recognized Compensation
          there shall be excluded all of the following: (i) reimbursements or
          other expense allowances (including all living and other expenses paid
          on account of the Participant being on foreign assignment), (ii)
          welfare and fringe benefits (both cash and noncash) including
          third-party sick pay (i.e., short-term and long-term disability
          insurance benefits), income imputed from insurance coverages and
          premiums, employee discounts and other similar amounts, payments for
          vacation or sick leave accrued but not taken, final payments on
          account of termination of employment (i.e., severance payments),
          except that final payments on account of

                                       -6-
<PAGE>

          settlement for accrued but unused paid time off shall be taken into
          account in determining a Participant's Recognized Compensation, (iii)
          moving expenses, (iv) deferred compensation (both when deferred and
          when received), and (v) the value of a qualified or a non-qualified
          stock option granted to a Participant by the Employer to the extent
          such value is includable in the Participant's taxable income.

13. RECOGNIZED COMPENSATION - FAMILY AGGREGATION. Effective for compensation
paid to employees for Plan Years beginning on or after September 1, 1997,
Section 1.1.28(h) (formerly Section 1.1.26(h)) of the Plan Statement shall be
amended to read in full as follows:

     (h)  Annual Maximum. A Participant's Recognized Compensation for a Plan
          Year shall not exceed the annual compensation limit under section
          401(a)(17) of the Code, which is One Hundred Sixty Thousand Dollars
          ($160,000) (as adjusted under the Code for cost-of-living increases).

14. EMPLOYMENT CLASSIFICATION CLARIFICATION. Effective for determining which
persons are employed in Recognized Employment during Plan Years beginning on or
after September 1, 1997, Section 1.1.29 (formerly Section 1.1.27) of the Plan
Statement shall be amended to read in full as follows:

     1.1.29. Recognized Employment -- all service with the Employer by persons
classified by the Employer as common law employees, excluding, however, service
classified by the Employer as:

     (a)  employment in a unit of employees whose terms and conditions of
          employment are subject to a collective bargaining agreement between
          the Employer and a union representing that unit of employees, unless
          (and to the extent) such collective bargaining agreement provides for
          the inclusion of those employees in the Plan,

     (b)  employment of a nonresident alien who is not receiving any earned
          income from the Employer which constitutes income from sources within
          the United States,

     (c)  employment in a division or facility of the Employer which is not in
          existence on September 1, 1985 (that is, was acquired, established,
          founded or produced by the liquidation or similar discontinuation of a
          separate subsidiary after September 1, 1985) unless and until the
          Committee shall declare such employment to be Recognized Employment,

     (d)  employment of a United States citizen or a United States resident
          alien outside the United States unless and until the Committee shall
          declare such employment to be Recognized Employment,

                                      -7-
<PAGE>

     (e)  services of a person who is not a common law employee of the Employer
          including, without limiting the generality of the foregoing, services
          of a Leased Employee, leased owner, leased manager, shared employee,
          shared Leased Employee, temporary worker, independent contractor,
          contract worker, agency worker, freelance worker or other similar
          classification,

     (f)  employment of a Highly Compensated Employee to the extent agreed to in
          writing by the employee, and

     (g)  employment as a temporary employee.

The Employer's classification of a person at the time of inclusion or exclusion
in Recognized Employment shall be conclusive for the purpose of the foregoing
rules. No reclassification of a person's status with the Employer, for any
reason, without regard to whether it is initiated by a court, governmental
agency or otherwise and without regard to whether or not the Employer agrees to
such reclassification, shall result in the person being included in Recognized
Employment, either retroactively or prospectively. Notwithstanding anything to
the contrary in this provision, however, the Principal Sponsor may declare that
a reclassified person will be included in Recognized Employment, either
retroactively or prospectively. Any uncertainty concerning a person's
classification shall be resolved by excluding the person from Recognized
Employment.

15. VALUATION DATE. Effective January 1, 2000, Section 1.1.34 (formerly Section
1.1.32) of the Plan Statement shall be amended to read in full as follows:

     1.1.34. Valuation Date-- any date that the New York Stock Exchange is open
and conducting business.

16. USERRA COMPLIANCE. Effective December 12, 1994, Section 1 of the Plan
Statement shall be amended by the addition of the following new Section 1.2 and
all subsequent sections shall be renumbered.

1.2. Compliance With Uniformed Services Employment and Reemployment Rights Act
of 1994. Effective for veterans rehired on or after December 12, 1994, and
notwithstanding any provision of the Plan Statement to the contrary,
contributions, benefits or service credits, if any, will be provided in
accordance with section 414(u) of the Code.

17. ENTRANCE DATES. Effective for employees who first become Participants in
Plan Years beginning on or after January 1, 2000, Section 2.1 of the Plan
Statement shall be amended to read in full as follows:

                                       -8-
<PAGE>

     2.1. General Eligibility Rule. Each employee shall become a Participant on
the first day of the first, fourth, seventh or tenth month of the Plan Year
coincident with or next following the date as of which the employee has
completed one (1) year of Eligibility Service, if the employee is then employed
in Recognized Employment. If the employee is not then employed in Recognized
Employment, the employee shall become a Participant on the first date thereafter
upon which the employee enters Recognized Employment.

18. EMPLOYER CONTRIBUTIONS. Effective for Employer contributions made for Plan
Years beginning on or after January 1, 2000, Section 3.2.1 of the Plan Statement
shall be amended to read in full as follows:

     3.2.1. Amount. The amount of the Employer contribution made for each
eligible Participant under Section 3.3 for each Plan Year shall be equal to
three percent (3%) of the eligible Participant's Recognized Compensation. Such
contributions shall be delivered to the Trustee for deposit in the Fund not
later than the time prescribed by federal law (including extensions) for filing
the federal income tax return of the Employer for the taxable year which ends
nearest to the Plan Year end.

19. ESTABLISHMENT OF SUBFUNDS Effective for Plan Years beginning on or after
January 1, 2000, Section 4.1 of the Plan Statement shall be amended to read in
full as follows:

     4.1.1. Establishing Commingled Subfunds. At the direction of the Committee,
the Trustee shall divide the Fund into two (2) or more Subfunds, which shall
serve as vehicles for the investment of Participants' Accounts. The Committee
shall determine the general investment characteristics and objectives of each
Subfund and, with respect to each Subfund, shall either (i) designate that the
Trustee or an Investment Manager or the Committee has investment discretion over
such Subfund, or (ii) designate one or more selected pooled investment vehicles
(such as collective funds, group trusts, mutual funds, group annuity contracts
and separate accounts under insurance contracts) to constitute such Subfund. The
Trustee, Investment Manager or the Committee, as the case may be, shall have
complete investment discretion over each Subfund to which it has been assigned
investment discretion, subject only to the general investment characteristics
and objectives established for the particular Subfund. Until otherwise
determined by the Committee, the Subfunds to be maintained hereunder shall
consist of the separate investment funds established and maintained under the
Prior Plan Statement.

     4.1.2. Individual Subfunds. The Committee also may (but is not required to)
establish additional Subfunds that consist solely of all or a part of the assets
of a single Participant's Total Account, which assets the Participant controls
by investment directives to the Trustee and which may not be commingled with the
assets of any other Participant's Accounts. In no event, however, shall the
Participant be allowed to direct the investment of assets in such individual
Subfund in any work of art, rug or antique, metal or gem, stamp or coin,
alcoholic beverage or other similar tangible personal property if the investment
in such property shall have been prohibited by the Secretary of the Treasury.

                                       -9-
<PAGE>

     Notwithstanding anything apparently to the contrary in Section 10.6, each
Participant, each Beneficiary and each alternate payee for whom an individually
directed Subfund is maintained shall be responsible for the exercise of any
voting or similar rights which exist with respect to assets in such individually
directed Subfund. The Trustee shall cooperate with Participants, Beneficiaries
and alternate payees to permit them to exercise such rights. The Trustee shall
not independently exercise such rights. Any Beneficiary of a deceased
Participant with an individually directed Subfund shall have the responsibility
to direct investments for such Subfund until the Beneficiary directs the Trustee
otherwise in writing.

     4.1.3. Operational Rules. The Committee shall adopt rules specifying the
circumstances under which a particular Subfund may be elected, or shall be
automatically utilized, the minimum or maximum amount or percentage of an
Account which may be invested in a particular Subfund, the procedures for making
or changing investment elections, the extent (if any) to which Beneficiaries of
deceased Participants may make investment elections and the effect of a
Participant's or Beneficiary's failure to make an effective election with
respect to all or any portion of an Account.

     4.1.4. Revising Subfunds. The Committee shall have the power, from time to
time, to dissolve Subfunds, to direct that additional Subfunds be established
and, under rules, to withdraw or limit participation in a particular Subfund. In
connection with the power to commingle reserved to the Trustee under Section
10.6, the Committee shall also have the power to direct the Trustee to
consolidate any separate Subfunds hereunder with any other separate Subfunds
having the same investment objectives which are established under any other
retirement plan trust fund of the Employer or any business entity affiliated in
ownership or management with the Employer of which the Trustee is trustee and
which are managed by the Trustee or the same Investment Manager.

     4.1.5. ERISA Section 404(c) Compliance. The Committee may establish
investment Subfunds and operational rules which are intended to satisfy section
404(c) of ERISA and the regulations thereunder. Such investment Subfunds shall
permit Participants, Beneficiaries and alternate payees the opportunity to
choose from at least three investment alternatives, each of which is
diversified, each of which presents materially different risk and return
characteristics, and which, in the aggregate, enable Participants, Beneficiaries
and alternate payees to achieve a portfolio with appropriate risk and return
characteristics consistent with minimizing risk through diversification. Such
operational rules shall provide the following, and shall otherwise comply with
section 404(c) of ERISA and the regulations and rules promulgated thereunder
from time to time:

     (a)  Participants, Beneficiaries and alternate payees may give investment
          instructions to the Trustee at least once every three months;

     (b)  the Trustee must follow the investment instructions of Participants,
          Beneficiaries and alternate payees that comply with the Plan's
          operational rules, provided that the Trustee may in any event decline
          to follow any investment instructions that:

                                      -10-
<PAGE>

          (i)  would result in a prohibited transaction described in section 406
               of ERISA or section 4975 of the Code;

          (ii) would result in the acquisition of an asset that might generate
               income which is taxable to the Plan;

         (iii) would not be in accordance with the documents and instruments
               governing the Plan insofar as they are consistent with Title I of
               ERISA;

          (iv) would cause a fiduciary to maintain indicia of ownership of any
               assets of the Plan outside of the jurisdiction of the district
               courts of the United States other than as permitted by section
               404(b) of ERISA and Department of Labor regulation section
               2050.404b-1;

          (v)  would jeopardize the Plan's tax status under the Code;

          (vi) could result in a loss in excess of a Participant's,
               Beneficiary's or Alternate Payee's Account balance;

     (c)  Participants, Beneficiaries and alternate payees shall be periodically
          informed of actual expenses to their Accounts which are imposed by the
          Plan and which are related to their Plan investment decisions.

     (d)  With respect to any Subfund consisting of Employer securities and
          intended to satisfy the requirements of section 404(c) of ERISA, (i)
          Participants, Beneficiaries and alternate payees shall be entitled to
          all voting, tender and other rights appurtenant to the ownership of
          such securities, (ii) procedures shall be established to ensure the
          confidential exercise of such rights, except to the extent necessary
          to comply with federal and state laws not preempted by ERISA, and
          (iii) the Trustee or other independent fiduciary designated by the
          Committee shall ensure the sufficiency of and compliance with such
          confidentiality procedures.

20. VALUATION AND ADJUSTMENT OF ACCOUNTS. Effective for Plan Years beginning on
or after January 1, 2000, Section 4.2 of the Plan Statement shall be amended to
read in full as follows:

4.2. Valuation and Adjustment of Accounts.

     4.2.1. Valuation of Fund. The Trustee shall value each subfund from time to
time (but not less frequently than each Annual Valuation Date), which valuation
shall reflect, as nearly as possible, the then fair market value of the assets
comprising such subfund (including income accumulations therein).

                                      -11-
<PAGE>

In making such valuations, the Trustee may rely upon information supplied by any
Investment Manager having investment responsibility over the particular subfund.

     4.2.2. Adjustment of Accounts. The Principal Sponsor shall cause the value
of each Account or portion of an Account invested in a particular subfund
(including undistributed Total Accounts) to be increased (or decreased) from
time to time for distributions, contributions, investment gains (or losses) and
expenses charged to the Account.

     4.2.3. Rules. The Committee shall establish additional rules for the
adjustment of Accounts, including the times when contributions shall be credited
under Section 3 for the purposes of allocating gains or losses under this
Section 4.

21. MANAGING AND INVESTING FUNDS. Effective for Plan Years beginning on or after
January 1, 2000, Section 4.3 of the Plan Statement shall be amended to read in
full as follows:

4.3. Management and Investment of Fund. The Fund in the hands of the Trustee,
together with all additional contributions made thereto and together with all
net income thereof, shall be controlled, managed, invested, reinvested and
ultimately paid and distributed to Participants and Beneficiaries and alternate
payees by the Trustee with all the powers, rights and discretions generally
possessed by trustees, and with all the additional powers, rights and
discretions conferred upon the Trustee under this Plan Statement. Except to the
extent that the Trustee is subject to the authorized and properly given
investment directions of the Committee, an Investment Manager, a Participant, a
Beneficiary or an alternate payee, and subject to the directions of the
Committee with respect to the payment of benefits hereunder, the Trustee shall
have the exclusive authority to manage and control the assets of the Fund and
shall not be subject to the direction of any person in the discharge of its
duties, nor shall its authority be subject to delegation or modification except
by formal amendment of this Plan Statement.

22. MATURITY. Effective for all Events of Maturity occurring on or after January
1, 2000, Section 6 of the Plan Statement shall be amended to read in full as
follows:

                                    SECTION 6

                                    MATURITY

6.1. Events of Maturity. A Participant's Total Account shall mature and the
Vested portion shall become distributable in accordance with Section 7 upon the
earliest occurrence of any of the following events while in the employment of
the Employer or an Affiliate:

     (a)  the Participant's death;

                                      -12-
<PAGE>

     (b)  the Participant's termination of employment, whether voluntary or
          involuntary;

     (c)  the attainment of age seventy and one-half (70-1/2) years by a
          Participant who is a five percent (5%) owner (as defined in Appendix
          B) at any time during the year in which the Participant attained age
          seventy and one-half (70-1/2) years and the crediting of any amounts
          to such a Participant's Account after such time; or

     (d)  the Participant's Disability;

provided, however, that a transfer from Recognized Employment to employment with
the Employer that is other than Recognized Employment or a transfer from the
employment of one Employer participating in the Plan to another such Employer or
to any Affiliate shall not constitute an Event of Maturity.

6.2. Forfeitures.

     6.2.1. Forfeiture of Nonvested Portion of Accounts. Following the
occurrence of a Participant's Event of Maturity, the non-Vested portion of the
Participant's Regular Account, if any, shall be forfeited as soon as
administratively practicable on or after the Participant's forfeiture event. A
forfeiture event shall occur with respect to a Participant upon the earliest of:

     (a)  the occurrence after an Event of Maturity of five (5) consecutive
          One-Year Breaks in Service,

     (b)  the distribution after an Event of Maturity to (or with respect to) a
          Participant of the entire Vested portion of the Total Account of the
          Participant,

     (c)  the death of the Participant at a time and under circumstances which
          do not entitle the Participant to be fully (100%) Vested in the
          Participant's Total Account, or

     (d)  the Event of Maturity of a Participant who has no Vested interest in
          the Participant's Total Account.

     6.2.2. Restoration Upon Rehire After Forfeiture. If the Participant returns
to employment with the Employer or an Affiliate after the non-Vested portion of
the Participant's Regular Account has been forfeited and before the Participant
has five (5) consecutive One-Year Breaks in Service, the amount so forfeited
shall be restored to the Participant's Regular Account as of the Valuation Date
coincident with or next following the date the Participant returns (without
adjustment for gains or losses after such forfeiture).

     6.2.3. Use of Forfeitures. Forfeitures shall be used for the following
purposes (and, unless the Principal Sponsor determines otherwise, in the
following order): to make restorations for rehired

                                      -13-
<PAGE>

Participants of the same Employer as required in Section 6.2.2, to reduce
Employer contributions, to reduce Plan expenses in the Plan Year in which the
Participant's forfeiture event occurred or in the succeeding Plan Year, or to
correct errors, omissions and exclusions. To the extent forfeitures are used to
reduce Employer contributions, they shall be added as soon as administratively
practicable to the reduced Employer contribution, if any, to be allocated to the
Regular Accounts of all Participants employed by the same Employer as provided
in Section 3.1. Any forfeitures remaining at the termination of the Plan shall
be considered to be a discretionary contribution and shall be allocated to the
Regular Accounts of Participants in the same ratio in which the Recognized
Compensation of each such eligible Participant for the Plan Year bears to the
Recognized Compensation for such Plan Year of all such eligible Participants.

     6.2.4. Source of Restoration. The amount necessary to make the restoration
required under Section 6.2.2 shall come first from the forfeitures of
Participants of the rehiring Employer. If such forfeitures are not adequate for
this purpose, the rehiring Employer shall make a contribution adequate to make
the restoration (in addition to any contributions made under Section 3). If the
Participant is rehired by an Affiliate that is not an Employer, the amount
necessary to make the restoration shall come first from the forfeitures of
Participants of the Principal Sponsor and, if such forfeitures are not adequate
for this purpose, then the Principal Sponsor shall make a contribution adequate
to make the restoration (in addition to any contributions made under Section 3).

23. EXCEPTION FOR SMALL AMOUNTS. Effective for Plan Years beginning on or after
September 1, 1997, Section 7.1.2 of the Plan Statement shall be amended to read
in full as follows:

     7.1.2. Exception for Small Amounts. A Vested Total Account which does not
exceed Five Thousand Dollars ($5,000) shall be distributed automatically in a
single lump sum as soon as administratively practicable after the Participant's
Event of Maturity without an application for distribution. A Participant who has
no Vested interest in the Participant's Total Account as of the Participant's
Event of Maturity shall be deemed to have received an immediate distribution of
the Participant's entire interest in the Plan as of such Event of Maturity.

24. REQUIRED NOTICES. Effective for providing required notices for distributions
payable on or after January 1, 2000, Section 7.1.4 of the Plan Statement shall
be amended to read in full as follows:

     7.1.4. Notices. The Committee will issue such notices as may be required
under sections 402(f), 411(a)(11), 417(a)(3) and other sections of the Code in
connection with distributions from the Plan, and no distribution will be made
unless it is consistent with such notice requirements. Generally, distributions
may not commence as of a date that is more than ninety (90) days or less than
thirty (30) days after such notices are given to the Participant. Distribution
may commence less than thirty (30) days after the notice required under section
1.411(a)-11(c) of the Income Tax Regulations or the notice required under
section 1.402(f)-1 of the Income Tax Regulations is given, provided however,
that:

                                      -14-
<PAGE>

     (a)  the Committee clearly informs the distributee that the distributee has
          a right to a period of at least thirty (30) days after receiving such
          notices to consider whether or not to elect distribution and, if
          applicable, to elect a particular distribution option;

     (b)  the distributee, after receiving the notice, affirmatively elects a
          distribution; and

     (c)  the distributee may revoke an affirmative distribution election by
          notifying the Committee of such revocation prior to the date as of
          which such distribution is to be made; and

     (d)  the date as of which distribution is to be made is at least seven (7)
          days after the date the distributee received the notice required under
          section 417(a)(3) of the Code.

25. ELIGIBLE ROLLOVER DISTRIBUTION. Effective for all distributions occurring on
or after January 1, 2000, Section 7.1.5(a) of the Plan Statement shall be
amended to read in full as follows:

     (a)  Eligible rollover distribution means any distribution of all or any
          portion of a Total Account to a distributee who is eligible to elect a
          direct rollover except (i) any distribution that is one of a series of
          substantially equal installments payable not less frequently than
          annually over the life expectancy of such distributee and such
          distributee's designated Beneficiary, and (ii) any distribution that
          is one of a series of substantially equal installments payable not
          less frequently than annually over a specified period of ten (10)
          years or more, and (iii) any distribution to the extent of such
          distribution is required under section 401(a)(9) of the Code, and (iv)
          any hardship distribution described under 401(k)(2)(B)(i)(IV) of the
          Code that is made after December 31, 1999, and (v) the portion of any
          distribution that is not includable in gross income (determined
          without regard to the exclusion for net unrealized appreciation with
          respect to employer securities).

26. TIME OF DISTRIBUTION. Effective for distributions occurring on or after
January 1, 2000, the introductory paragraph to Section 7.2 and Section 7.2.1 of
the Plan Statement shall be amended to read in full as follows:

7.2. Time of Distribution. Upon the receipt of a proper application for
distribution from the distributee after the occurrence of an Event of Maturity
effective as to a Participant, and after the right of the distributee to receive
a distribution has been established, the Committee shall cause the Trustee to
determine the value of the Participant's Vested Total Account and to make
distribution of such Vested Total Account as soon as administratively
practicable after the distributee requests a distribution.

                                      -15-
<PAGE>

Distribution, however, shall not be made or commenced as of a date which is
earlier than nor later than the dates specified below:

     7.2.1. Earliest Beginning Date. Distribution shall not be made earlier than
the earliest beginning date.

     (a)  Participant. If the distributee is a Participant, the earliest
          beginning date is the Participant's Event of Maturity.

     (b)  Beneficiary. If the distributee is a Beneficiary of a Participant, the
          earliest beginning date is the date of such Participant's death.

Distribution shall not be made, however, as of a date which is earlier than the
date the Committee receives any required application for distribution and any
required notice period has expired.

27. TIME OF DISTRIBUTION. Effective for distributions occurring on or after
January 1, 2000, Section 7.2.2 of the Plan Statement shall be amended to read in
full as follows:

     7.2.2. Required Beginning Date. Distribution shall be made or commenced not
later than the required beginning date applicable to the distributee.

     (a)  Participant. If the distributee is a Participant who is not a five
          percent (5%) owner (as defined in Appendix B), then the Participant's
          required beginning date is the later of (i) the April 1 following the
          calendar year in which the Participant attains age seventy and
          one-half (70-1/2) years, or (ii) the April 1 following the calendar
          year in which the Participant terminates employment.

     (b)  Special Rule for Participant who is a Five Percent (5%) Owner. If the
          distributee is a Participant who is a five percent (5%) owner (as
          defined in Appendix B) at any time during the Plan Year in which such
          Participant attains age seventy and one-half (70-1/2) years, then the
          Participant's required beginning date is the April 1 following the
          calendar year in which the Participant attains age seventy and
          one-half (70-1/2) years.

     (c)  Beneficiary. If the distributee is the Beneficiary of a Participant,
          then the Beneficiary's required beginning date is the December 31 of
          the calendar year in which occurs the fifth (5th) anniversary of the
          Participant's death; provided, however, that if the Beneficiary is the
          surviving spouse of the Participant and if distributions will be made
          to such surviving spouse in the Life Annuity Contract, the required
          beginning date is the December 31 of the calendar year in which the
          Participant would have attained age seventy and one-half (70-1/2)
          years.

                                      -16-
<PAGE>

28. FORMS OF DISTRIBUTIONS. Effective for distributions occurring on or after
September 1, 1997, Section 7.3.2 of the Plan Statement shall be amended to read
in full as follows:

     7.3.2. Presumptive Form. The selection of a form of distribution shall be
subject, however, to the following:

     (a)  Required Lump Sum. As provided in Section 7.1.2, if the value of the
          Participant's Vested Total Account does not exceed Five Thousand
          Dollars ($5,000)), the distribution shall be made in a single lump
          sum.

     (b)  Married Participant. In the case of any distribution which is to be
          made:

          (i)  when paragraph (a) above is not applicable, and

          (ii) to a Participant who is married on the date when such
               distribution is to be made, and

         (iii) to a Participant who has not rejected distribution in the form
               of a QJ&SA contract,

          distribution shall be effected for such Participant by applying the
          entire Vested Total Account to purchase and distribute to such
          Participant a QJ&SA contract. A Participant may reject distribution in
          the form of a QJ&SA contract by filing with the Committee an
          affirmative written rejection of distribution in that form and an
          election of a lump sum form of distribution not more than ninety (90)
          days before the date of distribution. Such a rejection may be made or
          revoked at any time and any number of times until the date of
          distribution. A rejection shall not be effective unless the
          Participant's spouse consents. To be valid, the consent of the spouse
          must be in writing, must acknowledge the effect of the distribution,
          must be witnessed by a notary public, must be given during the ninety
          (90) day period before the date of distribution and must relate to
          that specific distribution. The consent of the spouse must be to a
          lump sum form of distribution. The Participant may elect to change the
          form of distribution to the QJ&SA contract without any requirement of
          further spousal consent. The consent of the spouse shall be
          irrevocable and shall be effective only with respect to that spouse.
          Distribution shall not commence more than ninety (90) days after nor,
          subject to Section 7.1.4, less than thirty (30) days after the date
          the Participant is furnished with a written explanation of the terms
          and conditions of the QJ&SA contract, the Participant's right to
          reject, and the effect of rejecting, distribution in the form of the
          QJ&SA contract, the requirement for the consent of the Participant's
          spouse, the right to

                                      -17-
<PAGE>

          revoke a prior rejection of distribution in the form of a QJ&SA
          contract, and the right to make any number of further revocations or
          rejections until the date of distribution.

     (c)  Unmarried Participant. In the case of any distribution which is to be
          made:

          (i)  when paragraph (a) above is not applicable, and

          (ii) to a Participant who is not married on the date when such
               distribution is to be made, and

         (iii) to a Participant who has not rejected distribution in the form
               of a Life Annuity contract,

          distribution shall be effected for such Participant by applying the
          entire Vested Total Account to purchase and distribute to such
          Participant a Life Annuity contract. A Participant may reject
          distribution in the form of a Life Annuity contract by filing with the
          Committee an affirmative written rejection of distribution in that
          form and an election of a lump sum form of distribution not more than
          ninety (90) days before the date of distribution. Such a rejection may
          be made or revoked at any time and any number of times until the date
          of distribution. Distribution shall not commence more than ninety (90)
          days after nor, subject to Section 7.1.4, less than thirty (30) days
          after the Participant is furnished with a written explanation of the
          terms and conditions of the Life Annuity contract, the Participant's
          right to reject, and the effect of rejecting, distribution in the form
          of the Life Annuity contract, the right to revoke a prior rejection of
          distribution in the form of a Life Annuity contract, and the right to
          make any number of further revocations or rejections until the date of
          distribution.

     (d)  Surviving Spouse. In the case of a distribution which is made:

          (i)  when paragraph (a) above is not applicable, and

          (ii) to the surviving spouse of a Participant, and

         (iii) when such surviving spouse has not rejected distribution in the
               form of a Life Annuity contract,

          distribution shall be effected for such surviving spouse by applying
          the entire Vested Total Account to purchase and distribute to such
          surviving spouse a Life Annuity contract. A surviving spouse may
          reject distribution in the form of a Life

                                      -18-
<PAGE>

          Annuity contract by filing with the Committee an affirmative written
          rejection of distribution in that form and an election of a lump sum
          form of distribution not more than ninety (90) days before the date of
          distribution. Such a rejection may be made or revoked at any time and
          any number of times until the date of distribution. Distribution shall
          not commence more than ninety (90) days after nor, subject to Section
          7.1.4, less than thirty (30) days after the Participant is furnished
          with a written explanation of the terms and conditions of the Life
          Annuity contract, the surviving spouse's right to reject, and the
          effect of a rejection of, distribution in the form of the Life Annuity
          contract, the right to revoke a prior rejection of distribution in the
          form of a Life Annuity contract, and the right to make any number of
          further revocations or rejections until the date of distribution.

     (e)  QJ&SA Contract. A QJ&SA contract is an immediate annuity contract
          issued as an individual policy or under a master or group contract
          which provides for a monthly annuity payable to and for the lifetime
          of the Participant beginning as of the date of distribution with a
          survivor annuity payable monthly after the death of the Participant to
          and for the lifetime of the surviving spouse of the Participant (to
          whom the Participant was married on the date as of which the first
          payment is due) in an amount equal to fifty percent (50%) of the
          amount payable during the joint lives of the Participant and the
          surviving spouse. The contract shall be a QJ&SA contract only if it is
          issued on a premium basis which does not discriminate on the basis of
          the sex of the Participant or the surviving spouse.

     (f)  Life Annuity Contract. A Life Annuity contract is an immediate annuity
          contract issued as an individual policy or under a group or master
          contract which provides for a monthly annuity payable to and for (i)
          the lifetime of an unmarried Participant beginning as of the date of
          distribution, or (ii) the lifetime of the surviving spouse of a
          Participant beginning as of the date of distribution. The contract
          shall be a Life Annuity contract only if it is issued on a premium
          basis which does not discriminate on the basis of the sex of the
          Participant or the surviving spouse.

29. DISCLAIMERS BY AND DEFINITIONS OF BENEFICIARIES. Effective with respect to
Participants who die on or after January 1, 2000, Sections 7.4.4 and 7.4.5 of
the Plan Statement shall be amended to read in full as follows:

     7.4.4. Disclaimers by Beneficiaries. A Beneficiary entitled to a
distribution of all or a portion of a deceased Participant's Vested Total
Account may disclaim his or her interest therein subject to the following
requirements. To be eligible to disclaim, a Beneficiary must not have received a
distribution of all or any portion of a Vested Total Account at the time such
disclaimer is executed and delivered, and, if a natural person, must have
attained legal age as of the date of the disclaimer. Any disclaimer must be in
writing and must be executed by the Beneficiary before a notary public. A
disclaimer shall state that the

                                      -19-
<PAGE>

Beneficiary's entire interest in the undistributed Vested Total Account is
disclaimed or shall specify what portion thereof is disclaimed. To be effective,
duplicate original executed copies of the disclaimer must be both executed and
actually delivered to both the Committee and to the Trustee after the date of
the Participant's death but not later than nine (9) months after the date of the
Participant's death. A disclaimer shall be irrevocable when delivered to both
the Committee and the Trustee. A disclaimer shall be considered to be delivered
to the Committee or the Trustee only when actually received by the Committee or
the Trustee (and in the case of a corporate Trustee, shall be considered to be
delivered only when actually received by a trust officer familiar with the
affairs of the Plan). The Committee (and not the Trustee) shall be the sole
judge of the content, interpretation and validity of a purported disclaimer.
Upon the filing of a disclaimer that complies with the foregoing requirements,
the Beneficiary shall be considered not to have survived the Participant as to
the interest disclaimed. A disclaimer by a Beneficiary shall not be considered
to be a transfer of an interest in violation of the provisions of Section 8 and
shall not be considered to be an assignment or alienation of benefits in
violation of federal law prohibiting the assignment or alienation of benefits
under this Plan. No other form of attempted disclaimer shall be recognized by
either the Committee or the Trustee. The foregoing requirements are solely for
the purpose of disclaiming benefits under the Plan, and compliance with these
requirements does not assure that the disclaimer will be valid for tax purposes
or any other purposes. It is the exclusive responsibility of the disclaimant to
assure compliance with any and all necessary requirements to assure proper tax
treatment of the disclaimer if that is one of its intended purposes.

     7.4.5. Definitions. When used herein and, unless the Participant has
otherwise specified in the Participant's Beneficiary designation, when used in a
Beneficiary designation, "issue" means all persons who are lineal descendants of
the person whose issue are referred to, subject to the following:

     (a) a legally adopted child and the adopted child's lineal descendants
always shall be lineal descendants of each adoptive parent (and of each adoptive
parent's lineal ancestors);

     (b)  a legally adopted child and the adopted child's lineal descendants
          never shall be lineal descendants of any former parent whose parental
          rights were terminated by the adoption (or of that former parent's
          lineal ancestors); except that if, after a child's parent has died,
          the child is legally adopted by a stepparent who is the spouse of the
          child's surviving parent, the child and the child's lineal descendants
          shall remain lineal descendants of the deceased parent (and the
          deceased parent's lineal ancestors);

     (c)  if the person (or a lineal descendant of the person) whose issue are
          referred to is the parent of a child (or is treated as such under
          applicable law) but never received the child into that parent's home
          and never openly held out the child as that parent's child (unless
          doing so was precluded solely by death), then neither the child nor
          the child's lineal descendants shall be issue of the person.

                                      -20-
<PAGE>

"Child" means an issue of the first generation; "per stirpes" means in equal
shares among living children of the person whose issue are referred to and the
issue (taken collectively) of each deceased child of such person, with such
issue taking by right of representation of such deceased child; and "survive"
and "surviving" mean living after the death of the Participant.

30. FACILITY OF PAYMENT. Effective for distributions occurring on or after
January 1, 2000, Section 7.7 of the Plan Statement shall be amended to read in
full as follows:

7.7. Facility of Payment. In case of the legal disability, including minority,
of a Participant, Beneficiary or alternate payee entitled to receive any
distribution under the Plan, payment shall be made, if the Committee shall be
advised of the existence of such condition:

     (a)  to the duly appointed guardian or conservator of such Participant,
          Beneficiary or alternate payee, or

     (b)  to the duly appointed attorney-in-fact or other legal representative
          of such Participant, Beneficiary or alternate payee, but only if the
          appointment has been made in a manner approved by the Trustee, or

     (c)  to a person or institution entrusted with the care or maintenance of
          the incompetent or disabled Participant, Beneficiary or alternate
          payee, provided, however, such person or institution has satisfied the
          Committee that the payment will be used for the best interest and
          assist in the care of such Participant, Beneficiary or alternate
          payee, and provided further, that no prior claim for said payment has
          been made by a duly appointed guardian, conservator, attorney-in-fact
          or other legal representative of such Participant, Beneficiary or
          alternate payee as provided above.

Any payment made in accordance with the foregoing provisions of this Section
shall constitute a complete discharge of any liability or obligation of the
Employer, the Committee, the Trustee and the Fund therefor.

31. AMENDMENT. Effective January 1, 2000, Section 9.1 of the Plan Statement
shall be amended to read in full as follows:

9.1. Amendment. The Principal Sponsor reserves the power to amend this Plan
Statement in any respect and either prospectively or retroactively or both:

     (a)  in any respect by resolution of its Board of Directors; and

                                      -21-
<PAGE>

     (b) in any respect that does not materially increase the cost of the Plan
by action of the Committee (with the written concurrence of the Chief Executive
Officer of the Principal Sponsor);

provided that no amendment shall be effective to reduce or divest the Total
Account of any Participant unless the same shall have been adopted with the
consent of the Secretary of Labor pursuant to the provisions of ERISA, or in
order to comply with the provisions of the Code and the regulations and rulings
thereunder affecting the tax-qualified status of the Plan and the deductibility
of Employer contributions thereto. Notwithstanding the foregoing, no amendment
shall be effective to increase the duties of the Trustee without its consent. No
oral or written statement shall be effective to amend the Plan Statement unless
it is duly authorized by the Board of Directors or the Committee. The power to
amend the Plan Statement may not be delegated. Notwithstanding anything in this
Plan Statement to the contrary, the Committee may adopt rules to facilitate
compliance with the rules and requirements of the Securities Exchange
Commission, including Section 16, which rules may limit rights under the Plan
for certain Participants.

32. DISCONTINUANCE OF CONTRIBUTIONS AND TERMINATION OF PLAN. Effective for Plan
Years beginning on or after January 1, 2000, Section 9.2 of the Plan Statement
shall be amended to read in full as follows:

9.2. Discontinuance of Contributions and Termination of Plan. The Principal
Sponsor reserves the right to reduce, suspend or discontinue its contributions
to the Plan and to terminate the Plan herein embodied in its entirety.
Notwithstanding anything in this Plan Statement to the contrary, if the
Principal Sponsor applies to the Internal Revenue Service for a ruling that the
termination of the Plan does not adversely affect its qualified status, then all
distributions (other than required distributions under Section 7.1.3) and the
making of new loans shall be suspended upon termination of the Plan pending the
receipt of a favorable determination.

33. OTHER TRUST POWERS. Effective for Plan Years beginning on or after January
1, 2000, the introductory paragraph to Section 10.6 of the Plan Statement shall
be amended to read in full as follows:

10.6. Other Trust Powers. Except to the extent that the Trustee is subject to
the authorized and properly given investment directions of a Participant,
Beneficiary, alternate payee, Investment Manager or the Committee (and in
extension, but not in limitation, of the rights, powers and discretions
conferred upon the Trustee herein), the Trustee shall have and may exercise from
time to time in the administration of the Plan and the Fund, for the purpose of
distribution after the termination thereof, and for the purpose of distribution
of Vested Total Accounts, without order or license of any court, any one or more
or all of the following rights, powers and discretions:

                                      -22-
<PAGE>

34. ALTERNATE PAYEES. Effective January 1, 2000, the phrase "Participants and
Beneficiaries" shall be replaced with "Participants, Beneficiaries and alternate
payees" each time it appears in Section 10.6 of the Plan Statement.

35. EXHAUSTION OF ADMINISTRATIVE REMEDIES. Effective for all claims filed on or
after January 1, 2000, Section 11.4 of the Plan Statement shall be amended by
adding thereto the following new Sections 11.4.4, 11.4.5, 11.4.6 and 11.4.7:

     11.4.4. Deadline to File Claim. To be considered timely under the Plan's
claim and review procedure, a claim must be filed with the Committee within one
(1) year after the claimant knew or reasonably should have known of the
principal facts upon which the claim is based. If or to the extent that the
claim relates to a failure to effect a Participant's or Beneficiary's investment
directions, the one (1) year period shall be thirty (30) days.

     11.4.5. Exhaustion of Administrative Remedies. The exhaustion of the claim
and review procedure is mandatory for resolving every claim and dispute arising
under this Plan. As to such claims and disputes:

     (a)  no claimant shall be permitted to commence any legal action to recover
          Plan benefits or to enforce or clarify rights under the Plan under
          section 502 or section 510 of ERISA or under any other provision of
          law, whether or not statutory, until the claim and review procedure
          set forth herein have been exhausted in their entirety; and

     (b)  in any such legal action all explicit and all implicit determinations
          by the Committee (including, but not limited to, determinations as to
          whether the claim, or a request for a review of a denied claim, was
          timely filed) shall be afforded the maximum deference permitted by
          law.

     11.4.6. Deadline to File Legal Action. No legal action to recover Plan
benefits or to enforce or clarify rights under the Plan under section 502 or
section 510 of ERISA or under any other provision of law, whether or not
statutory, may be brought by any claimant on any matter pertaining to this Plan
unless the legal action is commenced in the proper forum before the earlier of:

     (a)  thirty (30) months after the claimant knew or reasonably should have
          known of the principal facts on which the claim is based, or

     (b)  six (6) months after the claimant has exhausted the claim and review
          procedure.

     If or to the extent that the claim relates to a failure to effect a
Participant's or Beneficiary's investment directions, the thirty (30) month
period shall be nineteen (19) months.

                                      -23-
<PAGE>

     11.4.7. Knowledge of Fact by Participant Imputed to Beneficiary. Knowledge
of all facts that a Participant knew or reasonably should have known shall be
imputed to every claimant who is or claims to be a Beneficiary of the
Participant or otherwise claims to derive an entitlement by reference to the
Participant for the purpose of applying the previously specified periods.

36. PLAN ADMINISTRATION. Effective for Plan Years beginning on or after January
1, 2000, Section 12.9 of the Plan Statement shall be amended to read in full as
follows:

12.9. Named Fiduciaries. The Principal Sponsor, the Committee and the Trustee
shall be named fiduciaries for the purpose of section 402(a) of ERISA.

37. SECTION 415 APPENDIX. Effective for Plan Years beginning on or after
September 1, 1995, Appendix A to the Plan Statement shall be amended by
substituting therefor the Appendix A attached to this amendment.

38. QUALIFIED DOMESTIC RELATIONS ORDER APPENDIX. Effective for Plan Years
beginning on or after January 1, 2000, Appendix C to the Plan Statement shall be
amended by substituting therefor the Appendix C attached to this amendment.

39. HIGHLY COMPENSATED EMPLOYEE APPENDIX. Effective for Plan Years beginning on
or after September 1, 1997, Appendix D to the Plan Statement shall be deleted
without replacement.

40. PLAN NAME. Effective January 1, 2000, Sections 1.1.23 and 1.1.24 (formerly
Sections 1.1.21 and 1.1.2) shall be amended to read in full as follows:

     1.1.23. Plan -- the tax-qualified money purchase pension plan of the
Employer established for the benefit of employees eligible to participate
therein, as first set forth in the Prior Plan Statement and as amended and
restated in this Plan Statement. (As used herein, "Plan" refers to the legal
entity established by the Employer and not to the documents pursuant to which
the Plan is maintained. Those documents are referred to herein as the "Prior
Plan Statement" and the "Plan Statement.") The Plan shall be referred to as the
"ENTEGRIS, INC. PENSION PLAN."

     1.1.24. Plan Statement -- this document entitled "ENTEGRIS, INC. PENSION
PLAN TRUST AGREEMENT (1995 Restatement)" as adopted by the Principal Sponsor
generally effective as of September 1, 1995, as the same may be amended from
time to time.

41. SAVINGS CLAUSE. Save and except as hereinabove expressly amended, the Plan
Statement shall continue in full force and effect.

                                      -24-
<PAGE>

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Each of the Parties hereto has caused these presents to
be executed, all as of the day and year first above written.

ENTEGRIS, INC.:                         FLUOROWARE, INC.:

By _______________________________      By _______________________________

   Its ___________________________         Its ___________________________

And ______________________________      And ______________________________

    Its __________________________          Its __________________________

TRUSTEES:

__________________________________

__________________________________

__________________________________

__________________________________

                                      -25-<PAGE>

                                                                    Exhibit 10.6

                                 ENTEGRIS, INC.
                     401(k) SAVINGS AND PROFIT SHARING PLAN

                         First Effective January 1, 2000
<PAGE>

                                 ENTEGRIS, INC.
                     401(k) SAVINGS AND PROFIT SHARING PLAN

                                TABLE OF CONTENTS

                                                                            Page

PREAMBLES.....................................................................1

SECTION 1.  INTRODUCTION......................................................2

            1.1.  Definitions
                  1.1.1.  Accounts
                          (a)  Total Account
                          (b)  Retirement Savings Account
                          (c)  Employer Matching Account
                          (d)  Employer Profit Sharing Account
                          (e)  Rollover Account
                          (f)  Transfer Account
                  1.1.2.  Affiliate
                  1.1.3.  Alternate Payee
                  1.1.4.  Annual Valuation Date
                  1.1.5.  Beneficiary
                  1.1.6.  Code
                  1.1.7.  Committee
                  1.1.8.  Disability
                  1.1.9.  Effective Date
                  1.1.10. Eligibility Service
                  1.1.11. Employer
                  1.1.12. Employment Commencement Date
                  1.1.13. Enrollment Date
                  1.1.14. ERISA
                  1.1.15. Event of Maturity
                  1.1.16. Fund
                  1.1.17. Highly Compensated Employee
                  1.1.18. Hour of Service (for Vesting Service)
                  1.1.19. Hour of Service (for Eligibility)
                  1.1.20. Investment Manager
                  1.1.21. Leased Employee
                  1.1.22. Normal Retirement Age

                                       -i-
<PAGE>

                  1.1.23. One-Year Break in Service
                  1.1.24. Participant
                  1.1.25. Period of Service
                  1.1.26. Period of Severance
                  1.1.27. Plan
                  1.1.28. Plan Statement
                  1.1.29. Plan Year
                  1.1.30. Principal Sponsor
                  1.1.31. Recognized Compensation
                  1.1.32. Recognized Employment
                  1.1.33. Reemployment Commencement Date
                  1.1.34. Retirement Savings Election
                  1.1.35. Severance from Service Date
                  1.1.36. Subfund
                  1.1.37. Trust Agreement
                  1.1.38. Trustee
                  1.1.39. Valuation Date
                  1.1.40. Vested
                  1.1.41. Vesting Service
            1.2.  Compliance With Uniformed Services Employment and
                  Reemployment Rights Act of 1994
            1.3.  Rules of Interpretation
            1.4.  Plan Contingent Upon Initial Qualification
            1.5.  Special Rules for Merged Plans

SECTION 2.  ELIGIBILITY AND PARTICIPATION....................................17

            2.1.  General Eligibility Rule
            2.2.  Special Eligibility Rule for Employer Contributions
            2.3.  Enrollment
            2.4.  Retirement Savings Election
            2.5.  Modifications of Retirement Savings Election
                  2.5.1.  Increase or Decrease
                  2.5.2.  Termination of Retirement Savings Election
                  2.5.3.  Termination of Recognized Employment

SECTION 3.  CONTRIBUTIONS AND ALLOCATION THEREOF.............................19

            3.1.  Employer Contributions
                  3.1.1.  Source of Employer Contributions
                  3.1.2.  Limitation

                                      -ii-
<PAGE>

                  3.1.3.  Form of Payment
            3.2.  Retirement Savings Contributions
                  3.2.1   Amount
                  3.2.2.  Allocation
            3.3.  Employer Matching Contributions
                  3.3.1.  Amount and Eligibility
                  3.3.2.  Matching Contributions Determined on an Annual
                          Basis
                  3.3.3.  Allocation
            3.4.  Discretionary Contributions
                  3.4.1.  Amount
                  3.4.2.  Allocation
                  3.4.3.  Advance Contributions
            3.5.  Eligible Participants
            3.6.  Adjustments
                  3.6.1.  Make-Up Contributions for Omitted Participants
                  3.6.2.  Mistaken Contributions
            3.7.  Rollover Contributions
                  3.7.1.  Contingent Provision
                  3.7.2.  Eligible Contributions
                  3.7.3.  Specific Review
                  3.7.4.  Allocation
            3.8.  Limitation on Annual Additions
            3.9.  Effect of Disallowance of Deduction or Mistake of Fact

SECTION 4.  INVESTMENT AND ADJUSTMENT OF ACCOUNTS............................24

            4.1.  Establishment of Subfunds
                  4.1.1.  Establishing Commingled Subfunds
                  4.1.2.  Individual Subfunds
                  4.1.3.  Operational Rules
                  4.1.4.  Revising Subfunds
                  4.1.5.  ERISA Section 404(c) Compliance
            4.2.  Valuation and Adjustment of Accounts
                  4.2.1.  Valuation of Fund
                  4.2.2.  Adjustment of Accounts
                  4.2.3.  Rules
            4.3.  Management and Investment of Fund

                                      -iii-
<PAGE>

SECTION 5.  VESTING..........................................................28

            5.1.  Employer Profit Sharing Account
                  5.1.1.  Graduated Vesting
                  5.1.2.  Full Vesting
                  5.1.3.  Full Vesting Upon Plan Termination Before
                          Forfeiture Event
                  5.1.4.  Special Rule for Partial Distributions
                  5.1.5.  Effect of Break on Vesting
            5.2.  Other Accounts

SECTION 6.  MATURITY.........................................................30

            6.1.  Events of Maturity
            6.2.  Forfeitures
                  6.2.1.  Forfeiture of Nonvested Portion of Accounts
                  6.2.2.  Restoration Upon Rehire After Forfeiture
                  6.2.3.  Use of Forfeitures
                  6.2.4.  Source of Restoration

SECTION 7.  DISTRIBUTIONS AND LOANS..........................................33

            7.1.  Distributions to Participants Upon Event of Maturity
                  7.1.1.  Application For Distribution Required
                  7.1.2.  Spousal Consent Not Required
                  7.1.3.  Form of Distribution
                  7.1.4.  Time of Distribution
                  7.1.5.  Required Beginning Date for Non-Five Percent (5%)
                          Owners
                  7.1.6.  Required Beginning Date for Five Percent (5%)
                          Owners
                  7.1.7.  Effect of Reemployment
                  7.1.8.  Death Prior to Distribution
            7.2.  In-Service Distributions and Hardship Distributions
                  7.2.1.  Age 59-1/2 Distributions
                  7.2.2.  Hardship Distributions
            7.3.  Distributions to Beneficiary
                  7.3.1.  Application For Distribution Required
                  7.3.2.  Form of Distribution
                  7.3.3.  Time of Distribution
                  7.3.4.  Required Beginning Date

                                      -iv-
<PAGE>

            7.4.  Designation of Beneficiaries
                  7.4.1.  Right To Designate
                  7.4.2.  Spousal Consent
                  7.4.3.  Failure of Designation
                  7.4.4.  Disclaimers by Beneficiaries
                  7.4.5.  Definitions
                  7.4.6.  Special Rules
            7.5.  General Distribution Rules
                  7.5.1.  Notices
                  7.5.2.  Direct Rollover
                  7.5.3.  Compliance with Section 401(a)(9) of the Code
                  7.5.4.  Distribution in Cash
                  7.5.5.  Facility of Payment
            7.6.  Loans
                  7.6.1.  Availability
                  7.6.2.  Spousal Consent Not Required
                  7.6.3.  Administration
                  7.6.4.  Loan Terms
                  7.6.5.  Collateral
                  7.6.6.  Loan Rules
                  7.6.7.  Effect on Distributions
                  7.6.8.  Tax Reporting
                  7.6.9.  Truth in Lending
                  7.6.10. Effect of Participant Bankruptcy
                  7.6.11. ERISA Compliance-- Loans Available to Parties in
                          Interest

SECTION 8.  SPENDTHRIFT PROVISIONS...........................................48

SECTION 9.  AMENDMENT AND TERMINATION........................................49

            9.1.  Amendment
            9.2.  Discontinuance of Contributions and Termination of Plan
            9.3.  Merger or Spinoff of Plans
                  9.3.1.  In General
                  9.3.2.  Limitations
                  9.3.3.  Beneficiary Designations
            9.4.  Adoption by Other Employers
                  9.4.1.  Adoption by Consent
                  9.4.2.  Procedure for Adoption
                  9.4.3.  Effect of Adoption

                                       -v-
<PAGE>

SECTION 10. FIDUCIARY MATTERS................................................51

            10.1. Fiduciary Principles
            10.2. Prohibited Transactions
            10.3. Indemnity

SECTION 11. DETERMINATIONS-- RULES AND REGULATIONS...........................53

            11.1. Determinations
            11.2. Rules and Regulations
            11.3. Method of Executing Instruments
                  11.3.1.  Employer or Committee
                  11.3.2.  Trustee
            11.4. Claims Procedure
                  11.4.1.  Original Claim
                  11.4.2.  Claims Review Procedure
                  11.4.3.  General Rules
                  11.4.4.  Deadline to File Claim
                  11.4.5.  Exhaustion of Administrative Remedies
                  11.4.6.  Deadline to File Legal Action
                  11.4.7.  Knowledge of Fact by Participant Imputed to
                           Beneficiary
            11.5. Information Furnished by Participants

SECTION 12. PLAN ADMINISTRATION..............................................57

            12.1. Principal Sponsor
                  12.1.1.  Officers
                  12.1.2.  Chief Executive Officer
                  12.1.3.  Board of Directors
            12.2. Committee
                  12.2.1.  Appointment and Removal
                  12.2.2.  Automatic Removal
                  12.2.3.  Authority
                  12.2.4.  Majority Decisions
            12.3. Limitation on Authority
                  12.3.1.  Fiduciaries Generally
                  12.3.2.  Trustee

                                      -vi-
<PAGE>

           12.4.  Conflict of Interest
           12.5.  Dual Capacity
           12.6.  Administrator
           12.7.  Named Fiduciaries
           12.8.  Service of Process
           12.9.  Administrative Expenses
           12.10. IRS Qualification

SECTION 13. IN GENERAL.......................................................61

            13.1. Disclaimers
                  13.1.1.  Effect on Employment
                  13.1.2.  Sole Source of Benefits
                  13.1.3.  Co-Fiduciary Matters
            13.2. Reversion of Fund Prohibited
            13.3. Contingent Top Heavy Plan Rules

APPENDIX A--  LIMITATION ON ANNUAL ADDITIONS AND
              ANNUAL BENEFITS...............................................A-1

APPENDIX B--  CONTINGENT TOP HEAVY PLAN RULES...............................B-1

APPENDIX C--  QUALIFIED DOMESTIC RELATION ORDERS............................C-1

APPENDIX D--  401(k), 401(m) & 402(g) COMPLIANCE............................D-1

                                      -vii-
<PAGE>

                                 ENTEGRIS, INC.
                     401(k) SAVINGS AND PROFIT SHARING PLAN

         WHEREAS, The Principal Sponsor, by resolution of its Board of
Directors, has authorized the creation of a profit sharing plan for the benefit
of its eligible employees, said plan to be contained and set forth in a Plan
Statement; and

         WHEREAS, This is the Plan Statement so contemplated;

         NOW, THEREFORE, The parties hereto do hereby create and establish a
profit sharing plan, effective as of January 1, 2000, to read in full as
follows:
<PAGE>

                                    SECTION 1

                                  INTRODUCTION

1.1. Definitions. When the following terms are used herein with initial capital
letters, they shall have the following meanings:

         1.1.1. Accounts-- the following Accounts will be maintained under the
Plan for Participants:

         (a)      Total Account -- for convenience of reference, a Participant's
                  entire interest in the Fund, including the Participant's
                  Retirement Savings Account, Employer Matching Account,
                  Employer Profit Sharing Account, Rollover Account and Transfer
                  Account.

         (b)      Retirement Savings Account -- the Account maintained for each
                  Participant to which are credited the Employer contributions
                  made in consideration of such Participant's elective
                  contributions pursuant to Section 3.2, or Employer
                  contributions made pursuant to Section 2.3 of Appendix D,
                  together with any increase or decrease thereon.

         (c)      Employer Matching Account -- the Account maintained for each
                  Participant to which is credited the Participant's allocable
                  share of the Employer contributions made pursuant to Section
                  3.3, or made pursuant to Section 3.3 of Appendix D, together
                  with any increase or decrease thereon.

         (d)      Employer Profit Sharing Account -- the Account maintained for
                  each Participant to which is credited the Participant's
                  allocable share of the Employer contributions made pursuant to
                  Section 3.4, together with any increase or decrease thereon.

         (e)      Rollover Account -- the Account maintained for each
                  Participant to which are credited the Participant's rollover
                  contributions made pursuant to Section 3.7, together with any
                  increase or decrease thereon.

         (f)      Transfer Account -- the Account maintained for each
                  Participant to which is credited the Participant's interest,
                  if any, transferred from another qualified plan by the trustee
                  of such other plan pursuant to an agreement made under Section
                  9.3 and not credited to any other Account pursuant to such
                  agreement (or another provision of this Plan Statement),
                  together with any increase or decrease thereon.

                                       -2-
<PAGE>

         1.1.2. Affiliate -- a business entity which is under "common control"
with the Employer or which is a member of an "affiliated service group" that
includes the Employer, as those terms are defined in section 414(b), (c) and (m)
of the Code. A business entity which is a predecessor to the Employer shall be
treated as an Affiliate if the Employer maintains a plan of such predecessor
business entity or if, and to the extent that, such treatment is otherwise
required by regulations under section 414(a) of the Code. A business entity
shall also be treated as an Affiliate if, and to the extent that, such treatment
is required by regulations under section 414(o) of the Code. In addition to said
required treatment, the Principal Sponsor may, in its discretion, designate as
an Affiliate any business entity which is not such a "common control,"
"affiliated service group" or "predecessor" business entity but which is
otherwise affiliated with the Employer, subject to such limitations as the
Principal Sponsor may impose.

         1.1.3. Alternate Payee -- any spouse, former spouse, child or other
dependent of a Participant who is recognized by a domestic relations order as
having a right to receive all or a portion of the Account of a Participant under
the Plan.

         1.1.4. Annual Valuation Date-- each December 31.

         1.1.5. Beneficiary -- a person designated by a Participant (or
automatically by operation of this Plan Statement) to receive all or a part of
the Participant's Vested Total Account in the event of the Participant's death
prior to full distribution thereof. A person so designated shall not be
considered a Beneficiary until the death of the Participant.

         1.1.6. Code -- the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, including applicable
regulations for the specified section of the Code. Any reference in this Plan
Statement to a section of the Code, including the applicable regulation, shall
be considered also to mean and refer to any subsequent amendment or replacement
of that section or regulation.

         1.1.7. Committee-- the committee established in accordance with the
provisions of Section 12.2, known as the Administrative Committee.

         1.1.8. Disability -- a medically determinable physical or mental
impairment which: (i) renders the individual incapable of performing any
substantial gainful employment, (ii) can be expected to be of long-continued and
indefinite duration or result in death, and (iii) is evidenced by a
certification to this effect by a doctor of medicine approved by the Committee.
In lieu of such a certification, the Committee may accept, as proof of
Disability, the official written determination that the individual will be
eligible for disability benefits under the federal Social Security Act as now
enacted or hereinafter amended (when any waiting period expires).
Notwithstanding the foregoing, no Participant will be considered to have a
Disability unless such doctor's determination or official Social Security
determination is received by the Committee within twelve (12) months after the
Participant's last day of active work with the Employer

                                       -3-
<PAGE>

or an Affiliate. The Committee shall determine the date on which the Disability
shall have occurred if such determination is necessary.

         1.1.9. Effective Date-- January 1, 2000.

         1.1.10. Eligibility Service -- a measure of an employee's service with
the Employer and all Affiliates (stated as a number of years) which is equal to
the number of computation periods for which the employee is credited with one
thousand (1,000) or more Hours of Service (as determined under Section 1.1.19);
subject, however, to the following rules:

         (a)      Computation Periods. The computation periods for determining
                  Eligibility Service shall be the twelve (12) consecutive month
                  period beginning with the date the employee first performs an
                  Hour of Service and all Plan Years beginning after such date
                  (irrespective of any termination of employment and subsequent
                  reemployment).

         (b)      Completion. A year of Eligibility Service shall be deemed
                  completed only as of the last day of the computation period
                  (irrespective of the date in such period that the employee
                  completed one thousand Hours of Service). (Fractional years of
                  Eligibility Service shall not be credited.)

         (c)      Pre-Effective Date Service. Eligibility Service shall be
                  credited for Hours of Service earned and computation periods
                  completed before the Effective Date as if this Plan Statement
                  were then in effect.

         (d)      Pre-Effective Date Breaks in Service. Eligibility Service
                  cancelled before the Effective Date by operation of the Plan's
                  break in service rules as they existed before the Effective
                  Date shall continue to be cancelled on and after the Effective
                  Date.

         (e)      Post Effective Date Breaks in Service. If the employee has any
                  break in service occurring before or after the Effective Date,
                  the employee's service both before and after such break in
                  service shall be taken into account in computing Eligibility
                  Service for the purpose of determining the employee's
                  entitlement to become a Participant in the Plan.

         1.1.11. Employer -- the Principal Sponsor, any business entity that
adopts the Plan pursuant to Section 9.4, and any successor thereof that adopts
the Plan.

                                       -4-
<PAGE>

         1.1.12. Employment Commencement Date -- the date upon which an employee
first performs one (1) Hour of Service for the Employer or an Affiliate (without
regard to whether such Hour of Service is performed in Recognized Employment or
otherwise).

         1.1.13. Enrollment Date -- (i) January 1, April 1, July 1 and October 1
and (ii) such other dates as the Committee may by rule establish from time to
time for the commencement of retirement savings under Section 2.3.

         1.1.14. ERISA -- the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974,
including applicable regulations for the specified section of ERISA. Any
reference in this Plan Statement to a section of ERISA, including the applicable
regulation, shall be considered also to mean and refer to any subsequent
amendment or replacement of that section or regulation.

         1.1.15. Event of Maturity-- any of the occurrences described in Section
6 by reason of which a Participant or Beneficiary may become entitled to a
distribution from the Plan.

         1.1.16. Fund -- the assets of the Plan held by the Trustee from time to
time, including all contributions and the investments and reinvestments,
earnings and profits thereon, whether invested under the general investment
authority of the Trustee or under the terms applicable to any Subfund
established pursuant to Section 4.1.

         1.1.17. Highly Compensated Employee -- any employee who (a) is a five
percent (5%) owner (as defined in Appendix B) at any time during the current
Plan Year or the preceding Plan Year, or (b) receives compensation from the
Employer and all Affiliates during the preceding Plan Year in excess of Eighty
Thousand Dollars ($80,000) (as adjusted under the Code for cost-of-living
increases). For this purpose, "compensation" means compensation as defined in
section 415(c)(3) of the Code. Compensation for any employee who performed
services for only part of a year is not annualized for this purpose.

         1.1.18. Hour of Service (for Vesting Service) -- each hour for which
the employee is paid, or entitled to payment, for the performance of duties for
the Employer or an Affiliate and each hour for which back pay, irrespective of
mitigation of damages, has been either awarded or agreed to by the Employer or
an Affiliate. These hours shall be credited to the employee for the period or
periods in which the duties are performed.

         1.1.19. Hour of Service (for Eligibility) -- for purposes of
determining Eligibility Service under Section 1.1.10 and whether a Participant
shall be an Eligible Participant for a Plan Year under Section 3.5, a measure of
an employee's service with the Employer and all Affiliates, determined for a
given computation period and equal to the number of hours credited to the
employee according to the following rules:

                                       -5-
<PAGE>

         (a)      Paid Duty. An Hour of Service shall be credited for each hour
                  for which the employee is paid, or entitled to payment, for
                  the performance of duties for the Employer or an Affiliate.
                  These hours shall be credited to the employee for the
                  computation period or periods in which the duties are
                  performed.

         (b)      Paid Nonduty. An Hour of Service shall be credited for each
                  hour for which the employee is paid, or entitled to payment,
                  by the Employer or an Affiliate on account of a period of time
                  during which no duties are performed (irrespective of whether
                  the employment relationship has terminated) due to vacation,
                  holiday, illness, incapacity (including disability), layoff,
                  jury duty, military duty or leave of absence; provided,
                  however, that:

                  (i)      no more than five hundred one (501) Hours of Service
                           shall be credited on account of a single continuous
                           period during which the employee performs no duties
                           (whether or not such period occurs in a single
                           computation period),

                  (ii)     no Hours of Service shall be credited on account of
                           payments made under a plan maintained solely for the
                           purpose of complying with applicable workers'
                           compensation, unemployment compensation or disability
                           insurance laws,

                  (iii)    no Hours of Service shall be credited on account of
                           payments which solely reimburse the employee for
                           medical or medically related expenses incurred by the
                           employee, and

                  (iv)     payments shall be deemed made by or due from the
                           Employer or an Affiliate whether made directly or
                           indirectly from a trust fund or an insurer to which
                           the Employer or an Affiliate contributes or pays
                           premiums.

                  These hours shall be credited to the employee for the
                  computation period for which payment is made or, if the
                  payment is not computed by reference to units of time, the
                  hours shall be credited to the first computation period in
                  which the event, for which any part of the payment is made,
                  occurred.

         (c)      Back Pay. An Hour of Service shall be credited for each hour
                  for which back pay, irrespective of mitigation of damages, has
                  been either awarded or agreed to by the Employer or an
                  Affiliate. The same Hours of Service credited under paragraph
                  (a) or (b) shall not be credited under this paragraph (c). The
                  crediting of Hours of Service under this paragraph (c) for
                  periods and payments described in paragraph (b) shall be
                  subject to all the limitations of that paragraph. These

                                       -6-
<PAGE>

                  hours shall be credited to the employee for the computation
                  period or periods to which the award or agreement pertains
                  rather than the computation period in which the award,
                  agreement or payment is made.

         (d)      Unpaid Absences.

                  (i)      Leaves of Absence. If (and to the extent that) the
                           Committee so provides in rules, during each unpaid
                           leave of absence authorized by the Employer or an
                           Affiliate for Plan purposes under such rules, the
                           employee shall be credited with the number of Hours
                           of Service which otherwise would normally have been
                           credited to such employee but for such absence;
                           provided, however, that if the employee does not
                           return to employment for any reason other than death,
                           Disability or attainment of Normal Retirement Age at
                           the expiration of the leave of absence, such Hours of
                           Service shall not be credited.

                  (ii)     Parenting Leaves. To the extent not otherwise
                           credited and solely for the purpose of determining
                           whether a One-Year Break in Service has occurred,
                           Hours of Service shall be credited to an employee for
                           any period of absence from work beginning in Plan
                           Years commencing after December 31, 1984, due to
                           pregnancy of the employee, the birth of a child of
                           the employee, the placement of a child with the
                           employee in connection with the adoption of such
                           child by the employee or for the purpose of caring
                           for such child for a period beginning immediately
                           following such birth or placement. The employee shall
                           be credited with the number of Hours of Service which
                           otherwise would normally have been credited to such
                           employee but for such absence. If it is impossible to
                           determine the number of Hours of Service which would
                           otherwise normally have been so credited, the
                           employee shall be credited with eight (8) Hours of
                           Service for each day of such absence. In no event,
                           however, shall the number of Hours of Service
                           credited for any such absence exceed five hundred one
                           (501) Hours of Service. Such Hours of Service shall
                           be credited to the computation period in which such
                           absence from work begins if crediting all or any
                           portion of such Hours of Service is necessary to
                           prevent the employee from incurring a One-Year Break
                           in Service in such computation period. If the
                           crediting of such Hours of Service is not necessary
                           to prevent the occurrence of a One-Year Break in
                           Service in that computation period, such Hours of
                           Service shall be credited in the immediately
                           following computation period (even though no part of
                           such absence may have occurred in such subsequent
                           computation period). These Hours of Service shall not
                           be credited until the employee

                                       -7-
<PAGE>

                           furnishes timely information which may be reasonably
                           required by the Committee to establish that the
                           absence from work is for a reason for which these
                           Hours of Service may be credited.

                  (e)      Special Rules. For periods prior to January 1, 2000,
                           Hours of Service may be determined using whatever
                           records are reasonably accessible and by making
                           whatever calculations are necessary to determine the
                           approximate number of Hours of Service completed
                           during such prior period. To the extent not
                           inconsistent with other provisions hereof, Department
                           of Labor regulations 29 C.F.R.ss. 2530.200b-2(b) and
                           (c) are hereby incorporated by reference herein.

                  (f)      Equivalency for Exempt Employees. Notwithstanding
                           anything to the contrary in the foregoing, the Hours
                           of Service for any employee for whom the Employer or
                           an Affiliate is not otherwise required by state or
                           federal "wage and hour" or other law to count hours
                           worked shall be credited on the basis that, without
                           regard to the employee's actual hours, such employee
                           shall be credited with one hundred ninety (190) Hours
                           of Service for a calendar month if, under the
                           provisions of this Section (other than this
                           paragraph), such employee would be credited with at
                           least one (1) Hour of Service during that calendar
                           month.

         1.1.20. Investment Manager -- the person or persons, other than the
Trustee, appointed pursuant to the Trust Agreement to manage all or a portion of
the Fund or any Subfund.

         1.1.21. Leased Employee -- any individual (other than an employee of
the Employer or an Affiliate) who performs services for the Employer or an
Affiliate if (i) services are performed under an agreement between the Employer
or an Affiliate and an individual or company, (ii) the individual performs
services for the Employer or an Affiliate on a substantially full time basis for
a period of at least twelve (12) consecutive months, and (iii) the individual's
services are performed under the primary direction or control of the Employer or
an Affiliate. In determining whether an individual is a Leased Employee of the
Employer or an Affiliate, all prior service with the Employer or an Affiliate
(including employment as a common law employee) shall be used for purposes of
satisfying (ii) above. No individual shall be considered a Leased Employee
unless and until all conditions have been satisfied.

         1.1.22. Normal Retirement Age-- the date a Participant attains age
sixty-five (65) years.

         1.1.23. One-Year Break in Service -- a Plan Year for which an employee
is not credited with more than five hundred (500) Hours of Service. (A One-Year
Break in Service shall be deemed to occur only on the last day of such Plan
Year.)

                                       -8-
<PAGE>

         1.1.24. Participant -- an employee of the Employer who becomes a
Participant in the Plan in accordance with the provisions of Section 2. An
employee who has become a Participant shall be considered to continue as a
Participant in the Plan until the date of the Participant's death or, if
earlier, the date when the Participant is no longer employed in Recognized
Employment and upon which the Participant no longer has any Account under the
Plan (that is, the Participant has both received a distribution of all of the
Participant's Vested Total Account, if any, and the non-Vested portion of the
Participant's Total Account, if any, has been forfeited and disposed of as
provided in Section 6.2). An employee who has not become a Participant in the
Plan in accordance with the provisions of Section 2 and who makes a rollover
contribution to the Plan in accordance with the provisions of Section 3 shall be
considered a Participant solely for the purpose of making the rollover
contribution and receiving a distribution upon an Event of Maturity in
accordance with the provisions of Section 7.

         1.1.25. Period of Service -- a measure of an employee's employment with
the Employer and all Affiliates which is equal to the period commencing on the
employee's Employment Commencement Date or Reemployment Commencement Date,
whichever is applicable, and ending on the next following Severance from Service
Date; provided, however:

         (a)      Aggregation. Unless some or all of an employee's service may
                  be disregarded pursuant to other rules of this Plan Statement,
                  all discontinuous Periods of Service shall be aggregated in
                  determining the total of an employee's Period of Service. A
                  Period of Service shall be stated in years and days and when
                  aggregating discontinuous periods of less than one (1) year,
                  three hundred sixty-five (365) days shall equal one (1) year.

         (b)      Service Spanning No. 1. If an employee quits, is discharged or
                  retires from service with the Employer and all Affiliates and
                  performs an Hour of Service within the twelve (12) months
                  following the Severance from Service Date, that Period of
                  Severance shall be deemed to be a Period of Service.

         (c)      Service Spanning No. 2. If an employee severs from service by
                  reason of a quit, a discharge or retirement during the first
                  twelve (12) months of an absence from service for any reason
                  other than a quit, a discharge, retirement or death, and then
                  performs an Hour of Service within the twelve (12) months
                  following the date on which the employee was first absent from
                  service, the Period of Severance shall be deemed to be a
                  Period of Service.

         (d)      Special Rules. For periods prior to January 1, 2000, Hours of
                  Service may be determined using whatever records are
                  reasonably accessible and by making whatever calculations are
                  necessary to determine the approximate number of Hours of
                  Service completed during such prior period. To the extent not
                  inconsistent with other provisions hereof, Department of Labor
                  regulations 29

                                       -9-
<PAGE>

                  C.F.R. ss. 2530.200b-2(b) and (c) are hereby incorporated by
                  reference herein. To the extent required under section 414 of
                  the Code, services of leased owners, leased managers, shared
                  employees, shared leased employees and other similar
                  classifications (excluding Leased Employees) for the Employer
                  or an Affiliate shall be taken into account as if such
                  services were performed as a common law employee of the
                  Employer for the purposes of determining Vesting Service and
                  One-Year Breaks in Service as applied to Vesting Service. For
                  purposes of the Plan, application of the leased employee rules
                  under section 414(n) of the Code shall be subject to the
                  following: (i) "contingent services" shall mean services
                  performed by a person for the Employer or an Affiliate during
                  the period the person has not performed the services on a
                  substantially full time basis for a period of at least twelve
                  (12) consecutive months, (ii) except as provided in (iii),
                  contingent services shall not be taken into account for
                  purposes of determining Vesting Service and One-Year Breaks in
                  Service as applied to Vesting Service, (iii) contingent
                  services performed by a person who has become a Leased
                  Employee shall be taken into account for purposes of
                  determining Vesting Service and One-Year Breaks in Service as
                  applied to Vesting Service, and (iv) all service performed as
                  a Leased Employee (i.e, all service following the date an
                  individual has satisfied all three requirements for becoming a
                  Leased Employee) shall be taken into account for purposes of
                  determining Vesting Service and One-Year Breaks in Service as
                  applied to Vesting Service.

         1.1.26. Period of Severance -- the period of time commencing on an
employee's Severance from Service Date and ending on the date on which that
employee next again performs an Hour of Service for the Employer or for an
Affiliate (without regard to whether such Hour of Service is performed in
Recognized Employment or otherwise). A Period of Severance shall be stated in
years and days.

         Notwithstanding the foregoing, for the limited purpose of determining
the length of a Period of Severance, the Severance from Service Date for an
employee shall be advanced during any period of an absence from work (which
began after December 31, 1984) due to the pregnancy of the employee, the birth
of a child of the employee, the placement of a child with the employee in
connection with the adoption of such child by the employee, or for the purpose
of caring for such child for a period beginning immediately following such birth
or placement. In no event, however, shall the Severance from Service Date be
advanced under the foregoing sentence to a date that is later than the last day
of the calendar month which is two (2) years after the first of such absence.
This adjustment in the Severance from Service Date shall not be made until the
employee furnishes timely information which may be reasonably required by the
Committee to establish that the absence from work is for a reason for which this
adjustment will be made.

         1.1.27. Plan -- the tax-qualified profit sharing plan of the Employer
established for the benefit of employees eligible to participate therein, as
first set forth in this Plan Statement. (As used herein,

                                      -10-
<PAGE>

"Plan" refers to the legal entity established by the Employer and not to the
document pursuant to which the Plan is maintained. That document is referred to
herein as the "Plan Statement.") The Plan shall be referred to as the "ENTEGRIS,
INC. 401(k) SAVINGS AND PROFIT SHARING PLAN."

         1.1.28. Plan Statement-- this document entitled "ENTEGRIS, INC. 401(k)
SAVINGS AND PROFIT SHARING PLAN" as adopted by the Principal Sponsor effective
as of January 1, 2000, as the same may be amended from time to time.

         1.1.29. Plan Year-- the twelve (12) consecutive month period ending on
any December 31.

         1.1.30. Principal Sponsor-- Entegris, Inc., a Minnesota corporation.

         1.1.31. Recognized Compensation -- wages within the meaning of section
3401(a) of the Code for purposes of federal income tax withholding at the source
but determined without regard to any rules that limit the remuneration included
in wages based on the nature or location of the employment or the services
performed (such as the exception for agricultural labor in section 3401(a)(2) of
the Code) and paid to the Participant by the Employer for the applicable period;
subject, however, to the following:

         (a)      Included Items. In determining a Participant's Recognized
                  Compensation there shall be included elective contributions
                  made by the Employer on behalf of the Participant that are not
                  includible in gross income under sections 125, 132(f),
                  402(e)(3), 402(h), 403(b), 414(h)(2) and 457 of the Code
                  including elective contributions authorized by the Participant
                  under a Retirement Savings Election, a cafeteria plan or any
                  other qualified cash or deferred arrangement under section
                  401(k) of the Code.

         (b)      Excluded Items. In determining a Participant's Recognized
                  Compensation there shall be excluded all of the following: (i)
                  reimbursements or other expense allowances (including all
                  living and other expenses paid on account of the Participant
                  being on foreign assignment), (ii) welfare and fringe benefits
                  (both cash and noncash) including third-party sick pay (i.e.,
                  short-term and long-term disability insurance benefits),
                  income imputed from insurance coverages and premiums, employee
                  discounts and other similar amounts, payments for vacation or
                  sick leave accrued but not taken, final payments on account of
                  termination of employment (i.e., severance payments), except
                  that final payments on account of settlement for accrued but
                  unused paid time off shall be taken into account in
                  determining a Participant's Recognized Compensation, (iii)
                  moving expenses, (iv) deferred compensation (both when
                  deferred and when received), and (v) the value of a qualified
                  or a non-qualified stock option granted to a Participant by
                  the Employer to the extent such value is includable in the
                  Participant's taxable income.

                                      -11-
<PAGE>

         (c)      Pre-Participation Employment. Remuneration paid by the
                  Employer attributable to periods prior to the date the
                  Participant became a Participant in the Plan shall not be
                  taken into account in determining the Participant's Recognized
                  Compensation.

         (d)      Non-Recognized Employment. Remuneration paid by the Employer
                  for employment that is not Recognized Employment shall not be
                  taken into account in determining a Participant's Recognized
                  Compensation.

         (e)      Attribution to Periods. A Participant's Recognized
                  Compensation shall be considered attributable to the period in
                  which it is actually paid and not when earned or accrued.

         (f)      Excluded Periods. Amounts received after the Participant's
                  termination of employment shall not be taken into account in
                  determining a Participant's Recognized Compensation.

         (g)      Multiple Employers. If a Participant is employed by more than
                  one Employer in a Plan Year, a separate amount of Recognized
                  Compensation shall be determined for each Employer.

         (h)      Annual Maximum. A Participant's Recognized Compensation for a
                  Plan Year shall not exceed the annual compensation limit under
                  section 401(a)(17) of the Code, which is One Hundred Sixty
                  Thousand Dollars ($160,000) (as adjusted under the Code for
                  cost-of-living increases).

         1.1.32. Recognized Employment -- all service with the Employer by
persons classified by the Employer as common law employees, excluding, however,
service classified by the Employer as:

         (a)      employment in a unit of employees whose terms and conditions
                  of employment are subject to a collective bargaining agreement
                  between the Employer and a union representing that unit of
                  employees, unless (and to the extent) such collective
                  bargaining agreement provides for the inclusion of those
                  employees in the Plan,

         (b)      employment of a nonresident alien who is not receiving any
                  earned income from the Employer which constitutes income from
                  sources within the United States,

         (c)      employment in a division or facility of the Employer which is
                  not in existence on the Effective Date (that is, was acquired,
                  established, founded or produced by the liquidation or similar
                  discontinuation of a separate subsidiary after the Effective

                                      -12-
<PAGE>

                  Date) unless and until the Committee shall declare such
                  employment to be Recognized Employment,

         (d)      employment of a United States citizen or a United States
                  resident alien outside the United States unless and until the
                  Committee shall declare such employment to be Recognized
                  Employment,

         (e)      services of a person who is not a common law employee of the
                  Employer including, without limiting the generality of the
                  foregoing, services of a Leased Employee, leased owner, leased
                  manager, shared employee, shared Leased Employee, temporary
                  worker, independent contractor, contract worker, agency
                  worker, freelance worker or other similar classification,

         (f)      employment of a Highly Compensated Employee to the extent
                  agreed to in writing by the employee, and

         (g)      employment as a temporary employee.

The Employer's classification of a person at the time of inclusion or exclusion
in Recognized Employment shall be conclusive for the purpose of the foregoing
rules. No reclassification of a person's status with the Employer, for any
reason, without regard to whether it is initiated by a court, governmental
agency or otherwise and without regard to whether or not the Employer agrees to
such reclassification, shall result in the person being included in Recognized
Employment, either retroactively or prospectively. Notwithstanding anything to
the contrary in this provision, however, the Committee may declare that a
reclassified person will be included in Recognized Employment, either
retroactively or prospectively. Any uncertainty concerning a person's
classification shall be resolved by excluding the person from Recognized
Employment.

         1.1.33. Reemployment Commencement Date -- the date upon which an
Employee first performs an Hour of Service for the Employer or for an Affiliate
following a Period of Severance that is not deemed to be a Period of Service
(without regard to whether such Hour of Service is performed in Recognized
Employment or otherwise).

         1.1.34. Retirement Savings Election-- the election made by a
Participant as provided in Section 2.3.

         1.1.35. Severance from Service Date-- the earlier of:

         (a)      the date upon which an employee quits, is discharged or
                  retires from service with the Employer and all Affiliates, or
                  dies; or

                                      -13-
<PAGE>

         (b)      the date which is the first anniversary of the first day of a
                  period in which an employee remains continuously absent from
                  service (with or without pay) with the Employer and all
                  Affiliates for any reason other than a quit, a discharge,
                  retirement or death, such as vacation, holiday, sickness,
                  disability, leave of absence or layoff.

         1.1.36. Subfund-- a separate pool of assets of the Fund set aside for
investment purposes under Section 4.1.

         1.1.37. Trust Agreement -- the separate document entitled "T. Rowe
Price Trust Company Qualified Plan Trust Agreement" entered into by and between
the Principal Sponsor and the Trustee effective as of January 1, 2000, as may be
amended from time to time.

         1.1.38. Trustee -- the Trustee originally named in the Trust Agreement
and its successor or successors in trust. Where the context requires, Trustee
shall also mean and refer to any one or more co-trustees serving hereunder.

         1.1.39. Valuation Date-- any date that the New York Stock Exchange is
open and conducting business.

         1.1.40. Vested-- nonforfeitable.

         1.1.41. Vesting Service -- a measure of an employee's employment with
the Employer and all Affiliates which is equal to the employee's Period of
Service; subject, however, to the following rules:

         (a)      Period of Service. Except as provided below, an employee's
                  Vesting Service as of any date shall be equal to the
                  employee's Period of Service determined as of that same date.

         (b)      Vesting in Pre-Five Year Severance Accounts. If an employee
                  has a five (5) year (or longer) Period of Severance, the
                  employee's Employer Profit Sharing Account shall be divided
                  into the portion attributable to Employer contributions
                  allocated with respect to employment before such Period of
                  Severance and the portion attributable to Employer
                  contributions allocated with respect to employment after such
                  Period of Severance and employment after such five (5) year
                  (or longer) Period of Severance shall not be taken into
                  account in computing the Vested percentage in the employee's
                  Employer Profit Sharing Account attributable to Employer
                  contributions allocated with respect to employment before such
                  five (5) year (or longer) Period of Severance.

                                      -14-
<PAGE>

         (c)      Vesting in Post-Five Year Severance Accounts. Except as
                  provided in the following sentences of this paragraph, if an
                  employee has a Period of Severance and returns thereafter to
                  employment with the Employer or an Affiliate, both employment
                  before and employment after such Period of Severance shall be
                  taken into account in computing the Vested percentage in the
                  employee's Employer Profit Sharing Account attributable to
                  Employer contributions allocated with respect to employment
                  after such Period of Severance. If, however, the employee does
                  not have any Vested interest in an Employer Profit Sharing
                  Account upon the occurrence of a Period of Severance which
                  equals or exceeds in length the greater of five (5) years or
                  the employee's prior Vesting Service, such prior Vesting
                  Service shall be disregarded. Any Vesting Service disregarded
                  by a prior application of this paragraph need not thereafter
                  be taken into account.

1.2. Compliance With Uniformed Services Employment and Reemployment Rights Act
of 1994. Effective for veterans rehired on or after December 12, 1994, and
notwithstanding any provision of the Plan Statement to the contrary,
contributions, benefits or service credits, if any, will be provided in
accordance with section 414(u) of the Code.

1.3. Rules of Interpretation. An individual shall be considered to have attained
a given age on the individual's birthday for that age (and not on the day
before). The birthday of any individual born on a February 29 shall be deemed to
be February 28 in any year that is not a leap year. Notwithstanding any other
provision of this Plan Statement or any election or designation made under the
Plan, any individual who feloniously and intentionally kills a Participant or
Beneficiary shall be deemed for all purposes of this Plan and all elections and
designations made under this Plan to have died before such Participant or
Beneficiary. A final judgment of conviction of felonious and intentional killing
is conclusive for the purposes of this Section. In the absence of a conviction
of felonious and intentional killing, the Committee shall determine whether the
killing was felonious and intentional for the purposes of this Section. Whenever
appropriate, words used herein in the singular may be read in the plural, or
words used herein in the plural may be read in the singular; the masculine may
include the feminine and the feminine may include the masculine; and the words
"hereof," "herein" or "hereunder" or other similar compounds of the word "here"
shall mean and refer to this entire Plan Statement and not to any particular
paragraph or Section of this Plan Statement unless the context clearly indicates
to the contrary. The titles given to the various Sections of this Plan Statement
are inserted for convenience of reference only and are not part of this Plan
Statement, and they shall not be considered in determining the purpose, meaning
or intent of any provision hereof. Any reference in this Plan Statement to a
statute or regulation shall be considered also to mean and refer to any
subsequent amendment or replacement of that statute or regulation. This document
has been executed and delivered in the State of Minnesota and has been drawn in
conformity to the laws of that State and shall, except to the extent that
federal law is controlling, be construed and enforced in accordance with the
laws of the State of Minnesota.

                                      -15-
<PAGE>

1.4. Plan Contingent Upon Initial Qualification. The establishment of the Plan
and each contribution made hereunder are conditioned upon receipt of a favorable
determination from the Internal Revenue Service as to the initial qualification
of the Plan under the pertinent provisions of the Code. If the Plan is found not
to so qualify, the Principal Sponsor may, within one (1) year of receiving
notice of denial of qualification, at its election, rescind the Plan, and the
Trustee may be directed to return contributions made during the period it is not
so qualified to the Employer or to the Participants, as the case may be,
adjusted for their pro rata share of earnings and market gains or losses which
accrued while they were held in the Fund.

1.5. Special Rules for Merged Plans. As of March 1, 2000, the assets of the
Empak, Inc. Retirement Savings Plan (the "Empak Plan") and the Fluoroware, Inc.
401(k) Savings Plan shall become part of the assets of this Plan. Any optional
form of distribution or other "section 411(d)(6) protected benefit" (as defined
by Treasury Regulations ss.1.411(d)-4) available as to all or a portion of the
transferred assets that is not available under this Plan shall continue to be
available but only with respect to the portion of transferred assets to which
such protected benefit applies.

                                      -16-
<PAGE>

                                    SECTION 2

                          ELIGIBILITY AND PARTICIPATION

2.1. General Eligibility Rule. Each employee shall become a Participant on the
January 1, April 1, July 1 or October 1 coincident with or next following the
date as of which the employee is employed in Recognized Employment. A
Participant whose employment with the Employer terminates and who subsequently
is reemployed by the Employer shall reenter the Plan as a Participant on the
January 1, April 1, July 1 or October 1 coincident with or next following the
date of the Participant's return to Recognized Employment.

2.2. Special Eligibility Rule for Employer Contributions. With respect to
contributions made pursuant to Section 3.3 and 3.4 of the Plan Statement, each
employee shall become a Participant on the January 1, April 1, July 1 or October
1 coincident with or next following the date as of which the employee has
completed one (1) year of Eligibility Service if the employee is then employed
in Recognized Employment. If the employee is not then employed in Recognized
Employment, the employee shall become a Participant on the January 1, April 1,
July 1 or October 1 coincident with or next following the date upon which the
employee enters Recognized Employment. A Participant whose employment with the
Employer terminates and who subsequently is reemployed by the Employer shall
reenter the Plan as a Participant on the January 1, April 1, July 1 or October 1
coincident with or next following the date of the Participant's return to
Recognized Employment.

2.3. Enrollment. Each employee who is or will become a Participant as provided
in Section 2.1 or Section 2.2 may enroll for elective contributions by providing
a Retirement Savings Election to the Committee prior to the Enrollment Date as
of which the employee desires to make it effective. If an employee does not
enroll when first eligible to do so, the employee may enroll as of any
subsequent business day by providing a Retirement Savings Election to the
Committee prior to that Enrollment Date.

The Committee shall have the authority to adopt rules that modify and waive the
enrollment procedures set forth in this Section 2 during the year beginning on
the Effective Date, to ensure that orderly enrollments might be completed. This
authority to modify and waive the enrollment procedures does not authorize the
Committee to modify the job classification requirements for participation in the
Plan.

2.4. Retirement Savings Election. Subject to the following rules, the Retirement
Savings Election of each Participant shall provide for elective contributions
through a reduction equal to not less than one percent (1%) nor more than
fifteen percent (15%) of the amount of Recognized Compensation which otherwise
would be paid to the Participant by the Employer each payday. Such elective
contributions, under the Plan and any other plan of the Employer and Affiliates
for that Participant's taxable year shall not exceed the dollar limit in effect
for that taxable year under section 402(g) of the Code (which is $10,500 for
2000 and is adjusted under the Code for cost-of-living increases). The Committee
may, from time to time under rules, change the minimum and maximum allowable
elective contributions. The reductions in

                                      -17-
<PAGE>

earnings for elective contributions elected by the Participant shall be made by
the Employer from the Participant's remuneration each payday on and after the
Enrollment Date for so long as the Retirement Savings Election remains in
effect. The Committee shall specify the method (including telephonic, electronic
or similar methods) of providing or modifying a Retirement Savings Election and
all procedures for providing and accepting Retirement Savings Elections and
notices, including requirements for advance notice.

2.5. Modifications of Retirement Savings Election. The Retirement Savings
Election of a Participant may be modified as follows:

         2.5.1. Increase or Decrease. A Participant may, upon giving prior
notice to the Committee, modify the Retirement Savings Election to increase or
decrease the amount of elective contributions. Such increase or decrease shall
be effective as of the first day of the first payroll period for which
implementing such increase or decrease is administratively practicable.

         2.5.2. Termination of Retirement Savings Election. A Participant who
has a Retirement Savings Election in effect may, upon giving prior notice to the
Committee, completely terminate the Retirement Savings Election as of the first
day of any payroll period for which implementing such termination is
administratively practicable. Thereafter, such Participant may provide a new
Retirement Savings Election to the Committee if the Participant is employed in
Recognized Employment. Such Retirement Savings Election shall be effective as of
the first day of the first payroll period for which implementing election is
administratively practicable.

         2.5.3. Termination of Recognized Employment. The Retirement Savings
Election of a Participant who ceases to be employed in Recognized Employment
shall be terminated automatically as of the date the Participant ceases to be
employed in Recognized Employment. If such Participant returns to Recognized
Employment, the Participant may provide a new Retirement Savings Election
effective as of the date of the Participant's return to Recognized Employment or
as of the first payday on or after any subsequent Enrollment Date.

                                      -18-
<PAGE>

                                    SECTION 3

                      CONTRIBUTIONS AND ALLOCATION THEREOF

3.1. Employer Contributions.

         3.1.1. Source of Employer Contributions. All Employer contributions to
the Plan may be made without regard to profits. The Principal Sponsor shall have
the sole power and authority to determine Employer contributions except that if
the Principal Sponsor so consents, each adopting business entity under Section
9.4 shall be treated as an "Employer" under this Section and, as such, may
separately determine the amount of all Employer contributions, and such
contributions (and any forfeitures related thereto) shall be allocated only to
the accounts of Participants who are employed by that particular Employer.

         3.1.2. Limitation. The contribution of the Employer to the Plan for any
year, when considered in light of its contribution for that year to all other
tax-qualified plans it maintains, shall, in no event, exceed the maximum amount
deductible by it for federal income tax purposes as a contribution to a
tax-qualified profit sharing plan under section 404 of the Code. Each such
contribution to the Plan is conditioned upon its deductibility for such purpose.

         3.1.3. Form of Payment. The appropriate contribution of the Employer to
the Plan, determined as herein provided, shall be paid to the Trustee and may be
paid either in cash or in other assets of any character of a value equal to the
amount of the contribution or in any combination of the foregoing ways.

3.2. Retirement Savings Contributions.

         3.2.1. Amount. Within the time required by regulations of the United
States Department of Labor, the Employer shall contribute to the Trustee for
deposit in the Fund the reduction in Recognized Compensation which was elected
by each Participant pursuant to a Retirement Savings Election.

         3.2.2. Allocation. The portion of this contribution made with respect
to each Participant shall be allocated to that Participant's Retirement Savings
Account for the Plan Year with respect to which it is made and, for the purposes
of Section 4, shall be credited as soon as practicable after it is received by
the Trustee.

3.3. Employer Matching Contributions.

         3.3.1. Amount and Eligibility. The Employer shall contribute to the
Trustee for deposit in the Fund and for crediting to the Participant's Employer
Matching Account an amount which will equal one hundred percent (100%) of the
amount of the first three percent (3%) and fifty percent (50%) of the

                                      -19-
<PAGE>

amount of the next two percent (2%) of reduction in Recognized Compensation for
each pay period which was agreed to by the Participant pursuant to a Retirement
Savings Election. Such Employer matching contributions shall be delivered to the
Trustee for deposit in the Fund not later than the time prescribed by federal
law (including extensions) for filing the federal income tax return of the
Employer for the taxable year in which the Plan Year ends.

         3.3.2. Matching Contributions Determined on an Annual Basis. If the
matching contributions made with respect to any Participant for the Plan Year
are less than one hundred percent (100%) of the first three percent (3%) and
fifty percent (50%) of the amount of the next two percent (2%) of reduction in
Recognized Compensation for such Plan Year, then the Employer shall make an
additional matching contribution to the Plan so that the total matching
contributions with respect to such Participant for such Plan Year will equal one
hundred percent (100%) of the first three percent (3%) and fifty percent (50%)
of the amount of the next two percent (2%) of the Participant's reduction in
Recognized Compensation for such Plan Year.

         3.3.3. Allocation. The Employer matching contribution which is made
with respect to a Participant shall be allocated to that Participant's Employer
Matching Account for the Plan Year with respect to which it is made and, for the
purposes of Section 4, shall be credited as soon as practicable after it is
received by the Trustee.

3.4. Discretionary Contributions.

         3.4.1. Amount. The Employer may (but shall not be required to) make
discretionary contributions from year to year during the continuance of the Plan
in such amounts as the Employer shall from time to time determine. Such
contributions shall be delivered to the Trustee for deposit in the Fund not
later than the time prescribed by federal law (including extensions) for filing
the federal income tax return of the Employer for the taxable year in which the
Plan Year ends.

         3.4.2. Allocation. The Employer discretionary contribution for a Plan
Year shall be allocated to the Employer Profit Sharing Accounts of eligible
Participants under Section 3.5. The contribution shall be allocated to the
Employer Profit Sharing Accounts of eligible Participants in the ratio which the
Recognized Compensation of each such eligible Participant for the Plan Year
bears to the Recognized Compensation for such Plan Year of all such eligible
Participants. The amount so allocated to an eligible Participant shall be
allocated to such Participant's Employer Profit Sharing Account for the Plan
Year with respect to which it is made and, for the purposes of Section 4, shall
be credited as soon as practicable after it is received by the Trustee.

         3.4.3. Advance Contributions. If the Employer shall make and designate
a discretionary contribution for allocation as of an Annual Valuation Date which
is subsequent to the actual date of contribution, then:

                                      -20-
<PAGE>

         (a)      such contribution will be segregated for investment purposes
                  by the Trustee from the other assets of the Fund until such
                  subsequent Annual Valuation Date, and

         (b)      the amount of such segregated contribution (adjusted for gains
                  or losses) shall be allocated as of such Annual Valuation Date
                  as if it were an Employer contribution made in fact on that
                  Annual Valuation Date.

3.5. Eligible Participants. For purposes of this Section 3, a Participant shall
be an eligible Participant for a Plan Year only if such Participant satisfies
all of the following requirements in either (a) or (b) below:

         (a)      the Participant:

                  (i)      is credited with at least one thousand (1,000) Hours
                           of Service for such Plan Year, and

                  (ii)     is on the last day of such Plan Year, an employee of
                           the Employer (including for this purpose any
                           Participant who then is on temporary layoff or
                           authorized leave of absence or who, during such Plan
                           Year, was inducted into the Armed Forces of the
                           United States from employment with the Employer); or

         (b)      the Participant terminates employment with the Employer within
                  the Plan Year by reason of death, retirement at or after the
                  Participant's Normal Retirement Age or Disability.

No other Participant shall be an eligible Participant.

3.6. Adjustments.

         3.6.1. Make-Up Contributions for Omitted Participants. If, after the
Employer's contribution for a Plan Year has been made and allocated, it should
appear that, through oversight or a mistake of fact or law, a Participant (or an
employee who should have been considered a Participant) who should have been
entitled to share in such contribution received no allocation or received an
allocation which was less than the Participant should have received, the
Committee may, at its election, and in lieu of reallocating such contribution,
direct the Employer to make a special make-up contribution (or direct that
forfeitures be used) for the Account of such Participant in an amount adequate
to provide the same addition to the Participant's Account for such Plan Year as
the Participant should have received.

         3.6.2. Mistaken Contributions. If, after the Employer's contribution
for a Plan Year has been made and allocated, it should appear that, through
oversight or a mistake of fact or law, a

                                      -21-
<PAGE>

Participant (or an individual who was not a Participant) received an allocation
which was more than the Participant should have received, the Committee may
direct that the mistaken contribution, adjusted for its pro rata share of any
net loss or net gain in the value of the Fund which accrued while such mistaken
contribution was held therein, shall be withdrawn from the Account of such
individual and retained in the Fund and used to reduce the amount of the next
succeeding contribution of the Employer to the Fund due after the determination
that such mistaken contribution had occurred.

3.7. Rollover Contributions.

         3.7.1. Contingent Provision. The provisions of this Rollover
Contributions Section shall be subject to such conditions and limitations as the
Committee may prescribe from time to time for administrative convenience and to
preserve the tax-qualified status of the Plan.

         3.7.2. Eligible Contributions. Each employee in Recognized Employment
may contribute to the Plan, within such time and in such form and manner as may
be prescribed by the Committee in accordance with those provisions of federal
law relating to rollover contributions, cash (or the cash proceeds from
distributed property) received by the Participant or employee in an eligible
rollover distribution from a qualified plan or from an individual retirement
account or annuity established solely to hold such eligible rollover
distribution. Also, the Committee may establish rules and conditions regarding
the acceptance of direct rollovers under section 401(a)(31) of the Code from
trustees or custodians of other qualified pension, profit sharing or stock bonus
plans.

         3.7.3. Specific Review. The Committee shall have the right to reject,
or to direct the Trustee to return, any such rollover contribution if, in the
opinion of the Committee, the acceptance thereof might jeopardize the
tax-qualified status of the Plan or unduly complicate its administration, but
the acceptance of any such rollover contribution shall not be regarded as an
opinion or guarantee on the part of the Employer, the Committee, the Trustee or
the Plan as to the tax consequences which may result to the contributing
Participant thereby.

         3.7.4. Allocation. The rollover contribution made by an employee in
Recognized Employment to the Plan shall be allocated to the Participant's
Rollover Account and, for the purposes of Section 4, shall be credited as soon
as practicable after it is received by the Trustee.

3.8. Limitation on Annual Additions. In no event shall amounts be allocated to
the Account of any Participant if, or to the extent, such amounts would exceed
the limitations set forth in Appendix A to this Plan Statement.

3.9. Effect of Disallowance of Deduction or Mistake of Fact. All Employer
contributions to the Plan are conditioned on their qualification for deduction
for federal income tax purposes under section 404 of the Code. If any such
deduction should be disallowed, in whole or in part, for any Employer
contribution to the Plan for any year, or if any Employer contribution to the
Plan is made by reason of a mistake of fact,

                                      -22-
<PAGE>

then there shall be calculated the excess of the amount contributed over the
amount that would have been contributed had there not occurred a mistake in
determining the deduction or a mistake of fact. The Principal Sponsor shall
direct the Trustee to return such excess, adjusted for its pro rata share of any
net loss (but not any net gain) in the value of the Fund which accrued while
such excess was held therein, to the Employer within one (1) year of the
disallowance of the deduction or the mistaken payment of the contribution, as
the case may be. If the return of such amount would cause the balance of any
Account of any Participant to be reduced to less than the balance which would
have been in such Account had the mistaken amount not been contributed, however,
the amount to be returned to the Employer shall be limited so as to avoid such
reduction.

                                      -23-
<PAGE>

                                    SECTION 4

                      INVESTMENT AND ADJUSTMENT OF ACCOUNTS

4.1. Establishment of Subfunds.

         4.1.1. Establishing Commingled Subfunds. At the direction of the
Committee, the Trustee shall divide the Fund into two (2) or more Subfunds,
which shall serve as vehicles for the investment of Participants' Accounts. The
Committee shall determine the general investment characteristics and objectives
of each Subfund and, with respect to each Subfund, shall either (i) designate
that the Trustee or an Investment Manager or the Committee has investment
discretion over such Subfund, or (ii) designate one or more selected pooled
investment vehicles (such as collective funds, group trusts, mutual funds, group
annuity contracts and separate accounts under insurance contracts) to constitute
such Subfund. The Trustee, Investment Manager or the Committee, as the case may
be, shall have complete investment discretion over each Subfund to which it has
been assigned investment discretion, subject only to the general investment
characteristics and objectives established for the particular Subfund.

         4.1.2. Individual Subfunds. The Committee also may (but is not required
to) establish additional Subfunds that consist solely of all or a part of the
assets of a single Participant's Total Account, which assets the Participant
controls by investment directives to the Trustee and which may not be commingled
with the assets of any other Participant's Accounts. In no event, however, shall
the Participant be allowed to direct the investment of assets in such individual
Subfund in any work of art, rug or antique, metal or gem, stamp or coin,
alcoholic beverage or other similar tangible personal property if the investment
in such property shall have been prohibited by the Secretary of the Treasury.

         Each Participant, each Beneficiary and each Alternate Payee for whom an
individually directed Subfund is maintained shall be responsible for the
exercise of any voting or similar rights which exist with respect to assets in
such individually directed Subfund. The Trustee shall cooperate with
Participants, Beneficiaries and Alternate Payees to permit them to exercise such
rights. The Trustee shall not independently exercise such rights. Any
Beneficiary of a deceased Participant with an individually directed Subfund
shall have the responsibility to direct investments for such Subfund until the
Beneficiary directs the Trustee otherwise in writing.

         4.1.3. Operational Rules. The Committee shall adopt rules specifying
the circumstances under which a particular Subfund may be elected, or shall be
automatically utilized, the minimum or maximum amount or percentage of an
Account which may be invested in a particular Subfund, the procedures for making
or changing investment elections, the extent (if any) to which Beneficiaries of
deceased Participants may make investment elections and the effect of a
Participant's or Beneficiary's failure to make an effective election with
respect to all or any portion of an Account.

                                      -24-
<PAGE>

         4.1.4. Revising Subfunds. The Committee shall have the power, from time
to time, to dissolve Subfunds, to direct that additional Subfunds be established
and, under rules, to withdraw or limit participation in a particular Subfund. In
connection with the power to commingle reserved to the Trustee under Section
10.6, the Committee shall also have the power to direct the Trustee to
consolidate any separate Subfunds hereunder with any other separate Subfunds
having the same investment objectives which are established under any other
retirement plan trust fund of the Employer or any business entity affiliated in
ownership or management with the Employer of which the Trustee is trustee and
which are managed by the Trustee or the same Investment Manager.

         4.1.5. ERISA Section 404(c) Compliance. The Committee may establish
investment Subfunds and operational rules which are intended to satisfy section
404(c) of ERISA and the regulations thereunder. Such investment Subfunds shall
permit Participants, Beneficiaries and Alternate Payees the opportunity to
choose from at least three investment alternatives, each of which is
diversified, each of which presents materially different risk and return
characteristics, and which, in the aggregate, enable Participants, Beneficiaries
and Alternate Payees to achieve a portfolio with appropriate risk and return
characteristics consistent with minimizing risk through diversification. Such
operational rules shall provide the following, and shall otherwise comply with
section 404(c) of ERISA and the regulations and rules promulgated thereunder
from time to time:

         (a)      Participants, Beneficiaries and Alternate Payees may give
                  investment instructions to the Trustee at least once every
                  three months;

         (b)      the Trustee must follow the investment instructions of
                  Participants, Beneficiaries and Alternate Payees that comply
                  with the Plan's operational rules, provided that the Trustee
                  may in any event decline to follow any investment instructions
                  that:

                  (i)      would result in a prohibited transaction described in
                           section 406 of ERISA or section 4975 of the Code;

                  (ii)     would result in the acquisition of an asset that
                           might generate income which is taxable to the Plan;

                  (iii)    would not be in accordance with the documents and
                           instruments governing the Plan insofar as they are
                           consistent with Title I of ERISA;

                  (iv)     would cause a fiduciary to maintain indicia of
                           ownership of any assets of the Plan outside of the
                           jurisdiction of the district courts of the United
                           States other than as permitted by section 404(b) of
                           ERISA and Department of Labor regulation section
                           2050.404b-1;

                  (v)      would jeopardize the Plan's tax status under the
                           Code;

                                      -25-
<PAGE>

                  (vi)     could result in a loss in excess of a Participant's,
                           Beneficiary's or Alternate Payee's Account balance;

         (c)      Participants, Beneficiaries and Alternate Payees shall be
                  periodically informed of actual expenses to their Accounts
                  which are imposed by the Plan and which are related to their
                  Plan investment decisions.

         (d)      With respect to any Subfund consisting of Employer securities
                  and intended to satisfy the requirements of section 404(c) of
                  ERISA, (i) Participants, Beneficiaries and Alternate Payees
                  shall be entitled to all voting, tender and other rights
                  appurtenant to the ownership of such securities, (ii)
                  procedures shall be established to ensure the confidential
                  exercise of such rights, except to the extent necessary to
                  comply with federal and state laws not preempted by ERISA, and
                  (iii) the Trustee or other independent fiduciary designated by
                  the Committee shall ensure the sufficiency of and compliance
                  with such confidentiality procedures.

4.2. Valuation and Adjustment of Accounts.

         4.2.1. Valuation of Fund. The Trustee shall value each Subfund from
time to time (but not less frequently than each Annual Valuation Date), which
valuation shall reflect, as nearly as possible, the then fair market value of
the assets comprising such Subfund (including income accumulations therein). In
making such valuations, the Trustee may rely upon information supplied by any
Investment Manager having investment responsibility over the particular Subfund.

         4.2.2. Adjustment of Accounts. The Principal Sponsor shall cause the
value of each Account or portion of an Account invested in a particular Subfund
(including undistributed Total Accounts) to be increased (or decreased) from
time to time for distributions, contributions, investment gains (or losses) and
expenses charged to the Account.

         4.2.3. Rules. The Committee shall establish additional rules for the
adjustment of Accounts, including the times when contributions shall be credited
under Section 3 for the purposes of allocating gains or losses under this
Section 4.

4.3. Management and Investment of Fund. The Fund in the hands of the Trustee,
together with all additional contributions made thereto and together with all
net income thereof, shall be controlled, managed, invested, reinvested and
ultimately paid and distributed to Participants, Beneficiaries and Alternate
Payees by the Trustee with all the powers, rights and discretions generally
possessed by trustees, and with all the additional powers, rights and
discretions conferred upon the Trustee under this Plan Statement. Except to the
extent that the Trustee is subject to the authorized and properly given
investment directions or other directions of a Participant, a Beneficiary, an
Alternate Payee, an Investment Manager

                                      -26-
<PAGE>

or the Committee, and subject to the directions of the Committee with respect to
the payment of benefits hereunder, the Trustee shall have the exclusive
authority to manage and control the assets of the Fund and shall not be subject
to the direction of any person in the discharge of its duties, nor shall its
authority be subject to delegation or modification except by formal amendment of
this Plan Statement.

                                      -27-
<PAGE>

                                    SECTION 5

                                     VESTING

5.1. Employer Profit Sharing Account.

         5.1.1. Graduated Vesting. Except as hereinafter provided, the Vested
portion of each Participant's Employer Profit Sharing Account shall be
determined in accordance with the following schedule:

          When the Participant Has                 The Vested Portion of the
           Completed the Following               Participant's Employer Profit
          Years of Vesting Service:                Sharing Account Will Be:
          -------------------------              -----------------------------

         Less than 2 years                                      0%
         2 years but less than 3 years                         25%
         3 years but less than 4 years                         50%
         4 years but less than 5 years                         75%
         5 years or more                                      100%

         5.1.2. Full Vesting. Notwithstanding any of the foregoing provisions
for vesting of Employer Profit Sharing Accounts, each Participant's Employer
Profit Sharing Account shall become fully (100%) vested upon the earliest
occurrence of any of the following events while in the employment of the
Employer or an Affiliate:

         (a)      the Participant's death,

         (b)      the Participant's attainment of Normal Retirement Age,

         (c)      the Participant's Disability,

         (d)      a partial termination of the Plan which is effective as to the
                  Participant, or

         (e)      a complete termination of the Plan or a complete
                  discontinuance of Employer contributions hereto.

         5.1.3. Full Vesting Upon Plan Termination Before Forfeiture Event. If a
Participant is not in the employment of the Employer or an Affiliate upon a
complete termination of the Plan or a complete discontinuance of Employer
contributions hereto, then the Participant's Employer Profit Sharing

                                      -28-
<PAGE>

Account shall become fully (100%) vested if, on the date of such termination or
discontinuance, such Participant has not had a "forfeiture event" as described
in Section 6.2.1.

         5.1.4. Special Rule for Partial Distributions. If a distribution is
made of less than the entire Employer Profit Sharing Account of a Participant
who is not then fully (100%) vested, then until the Participant's Employer
Profit Sharing Account becomes fully (100%) vested or until the Participant
incurs five (5) or more consecutive One-Year Breaks in Service, whichever first
occurs, the Participant's Vested interest in such Employer Profit Sharing
Account at any relevant time shall not be less than an amount ("X") determined
by the formula X = P(B + D) - D. For the purpose of applying the formula, "P" is
the Vested percentage at the relevant time (determined pursuant to Section 5);
"B" is the account balance at the relevant time; and "D" is the amount of the
distribution.

         5.1.5. Effect of Break on Vesting. If a Participant who is not fully
(100%) vested incurs five (5) or more consecutive One-Year Breaks in Service,
returns to Recognized Employment and is thereafter eligible for any additional
allocation of Employer contributions, the Participant's undistributed Employer
Profit Sharing Account, if any, attributable to Employer contributions allocated
as of a date before such five (5) consecutive One-Year Breaks in Service and the
Participant's new Employer Profit Sharing Account attributable to Employer
contributions allocated as of a date after such five (5) consecutive One-Year
Breaks in Service shall be separately maintained for vesting purposes until the
Participant's Employer Profit Sharing Account becomes fully (100%) Vested.

5.2. Other Accounts. Each Participant's Retirement Savings Account, Employer
Matching Account, Rollover Account and Transfer Account shall be fully (100%)
vested at all times.

                                      -29-
<PAGE>

                                    SECTION 6

                                    MATURITY

6.1. Events of Maturity. A Participant's Total Account shall mature and the
Vested portion shall become distributable in accordance with Section 7 upon the
earliest occurrence of any of the following events while in the employment of
the Employer or an Affiliate:

         (a)      the Participant's death;

         (b)      the Participant's separation from service, whether voluntary
                  or involuntary;

         (c)      the attainment of age seventy and one-half (70-1/2) years by a
                  Participant who is a five percent (5%) owner (as defined in
                  Appendix B) at any time during the year in which the
                  Participant attained age seventy and one-half (70-1/2) years
                  and the crediting of any amounts to such a Participant's
                  Account after such time;

         (d)      the Participant's Disability;

         (e)      the disposition by the Employer (which is a corporation) to an
                  unrelated corporation of substantially all the assets (within
                  the meaning of section 409(d)(2) of the Code) used by the
                  Employer in a trade or business of the Employer, if the
                  Employer continues to maintain this Plan after the
                  disposition, but only with respect to employees who continue
                  employment with the corporation acquiring such assets and only
                  if the purchase and sale agreement specifically authorizes
                  distribution of this Plan's assets in connection with such
                  disposition; or

         (f)      the disposition by the Employer (which is a corporation) to an
                  unrelated corporation of the Employer's interest in a
                  subsidiary (within the meaning of section 409(d)(3) of the
                  Code), if the Employer continues to maintain this Plan after
                  the disposition, but only with respect to employees who
                  continue employment with such subsidiary and only if the
                  purchase and sale agreement specifically authorizes
                  distribution of this Plan's assets in connection with such
                  disposition;

provided, however, that a transfer from Recognized Employment to employment with
the Employer that is other than Recognized Employment or a transfer from the
employment of one Employer participating in the Plan to another such Employer or
to any Affiliate shall not constitute an Event of Maturity.

                                      -30-
<PAGE>

6.2. Forfeitures.

         6.2.1. Forfeiture of Nonvested Portion of Accounts. Following the
occurrence of a Participant's Event of Maturity, the non-Vested portion of the
Participant's Employer Profit Sharing Account, if any, shall be forfeited as
soon as administratively practicable on or after the Participant's forfeiture
event. A forfeiture event shall occur with respect to a Participant upon the
earliest of:

         (a)      a Period of Severance of five (5) years,

         (b)      the distribution after an Event of Maturity to (or with
                  respect to) a Participant of the entire Vested portion of the
                  Total Account of the Participant,

         (c)      the death of the Participant at a time and under circumstances
                  which do not entitle the Participant to be fully (100%) Vested
                  in the Participant's Total Account, or

         (d)      the Event of Maturity of a Participant who has no Vested
                  interest in the Participant's Total Account.

         6.2.2. Restoration Upon Rehire After Forfeiture. If the Participant
returns to Recognized Employment with the Employer or an Affiliate after the
non-Vested portion of the Participant's Employer Profit Sharing Account has been
forfeited and before the Participant has incurred a Period of Severance of five
(5) years, the amount so forfeited shall be restored to the Participant's
Employer Profit Sharing Account as of the Valuation Date coincident with or next
following the date the Participant returns (without adjustment for gains or
losses after such forfeiture).

         Notwithstanding the foregoing, such restoration shall be made only if
the Participant repays to the Trustee for deposit in the Fund and crediting to
the Participant's Retirement Savings Account, Employer Matching Account and
Employer Profit Sharing Account the entire amount, if any, distributed to (or
with respect to) the Participant after the Event of Maturity. Such repayment
cannot be "rolled over" from an individual retirement arrangement. If the
distribution was on account of separation from service, such repayment must be
made, however, before the earlier of (i) five (5) years after the first day on
which the Participant is subsequently reemployed by the Employer or Affiliate,
or (ii) the close of the first Period of Severance of five (5) years commencing
after the distribution. If the distribution was on account of any other reason,
such repayment must be made within five (5) years after the date of
distribution. In either case, such repayment must be made before the occurrence
of a Period of Severance of five (5) years after the Event of Maturity and
before the termination of this Plan or the permanent discontinuance of Employer
contributions to this Plan.

         6.2.3. Use of Forfeitures. Forfeitures shall be used for the following
purposes (and, unless the Committee determines otherwise, in the following
order): to make restorations for rehired Participants, to reduce Employer
matching contributions,

                                      -31-
<PAGE>

to reduce Employer discretionary contributions, to reduce Plan expenses in the
Plan Year in which the Participant's forfeiture event occurred or in the
succeeding Plan Year, or to correct errors, omissions and exclusions. To the
extent forfeitures are used to reduce Employer matching contributions, they
shall be added as soon as administratively practicable to the reduced Employer
matching contribution, if any, to be allocated to the Employer Matching Accounts
of all Participants, as provided in Section 3.3. To the extent forfeitures are
used to reduce Employer discretionary contributions, they shall be added as soon
as administratively practicable to the reduced Employer discretionary
contribution, if any, to be allocated to the Employer Profit Sharing Accounts of
all Participants as provided in Section 3.4. Any forfeitures remaining at the
termination of the Plan shall be considered to be a discretionary contribution
and shall be allocated pursuant to Section 3.4.

         6.2.4. Source of Restoration. The amount necessary to make the
restoration required under Section 6.2.2 shall come first from the forfeitures
of Participants. If such forfeitures are not adequate for this purpose, the
rehiring Employer shall make a contribution adequate to make the restoration (in
addition to any contributions made under Section 3).

                                      -32-
<PAGE>

                                    SECTION 7

                             DISTRIBUTIONS AND LOANS

7.1. Distributions to Participants Upon Event of Maturity.

         7.1.1. Application For Distribution Required. No distribution shall be
made from the Plan until the Committee has received an application for
distribution from the Participant entitled to receive distribution. The
Committee may prescribe rules regarding the form of such application, the method
of filing such application (including telephonic, electronic or similar methods)
and the information required to be furnished in connection with such
application.

         (a)      Exception for Small Amounts. If a Participant whose Vested
                  Total Account does not exceed Five Thousand Dollars ($5,000)
                  incurs an Event of Maturity, then such Vested Total Account
                  shall be distributed automatically in a single lump sum as
                  soon as administratively practicable following such Event of
                  Maturity without an application for distribution. A
                  Participant who has no Vested interest in the Participant's
                  Total Account as of the Participant's Event of Maturity shall
                  be deemed to have received an immediate distribution of the
                  Participant's entire interest in the Plan as of such Event of
                  Maturity.

         (b)      Exception for Required Distributions. Any Vested Total Account
                  for which no application has been timely received on or before
                  the required beginning date effective as to a Participant
                  under Section 7.1.5 or Section 7.1.6, shall be distributed
                  automatically in a single lump sum without an application for
                  distribution.

         7.1.2. Spousal Consent Not Required. The consent of a Participant's
spouse shall not be required to make distributions from the Plan.

         7.1.3. Form of Distribution. The only form of distribution available
under this Plan is a lump sum payment.

         7.1.4. Time of Distribution. Upon the receipt of a proper application
from the Participant requesting distribution after an Event of Maturity, and
after the right of the Participant to receive a distribution has been
established, the Committee shall cause the Trustee to determine the value of the
Participant's Vested Total Account and to make distribution of such Vested Total
Account in a single lump sum as soon as administratively practicable after the
Participant requests a distribution. No distribution, however, shall be made as
of a Valuation Date preceding the date the Participant's application is received
by the Committee.

                                      -33-
<PAGE>

         7.1.5. Required Beginning Date for Non-Five Percent (5%) Owners.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, distribution to the Participant shall be made not
later than the required beginning date, which is the later of (i) the April 1
following the calendar year in which the Participant attains age seventy and
one-half (70-1/2) years, or (ii) the April 1 following the calendar year in
which the Participant terminates employment.

         7.1.6. Required Beginning Date for Five Percent (5%) Owners.
Notwithstanding any other provision of this Plan Statement, if the Participant
is a five percent (5%) owner (as defined in Appendix B) at any time during the
Plan Year in which such Participant attains age seventy and one-half (70-1/2)
years, distribution shall not be made later than the required beginning date.
The required beginning date for such Participant shall be the April 1 following
the calendar year in which the Participant attains age seventy and one-half
(70-1/2) years. If any amounts are thereafter credited to such Participant's
Accounts, then for purposes of Section 7.1.1(b) each subsequent December 31
shall be treated as a required beginning date.

         7.1.7. Effect of Reemployment. If a Participant is reemployed by the
Employer or an Affiliate before the Participant attains Normal Retirement Age
and before distribution is completed, the Participant's Vested Total Account
shall continue to be held in the Fund until the Participant incurs another Event
of Maturity after the Participant's reemployment. It is the general intent of
this Plan that no distributions shall be made before the Normal Retirement Age
of a Participant while the Participant is employed by the Employer or an
Affiliate.

         7.1.8. Death Prior to Distribution. If a Participant dies after the
Participant's Event of Maturity but before distribution of the Participant's
Vested Total Account has been completed, the undistributed Vested Total Account
shall be distributed to the Participant's Beneficiary as provided in Section
7.3.

7.2. In-Service Distributions and Hardship Distributions.

         7.2.1. Age 59-1/2 Distributions. A Participant may receive a
distribution while employed from the vested portion of the Accounts listed in
(b) below if the Participant has attained age fifty-nine and one-half (59-1/2)
years. To receive such a distribution, the Participant must apply to the
Committee. In the application, the Participant shall specify the dollar amount
to be distributed. Such distribution shall be approved by the Committee and such
distribution shall be made in a lump sum cash payment as soon as
administratively practicable following the approval of the application by the
Committee.

         (a)      Spousal Consent Not Required. Spousal consent shall not be
                  required to make an age 59-1/2 distribution to a married
                  Participant.

                                      -34-
<PAGE>

         (b)      Sequence of Accounts. Each distribution made pursuant to this
                  Section 7.2. shall first be taken from and charged to the
                  Participant's Accounts in the following sequence:

                                     Rollover Account
                                     Transfer Account
                                 Employer Matching Account
                              Employer Profit Sharing Account
                                Retirement Savings Account.

         (c)      Coordination with Section 4.1. If a distribution is made from
                  an Account which is invested in more than one (1) Subfund
                  authorized and established under Section 4.1, the amount
                  distributed shall be charged to each Subfund in the same
                  proportions as the Account is invested in each Subfund.

         7.2.2. Hardship Distributions. A Participant may receive a hardship
distribution while employed from the Vested portion of the Accounts listed in
(e) below if the Committee determines that such hardship distribution is for one
of the purposes described in (a) below and the conditions in (b) and (d) below
have been fulfilled. To receive such a distribution, the Participant must apply
to the Committee. In the application, the Participant shall specify the dollar
amount to be distributed. Such hardship distribution shall be approved by the
Committee and such hardship distribution shall be made in a lump sum cash
payment as soon as administratively practicable following the approval of the
application by the Committee.

         (a)      Purposes. Hardship distributions shall be allowed under
                  Section 7.2.2 only if the Participant establishes that the
                  hardship distribution is to be made for one of the following
                  purposes:

                  (i)      expenses for medical care described in section 213(d)
                           of the Code previously incurred by the Participant,
                           the Participant's spouse or any dependents of the
                           Participant (as defined in section 152 of the Code)
                           or necessary for these persons to obtain medical care
                           described in section 213(d) of the Code,

                  (ii)     costs directly related to the purchase of a principal
                           residence for the Participant (excluding mortgage
                           payments),

                  (iii)    payment of tuition, related educational fees and room
                           and board expenses for the next twelve (12) months of
                           post-secondary education for the Participant, or the
                           Participant's spouse, children or dependents (as
                           defined in section 152 of the Code), or

                                      -35-
<PAGE>

                  (iv)     payments necessary to prevent the eviction of the
                           Participant from the Participant's principal
                           residence or foreclosure on the mortgage of that
                           principal residence.

                  Such purposes shall be considered to be an immediate and heavy
                  financial need of the Participant.

         (b)      Limitations. In no event shall the cumulative amount of
                  hardship distributions withdrawn from a Participant's
                  Retirement Savings Account exceed the amount of contributions
                  to that Account made pursuant to Section 3.2 (i.e., hardship
                  distributions from that Account shall not include any earnings
                  on such contributions or any curative allocations or earnings
                  on curative allocations made pursuant to Section 2.1.3 of
                  Appendix D). The amount of the hardship distribution shall not
                  exceed the amount of the Participant's immediate and heavy
                  financial need; provided, however, that the amount of the
                  immediate and heavy financial need may include amounts
                  necessary to pay any federal, state, or local income taxes or
                  penalties reasonably anticipated to result from the
                  distribution. In addition, a hardship distribution which
                  includes a portion of the Participant's Retirement Savings
                  Account shall not be allowed unless the Participant has
                  obtained all distributions, other than hardship distributions,
                  and all nontaxable loans (at the time of the loan) currently
                  available under all plans maintained by the Employer and
                  Affiliates. Other funds are not currently available unless the
                  funds are available prior to or coincidently with the date the
                  hardship distribution is available.

         (c)      Spousal Consent Not Required. Spousal consent shall not be
                  required to make a hardship distribution to a married
                  Participant.

         (d)      Coordination with Other Plans. The rules described in this
                  Section 7.2.2(d) apply only if the hardship distribution
                  includes a portion of the Participant's Retirement Savings
                  Account. The Participant's Retirement Savings Election and
                  elective contributions and employee contributions under all
                  other plans maintained by the Employer and Affiliates shall be
                  canceled for twelve (12) months after receipt of a hardship
                  distribution and shall not be automatically reinstated.
                  Thereafter, the Participant may, upon giving prior notice to
                  the Committee, enter into a new Retirement Savings Election
                  effective as of any subsequent Enrollment Date following such
                  twelve (12) month period, provided the Participant is in
                  Recognized Employment on that date. In addition, the
                  Participant shall not be allowed to make elective
                  contributions under the Plan and all other plans maintained by
                  the Employer and Affiliates for the Participant's taxable year
                  immediately following the taxable year of the hardship
                  distribution which exceed the dollar limit in effect for that
                  taxable year under section 402(g) of the Code

                                      -36-
<PAGE>

                  (which is $10,500 for 2000 and which is adjusted under the
                  Code for cost-of-living increases) less the amount of such
                  Participant's elective contributions for the taxable year of
                  the hardship distribution. For the purposes of this Section
                  7.2.2(d), all other plans maintained by the Employer and
                  Affiliates shall mean all qualified and nonqualified plans of
                  deferred compensation maintained by the Employer and
                  Affiliates (including stock option, stock purchase or similar
                  plans).

         (e)      Sequence of Accounts. Each hardship distribution made pursuant
                  to this Section 7.2.2 shall first be taken from and charged to
                  the Participant's Accounts in the following sequence:

                                      Rollover Account
                               Employer Profit Sharing Account
                                 Retirement Savings Account.

         (f)      Coordination with Section 4.1. If the hardship distribution is
                  made from a Retirement Savings Account which is invested in
                  more than one (1) Subfund authorized and established under
                  Section 4.1, the amount withdrawn shall be charged to each
                  Subfund in the same proportions as the Retirement Savings
                  Account is invested in each Subfund.

7.3. Distributions to Beneficiary.

         7.3.1. Application For Distribution Required. No distribution shall be
made from the Plan until the Committee has received an application for
distribution from the Beneficiary of a Participant entitled to receive
distribution. The Committee may prescribe rules regarding the form of such
application, the method of filing such application (including telephonic,
electronic or similar methods) and the information required to be furnished in
connection with such application.

         (a)      Exception for Small Amounts. Upon the death of a Participant
                  whose Vested Total Account does not exceed Five Thousand
                  Dollars ($5,000), such Participant's Vested Total Account
                  shall be distributed to the Beneficiary in a single lump sum
                  as soon as administratively practicable following such
                  Participant's death without an application for distribution.

         (b)      Exception for Required Distributions. Any Vested Total Account
                  for which no application has been timely received on or before
                  the required beginning date effective as to a Beneficiary
                  under Section 7.3.4, shall be distributed automatically in a
                  single lump sum without an application for distribution.

                                      -37-
<PAGE>

         7.3.2. Form of Distribution. The only form of distribution available
under this Plan is a lump sum payment.

         7.3.3. Time of Distribution. Upon the receipt of a proper application
for distribution from the Beneficiary after the Participant's death, and after
the right of the Beneficiary to receive a distribution has been established, the
Committee shall cause the Trustee to determine the value of the Participant's
Vested Total Account and to make distribution of such Vested Total Account in a
single lump sum as soon as administratively practicable after the Beneficiary
requests a distribution. No distribution, however, shall be made as of a
Valuation Date preceding the date the Beneficiary's application is received by
the Committee.

         7.3.4. Required Beginning Date. Notwithstanding any other provision of
this Plan Statement, distribution to the Beneficiary of a Participant shall be
made not later than the required beginning date, which is the December 31 of the
calendar year in which occurs the fifth (5th) anniversary of the Participant's
death.

7.4. Designation of Beneficiaries.

         7.4.1. Right To Designate. Each Participant may designate, upon forms
to be furnished by and filed with the Committee, one or more primary
Beneficiaries or alternative Beneficiaries to receive all or a specified part of
the Participant's Vested Total Account in the event of the Participant's death.
The Participant may change or revoke any such designation from time to time
without notice to or consent from any Beneficiary or spouse. No such
designation, change or revocation shall be effective unless executed by the
Participant and received by the Committee during the Participant's lifetime.

         7.4.2. Spousal Consent. Notwithstanding the foregoing, a designation
will not be valid for the purpose of paying benefits from the Plan to anyone
other than a surviving spouse of the Participant (if there is a surviving
spouse) unless that surviving spouse consents in writing to the designation of
another person as Beneficiary. To be valid, the consent of such spouse must be
in writing, must acknowledge the effect of the designation of the Beneficiary
and must be witnessed by a notary public. The consent of the spouse must be to
the designation of a specific named Beneficiary which may not be changed without
further spousal consent, or alternatively, the consent of the spouse must
expressly permit the Participant to make and to change the designation of
Beneficiaries without any requirement of further spousal consent. The consent of
the spouse to a Beneficiary is a waiver of the spouse's rights to death benefits
under the Plan. The consent of the surviving spouse need not be given at the
time the designation is made. The consent of the surviving spouse need not be
given before the death of the Participant. The consent of the surviving spouse
will be required, however, before benefits can be paid to any person other than
the surviving spouse. The consent of a spouse shall be irrevocable and shall be
effective only with respect to that spouse.

                                      -38-
<PAGE>

         7.4.3. Failure of Designation. If a Participant:

         (a)      fails to designate a Beneficiary,

         (b)      designates a Beneficiary and thereafter such designation is
                  revoked without another Beneficiary being named, or

         (c)      designates one or more Beneficiaries and all such
                  Beneficiaries so designated fail to survive the Participant,

such Participant's Vested Total Account, or the part thereof as to which such
Participant's designation fails, as the case may be, shall be payable to the
first class of the following classes of automatic Beneficiaries with a member
surviving the Participant and (except in the case of the Participant's surviving
issue) in equal shares if there is more than one member in such class surviving
the Participant:

         Participant's surviving spouse
         Participant's surviving issue per stirpes and not per capita
         Participant's surviving parents
         Participant's surviving brothers and sisters
         Representative of Participant's estate.

         7.4.4. Disclaimers by Beneficiaries. A Beneficiary entitled to a
distribution of all or a portion of a deceased Participant's Vested Total
Account may disclaim his or her interest therein subject to the following
requirements. To be eligible to disclaim, a Beneficiary must be a natural
person, must not have received a distribution of all or any portion of a Vested
Total Account at the time such disclaimer is executed and delivered, and must
have attained at least age twenty-one (21) years as of the date of the
Participant's death. Any disclaimer must be in writing and must be executed
personally by the Beneficiary before a notary public. A disclaimer shall state
that the Beneficiary's entire interest in the undistributed Vested Total Account
is disclaimed or shall specify what portion thereof is disclaimed. To be
effective, duplicate original executed copies of the disclaimer must be both
executed and actually delivered to both the Committee and to the Trustee after
the date of the Participant's death but not later than nine (9) months after the
date of the Participant's death. A disclaimer shall be irrevocable when
delivered to both the Committee and the Trustee. A disclaimer shall be
considered to be delivered to the Committee or the Trustee only when actually
received by the Committee or the Trustee (and in the case of a corporate
Trustee, shall be considered to be delivered only when actually received by a
trust officer familiar with the affairs of the Plan). The Committee (and not the
Trustee) shall be the sole judge of the content, interpretation and validity of
a purported disclaimer. Upon the filing of a valid disclaimer, the Beneficiary
shall be considered not to have survived the Participant as to the interest
disclaimed. A disclaimer by a Beneficiary shall not be considered to be a
transfer of an interest in violation of the provisions of Section 8 and shall
not be

                                      -39-
<PAGE>

considered to be an assignment or alienation of benefits in violation of federal
law prohibiting the assignment or alienation of benefits under this Plan. No
other form of attempted disclaimer shall be recognized by either the Committee
or the Trustee.

         7.4.5. Definitions. When used herein and, unless the Participant has
otherwise specified in the Participant's Beneficiary designation, when used in a
Beneficiary designation, "issue" means all persons who are lineal descendants of
the person whose issue are referred to, subject to the following:

         (a)      a legally adopted child and the adopted child's lineal
                  descendants always shall be lineal descendants of each
                  adoptive parent (and of each adoptive parent's lineal
                  ancestors);

         (b)      a legally adopted child and the adopted child's lineal
                  descendants never shall be lineal descendants of any former
                  parent whose parental rights were terminated by the adoption
                  (or of that former parent's lineal ancestors); except that if,
                  after a child's parent has died, the child is legally adopted
                  by a stepparent who is the spouse of the child's surviving
                  parent, the child and the child's lineal descendants shall
                  remain lineal descendants of the deceased parent (and the
                  deceased parent's lineal ancestors);

         (c)      if the person (or a lineal descendant of the person) whose
                  issue are referred to is the parent of a child (or is treated
                  as such under applicable law) but never received the child
                  into that parent's home and never openly held out the child as
                  that parent's child (unless doing so was precluded solely by
                  death), then neither the child nor the child's lineal
                  descendants shall be issue of the person.

"Child" means an issue of the first generation; "per stirpes" means in equal
shares among living children of the person whose issue are referred to and the
issue (taken collectively) of each deceased child of such person, with such
issue taking by right of representation of such deceased child; and "survive"
and "surviving" mean living after the death of the Participant.

         7.4.6. Special Rules. Unless the Participant has otherwise specified in
the Participant's Beneficiary designation, the following rules shall apply:

         (a)      If there is not sufficient evidence that a Beneficiary was
                  living at the time of the death of the Participant, it shall
                  be deemed that the Beneficiary was not living at the time of
                  the death of the Participant.

         (b)      The automatic Beneficiaries specified in Section 7.4.3 and the
                  Beneficiaries designated by the Participant shall become fixed
                  at the time of the Participant's

                                      -40-
<PAGE>

                  death so that, if a Beneficiary survives the Participant but
                  dies before the receipt of all payments due such Beneficiary
                  hereunder, such remaining payments shall be payable to the
                  representative of such Beneficiary's estate.

         (c)      If the Participant designates as a Beneficiary the person who
                  is the Participant's spouse on the date of the designation,
                  either by name or by relationship, or both, the dissolution,
                  annulment or other legal termination of the marriage between
                  the Participant and such person shall automatically revoke
                  such designation. (The foregoing shall not prevent the
                  Participant from designating a former spouse as a Beneficiary
                  on a form executed by the Participant and received by the
                  Committee after the date of the legal termination of the
                  marriage between the Participant and such former spouse, and
                  during the Participant's lifetime.)

         (d)      Any designation of a nonspouse Beneficiary by name that is
                  accompanied by a description of relationship to the
                  Participant shall be given effect without regard to whether
                  the relationship to the Participant exists either then or at
                  the Participant's death.

         (e)      Any designation of a Beneficiary only by statement of
                  relationship to the Participant shall be effective only to
                  designate the person or persons standing in such relationship
                  to the Participant at the Participant's death.

A Beneficiary designation is permanently void if it either is executed or is
filed by a Participant who, at the time of such execution or filing, is then a
minor under the law of the state of the Participant's legal residence. The
Committee (and not the Trustee) shall be the sole judge of the content,
interpretation and validity of a purported Beneficiary designation.

7.5. General Distribution Rules.

         7.5.1. Notices. The Committee will issue such notices as may be
required under sections 402(f), 411(a)(11) and other sections of the Code in
connection with distributions from the Plan. No distribution will be made unless
it is consistent with such notice requirements. Generally, distributions may not
commence as of a date that is more than ninety (90) days or less than thirty
(30) days after such notices are given to the Participant. Distribution may
commence less than thirty (30) days after the notice required under section
1.411(a)-11(c) of the income tax regulations or the notice required under
section 1.402(f)-1 of the income tax regulations is given, provided however,
that:

         (a)      the Committee clearly informs the distributee that the
                  distributee has a right to a period of at least thirty (30)
                  days after receiving such notices to consider whether or not
                  to elect distribution;

                                      -41-
<PAGE>

         (b)      the distributee, after receiving the notice, affirmatively
                  elects a distribution; and

         (c)      the distributee may revoke an affirmative distribution
                  election by notifying the Committee of such revocation prior
                  to the date as of which such distribution is to be made.

         7.5.2. Direct Rollover. A distributee who is eligible to elect a direct
rollover may elect, at the time and in the manner prescribed by the Committee,
to have all or any portion of an eligible rollover distribution paid directly to
an eligible retirement plan specified by the distributee in a direct rollover. A
distributee who is eligible to elect a direct rollover includes only a
Participant, a Beneficiary who is the surviving spouse of a Participant and a
Participant's spouse or former spouse who is the Alternate Payee under a
qualified domestic relations order, as defined in Appendix C.

         (a)      Eligible rollover distribution means any distribution of all
                  or any portion of a Total Account to a distributee who is
                  eligible to elect a direct rollover except (i) any
                  distribution that is one of a series of substantially equal
                  installments payable not less frequently than annually over
                  the life expectancy of such distributee or the joint and last
                  survivor life expectancy of such distributee and such
                  distributee's "designated beneficiary" as determined under
                  section 401(a)(9) of the Code, and (ii) any distribution that
                  is one of a series of substantially equal installments payable
                  not less frequently than annually over a specified period of
                  ten (10) years or more, and (iii) any distribution to the
                  extent such distribution is required under section 401(a)(9)
                  of the Code, and (iv) any hardship distribution described
                  under section 401(k)(2)(B)(i)(IV) of the Code that is made
                  after December 31, 1999, and (v) the portion of any
                  distribution that is not includible in gross income
                  (determined without regard to the exclusion for net unrealized
                  appreciation with respect to employer securities).

         (b)      Eligible retirement plan means (i) an individual retirement
                  account described in section 408(a) of the Code, or (ii) an
                  individual retirement annuity described in section 408(b) of
                  the Code, or (iii) an annuity plan described in section 403(a)
                  of the Code, or (iv) a qualified trust described in section
                  401(a) of the Code that accepts the eligible rollover
                  distribution. However, in the case of an eligible rollover
                  distribution to a Beneficiary who is the surviving spouse of a
                  Participant, an eligible retirement plan is only an individual
                  retirement account or individual retirement annuity as
                  described in section 408 of the Code.

         (c)      Direct rollover means the payment of an eligible rollover
                  distribution by the Plan to the eligible retirement plan
                  specified by the distributee who is eligible to elect a direct
                  rollover.

                                      -42-
<PAGE>

         7.5.3. Compliance with Section 401(a)(9) of the Code. Notwithstanding
the foregoing provisions of this Section 7, all distributions under this Plan
shall comply with the minimum distribution requirements of section 401(a)(9) of
the Code.

         7.5.4. Distribution in Cash. Distribution of a Participant's Vested
Total Account shall be made in cash. If, however, the Vested Total Account to be
distributed is in whole or in part invested in an individual Subfund, at the
election of the distributee, the Trustee shall cause distribution of that
portion of the Vested Total Account to be made in kind.

         7.5.5. Facility of Payment. In case of the legal disability, including
minority, of a Participant, Beneficiary or Alternate Payee entitled to receive
any distribution under the Plan, payment shall be made, if the Committee shall
be advised of the existence of such condition:

         (a)      to the duly appointed guardian, conservator or other legal
                  representative of such Participant, Beneficiary or Alternate
                  Payee, or

         (b)      to a person or institution entrusted with the care or
                  maintenance of the incompetent or disabled Participant,
                  Beneficiary or Alternate Payee, provided, however, such person
                  or institution has satisfied the Committee that the payment
                  will be used for the best interest and assist in the care of
                  such Participant, Beneficiary or Alternate Payee, and provided
                  further, that no prior claim for said payment has been made by
                  a duly appointed guardian, conservator or other legal
                  representative of such Participant, Beneficiary or Alternate
                  Payee.

Any payment made in accordance with the foregoing provisions of this Section
shall constitute a complete discharge of any liability or obligation of the
Employer, the Committee, the Trustee and the Fund therefor.

7.6. Loans. The provisions of this Section shall be subject to the following
rules, conditions and limitations:

         7.6.1. Availability. Loans shall be made available to all Participants
(without regard to whether they are actively employed by the Employer or an
Affiliate) subject to limitations and conditions established under this Section
on a reasonably equivalent basis and shall not be made available to Highly
Compensated Employees in an amount (expressed as a percentage of the Vested
Total Account) greater than is made available to other employees.

         7.6.2. Spousal Consent Not Required. Spousal consent shall not be
required to make a loan to a married Participant.

                                      -43-
<PAGE>

         7.6.3. Administration. Loan requests shall be granted or denied solely
on the basis of this Section. There shall be no discretion to grant or deny a
loan request. Denials shall be processed under the claims procedure rules of the
Plan. Loans shall be approved (or denied) by the Committee. The Committee shall
be contacted for this purpose at the address shown in the summary plan
description. A copy of these rules, loan application forms, specimen promissory
notes and any other information that is available concerning loans shall be made
available at that address upon request. Loans under this Plan and any other plan
maintained by the Employer and all Affiliates will be considered separate loans.
Therefore, separate loan applications and promissory notes will need to be
completed for loans from this Plan or any other plan. A loan will be made upon
completion of a loan application, the execution of a promissory note and the
completing of such other forms and the furnishing of such other information as
may be required to comply with this Section. The promissory note will be a
negotiable instrument. The Trustee will not, however, sell any note. The
Committee may prescribe rules regarding the form of such application, the method
of filing such application (including telephonic, electronic or similar methods)
and the information required to be furnished in connection with such
application.

         7.6.4. Loan Terms. The total amount of such loans to any Participant
shall not exceed the lesser of:

         (a)      Fifty percent (50%) of the Vested amount of that Participant's
                  Total Account, or

         (b)      Fifty Thousand Dollars ($50,000);

provided, however, that the Fifty Thousand Dollar ($50,000) limitation shall be
reduced by the excess (if any) of: (i) the highest outstanding balance of loans
from the Plan (and all other plans of the Employer and all Affiliates) to such
Participant during the one-year period ending on the day before the new loan is
made, over (ii) the outstanding balance of all loans from the Plan (and all
other plans of the Employer and all Affiliates) to such Participant on the day
the new loan is made.

         Except for any permitted suspension of payments during a leave of
absence, any such loan must be repaid at least monthly in substantially level
amounts, including principal and interest, over the term of the loan. Any such
loan shall provide that it shall be repaid within a definite period of time to
be specified by the Participant in the loan application and the promissory note.
That period shall not exceed five (5) years unless such loan is to a Participant
and is used to acquire a principal residence for the Participant and then it
shall not exceed ten (10) years.

         7.6.5. Collateral. Every loan made under these rules shall be secured
by that portion of the Participant's Total Account which does not exceed fifty
percent (50%) of the sum total of the Participant's Vested Total Account. This
dollar amount shall be determined immediately after the

                                      -44-
<PAGE>

origination of the loan (and shall be reduced by the amount of any unpaid
principal and interest on any earlier loan which is similarly secured). This
security interest shall exist without regard to whether it is or is not
referenced in the loan documents. The Plan shall be permitted to realize on this
collateral (as hereinafter provided) by any means including (but not limited to)
offset. No other collateral shall be permitted or required.

         7.6.6. Loan Rules. The Committee may adopt rules for the administration
of loans that are not inconsistent with the Plan Statement, including the
following rules:

         (a)      Loan Amount. Loans will not be made in a principal amount less
                  than One Thousand Dollars ($1,000).

         (b)      Interest Rate. The interest rate on any loan shall be equal to
                  the prime rate (the base rate on corporate loans at large
                  United States money center commercial banks) as published for
                  the first business day of the calendar month in which the loan
                  is granted by The Wall Street Journal in its Money Rates
                  column or any comparable successor rate so published plus one
                  percent (1%). If the prime rate is published as a range of
                  rates, the highest prime rate in the range shall be used.

         (c)      Accounting for Loan. For the purpose of determining the extent
                  to which a Total Account is entitled to share in income, gains
                  or losses of the Fund under Section 4, the same shall be
                  deemed to be reduced by the unpaid balance of any outstanding
                  loans to the Participant, and the interest payments on such
                  loans shall be credited to the Participant's Total Account. If
                  a loan is made to a person who has assets in more than one
                  Account, such loan shall be deemed to have been made from the
                  Accounts pro rata. Repayments of principal on loans and
                  payments of interest shall be apportioned among the Accounts
                  from which the loan was made in proportion to the amounts by
                  which the Accounts were initially reduced in order to make the
                  loan. If a loan is made from an Account which is invested in
                  more than one Subfund authorized and established under Section
                  4.1, the amount withdrawn in order to make the loan shall be
                  charged to each Subfund in the same proportions as the Account
                  is invested in each Subfund. All repayments of principal and
                  interest shall be reinvested in the same manner as
                  contributions under the Participant's investment elections in
                  effect at the time the repayment is received.

         (d)      Payments. All Participants who are actively employed by the
                  Employer shall make payment of loans by monthly or more
                  frequent payroll deduction. The making of the loan shall be
                  considered an irrevocable authorization for payroll deduction.
                  To the extent that the available payroll amount is not
                  sufficient to

                                      -45-
<PAGE>

                  satisfy the payment obligation, the Participant shall make
                  monthly payment by personal check, cashier's check, certified
                  check or money order delivered to the Trustee or to the
                  Committee as agent for the Trustee (at the address shown in
                  the Plan's summary plan description) by the due date for the
                  payment. All payments by Participants who are not actively
                  employed shall be made quarterly by personal check, cashier's
                  check, certified check or money order delivered to the Trustee
                  or to the Committee as agent for the Trustee at the address
                  shown in the Plan's summary plan description by the due date
                  for the payment.

         (e)      Prepayments. The loan may be prepaid in whole (but not in
                  part) at any time.

         (f)      Termination of Employment. The entire outstanding principal
                  and unpaid interest shall be due and payable on the date
                  forty-five (45) days after the Participant's termination of
                  employment with the Employer and all Affiliates.

         (g)      Death of the Participant. The death of the Participant shall
                  terminate the loan. The unpaid principal and interest due and
                  owing on the date of the Participant's death shall be offset
                  against the Participant's Total Account. No payments shall be
                  permitted after the Participant's death. The tax consequences
                  of the offset shall be reported to the Participant's estate
                  and not to the Beneficiary.

         (h)      Event of Default. Subject to subsection (i) below, nonpayment
                  within ten (10) days after the due date shall be an event of
                  default. If a payment is not made by payroll deduction, then
                  payment shall be considered made for this purpose only when
                  the personal check, cashier's check, certified check or money
                  order is received in fact by the Trustee or the Committee as
                  agent for the Trustee. Upon the occurrence of an event of
                  default, the Participant's Vested Accounts in the Plan given
                  as security shall be offset by the amount of the then
                  outstanding balance of the loan in default (including, to the
                  extent required under the Code, interest on the amount in
                  default from the time of the default until the time of the
                  offset). In the case of a Participant who has not had an Event
                  of Maturity, however, this offset shall be deferred until an
                  Event of Maturity as to such Participant, but, in the interim,
                  it shall not be possible to cure the default. Such offset
                  shall be automatic. No notice shall be required prior to
                  offset.

         (i)      Suspension of Payments During Leave of Absence. If the
                  Participant is on an authorized leave of absence as determined
                  by the Committee, and the Participant's wages during the leave
                  are less than the amount of the loan

                                      -46-
<PAGE>

                  payment, then loan payments shall be suspended for a period of
                  up to one (1) year; provided, however, that the Participant's
                  death even while payments are suspended shall nevertheless
                  terminate the loan as provided in subsection (g). Upon the
                  Participant's return to active employment with the Employer or
                  an Affiliate, the Participant shall resume making payments on
                  the loan by monthly or more frequent payroll deduction. The
                  Trustee shall adjust the amount of each periodic payment, so
                  that the unpaid balance of the Participant's loan will
                  continue to be paid in equal periodic installments each
                  payroll period in amounts sufficient to retire the entire loan
                  indebtedness (principal and interest) by the original maturity
                  date of the loan.

         (j)      Miscellaneous. Loans will be made only as of a Valuation Date.
                  No loan shall be made to any Participant who has any loan
                  which is currently in default or any loan which was in default
                  at any time during the preceding twelve (12) months. No
                  Participant shall have more than one (1) loan outstanding.

         (k)      Fees. The loan shall be subject to any origination fees
                  charged by the Trustee and approved by the Committee. No loan
                  application shall be approved unless it is accompanied by any
                  required origination fee.

         7.6.7. Effect on Distributions. If any distribution is to be made after
an Event of Maturity when a loan is outstanding, the first asset distributed
(after offset to satisfy any default) shall be the unpaid promissory note.

         7.6.8. Tax Reporting. To the extent required by section 72(p) of the
Code, the Trustee shall report, from time to time, distributions of income in
connection with loans made under this Plan. The operation of those tax rules is
entirely independent of the rules of the Plan.

         7.6.9. Truth in Lending. This Plan shall make all disclosures required
under federal truth-in-lending regulations (Regulation Z issued by the Board of
Governors of the Federal Reserve System).

         7.6.10. Effect of Participant Bankruptcy. To the extent required by
bankruptcy laws, loans shall be subject to stay, discharge, reinstatement and
other matters.

         7.6.11. ERISA Compliance -- Loans Available to Parties in Interest.
Loans shall be available to Participants and Beneficiaries who are parties in
interest as defined in section 3(14) of ERISA. An Alternate Payee shall be
considered a Beneficiary for this purpose only after the domestic relations
order has been finally determined to be a qualified domestic relations order as
defined in Appendix C to the Plan Statement.

                                      -47-
<PAGE>

                                    SECTION 8

                             SPENDTHRIFT PROVISIONS

No Participant or Beneficiary shall have any transmissible interest in any
Account nor shall any Participant or Beneficiary have any power to anticipate,
alienate, dispose of, pledge or encumber the same while in the possession or
control of the Trustee, nor shall any Account be subject to attachment,
garnishment, execution following judgment or other legal process while in the
possession or control of the Trustee, nor shall the Trustee, the Employer or the
Committee recognize any assignment thereof, either in whole or in part, except
as is specifically permitted under section 401(a)(13) of the Code or the
regulations thereunder.

The power to designate Beneficiaries to receive the Vested Total Account of a
Participant in the event of death shall not permit or be construed to permit
such power or right to be exercised by the Participant so as thereby to
anticipate, pledge, mortgage or encumber the Participant's Account or any part
thereof, and any attempt of a Participant so to exercise said power in violation
of this provision shall be of no force and effect and shall be disregarded by
the Employer, the Committee and the Trustee.

This Section shall not prevent the Employer, the Committee or the Trustee from
exercising, in their discretion, any of the applicable powers and options
granted to them upon the occurrence of an Event of Maturity, as such powers may
be conferred upon them by any applicable provision hereof, nor prevent the Plan
from offsetting a Participant's Vested Total Account by the amount of the then
outstanding balance of the loan in default. This Section shall not prevent the
Employer, the Committee or the Trustee from observing the terms of a qualified
domestic relations order as provided in Appendix C to this Plan Statement.

                                      -48-
<PAGE>

                                    SECTION 9

                            AMENDMENT AND TERMINATION

9.1. Amendment. The Principal Sponsor reserves the power to amend this Plan
Statement in any respect and either prospectively or retroactively or both;
provided that no amendment shall be effective to reduce or divest the Total
Account of any Participant unless the same shall have been adopted with the
consent of the Secretary of Labor pursuant to the provisions of ERISA, or in
order to comply with the provisions of the Code and the regulations and rulings
thereunder affecting the tax-qualified status of the Plan and the deductibility
of Employer contributions thereto. Notwithstanding the foregoing, no amendment
shall be effective to increase the duties of the Trustee without its consent. No
oral or written statement shall be effective to amend the Plan Statement unless
it is duly authorized by the Board of Directors or the Committee. The power to
amend the Plan Statement may not be delegated. Notwithstanding anything in this
Plan Statement to the contrary, the Committee may adopt rules to facilitate
compliance with the federal securities laws and all regulations and rules
thereunder, including Section 16 of the Securities Exchange Act, which rules may
limit rights under the Plan for certain Participants.

9.2. Discontinuance of Contributions and Termination of Plan. The Principal
Sponsor reserves the right to reduce, suspend or discontinue its contributions
to the Plan and to terminate the Plan herein embodied in its entirety.
Notwithstanding anything in this Plan Statement to the contrary, if the
Principal Sponsor applies to the Internal Revenue Service for a ruling that the
termination of the Plan does not adversely affect its qualified status, then all
distributions (other than required distributions under Sections 7.1.1(b) and
7.3.1(b)) and the making of new loans shall be suspended upon termination of the
Plan pending the receipt of a favorable determination.

9.3. Merger or Spinoff of Plans.

         9.3.1. In General. The Principal Sponsor may cause all or a part of
this Plan to be merged with all or a part of any other plan and may cause all or
a part of the assets and liabilities to be transferred from this Plan to another
plan. In the case of merger or consolidation of this Plan with, or transfer of
assets and liabilities of this Plan to, any other plan, each Participant shall
(if such other plan were then terminated) receive a benefit immediately after
the merger, consolidation or transfer which is not less than the benefit the
Participant would have been entitled to receive immediately before the merger,
consolidation or transfer (if this Plan had then terminated). If the Principal
Sponsor agrees to a transfer of assets and liabilities to or from another plan,
the agreement under which such transfer is concluded (or an amendment of or
appendix to this Plan Statement) shall specify the Accounts to which the
transferred amounts are to be credited.

         9.3.2. Limitations. For any asset transfer to this Plan from a
tax-qualified plan which is subject to the joint and survivor annuity and
pre-retirement annuity rules of section 401(a)(11) of the Code, the optional
form of benefit requirements of section 411(d)(6)(B)(ii) of the Code or the
distribution

                                      -49-
<PAGE>

rules of section 401(k) of the Code, the Committee shall adopt rules to comply
with section 411(d)(6)(B)(ii) of the Code. In no event shall assets be
transferred from any other plan to this Plan unless this Plan complies (or has
been amended to comply) with the optional form of benefit requirements of
section 411(d)(6)(B)(ii) of the Code (or, where applicable, the distribution
rules of section 401(k) of the Code) with respect to such transferred assets. In
no event shall assets be transferred from this Plan to any other plan unless
such other plan complies (or has been amended to comply) with the optional form
of benefit requirements of section 411(d)(6)(B)(ii) of the Internal Revenue Code
and the distribution rules of section 401(k) of the Internal Revenue Code with
respect to such transferred assets.

         9.3.3. Beneficiary Designations. If assets and liabilities are
transferred from another plan to this Plan, Beneficiary designations made under
that plan shall become void with respect to deaths occurring on or after the
date as of which such transfer is made and the Beneficiary designation rules of
this Plan Statement shall apply beginning on such date.

9.4. Adoption by Other Employers.

         9.4.1. Adoption by Consent. The Principal Sponsor may consent to the
adoption of the Plan by any business entity subject to such conditions as the
Principal Sponsor may impose.

         9.4.2. Procedure for Adoption. Any such adopting business entity shall
initiate its adoption of the Plan by delivery of a certified copy of the
resolutions of its board of directors (or other authorized body or individual)
adopting this Plan Statement to the Principal Sponsor. Upon the consent by the
Principal Sponsor to the adoption by the adopting business entity, and the
delivery to the Trustee of written evidence of the Principal Sponsor's consent,
the adoption of the Plan by the adopting business entity shall be effective as
of the date specified by the Principal Sponsor. If such adopting business entity
is not a corporation, any reference in the Plan Statement to its board of
directors shall be deemed to refer to such entity's governing body or other
authorized individual.

         9.4.3. Effect of Adoption. Upon the adoption of the Plan by an adopting
business entity as heretofore provided, the adopting business entity shall be an
Employer hereunder in all respects. Each adopting business entity, as a
condition of continued participation in the Plan, delegates to the Principal
Sponsor the sole power and authority over all Plan matters except that the board
of directors of each adopting business entity shall have the power to amend this
Plan Statement as applied to it by establishing a successor plan to which assets
and liabilities may be transferred as provided in Section 9.3 and to terminate
the Plan as applied to it. Each reference herein to the Employer shall include
the Principal Sponsor and all adopting business entities unless the context
clearly requires otherwise.

                                      -50-
<PAGE>

                                   SECTION 10

                                FIDUCIARY MATTERS

10.1. Fiduciary Principles. The Trustee and each other fiduciary hereunder, in
the exercise of each and every power or discretion vested in them by the
provisions of this Plan Statement, shall (subject to the provisions of ERISA)
discharge their duties with respect to the Plan solely in the interest of the
Participants and Beneficiaries:

         (a)      for the exclusive purpose of:

                  (i)      providing benefits to Participants and Beneficiaries,
                           and

                  (ii)     defraying reasonable expenses of administering the
                           Plan,

         (b)      with the care, skill, prudence and diligence under the
                  circumstances then prevailing that a prudent person acting in
                  a like capacity and familiar with such matters would use in
                  the conduct of an enterprise of a like character and with like
                  aims,

         (c)      by diversifying the investments of the Plan so as to minimize
                  the risk of large losses, unless under the circumstances it is
                  clearly prudent not to do so, and

         (d)      in accordance with the documents and instruments governing the
                  Plan, insofar as they are consistent with the provisions of
                  ERISA.

Notwithstanding anything in this Plan Statement to the contrary, any provision
hereof which purports to relieve a fiduciary from responsibility or liability
for any responsibility, obligation or duty under Part 4 of Subtitle B of Title I
of ERISA shall, to the extent the same is inconsistent with said Part 4, be
deemed void.

10.2. Prohibited Transactions. Except as may be permitted by law, no Trustee or
other fiduciary hereunder shall permit the Plan to engage, directly or
indirectly, in any of the following transactions with a person who is a
"disqualified person" (as defined in section 4975 of the Code) or a "party in
interest" (as defined in section 3(14) of ERISA):

         (a)      sale, exchange or leasing of any property between the Plan and
                  such person,

         (b)      lending of money or other extension of credit between the Plan
                  and such person,

         (c)      furnishing of goods, services or facilities between the Plan
                  and such person,

                                      -51-
<PAGE>

         (d)      transfer to, or use by or for the benefit of, such person of
                  the income or assets of the Plan,

         (e)      act by such person who is a fiduciary hereunder whereby the
                  fiduciary deals with the income or assets of the Plan in the
                  fiduciary's own interest or for the fiduciary's own account,
                  or

         (f)      receipt of any consideration for the fiduciary's own personal
                  account by such person who is a fiduciary from any party
                  dealing with the Plan in connection with a transaction
                  involving the income or assets of the Plan.

10.3. Indemnity. Each individual (as distinguished from corporate) trustee of
the Plan or officer, director or employee of the Employer shall, except as
prohibited by law, be indemnified and held harmless by the Employer from any and
all liabilities, costs and expenses (including legal fees), to the extent not
covered by liability insurance, arising out of any action taken by such
individual with respect to the Plan, whether imposed under ERISA or otherwise.
No such indemnification, however, shall be required or provided if such
liability arises (i) from the individual's claim for his own benefit, or (ii)
from the proven gross negligence or the bad faith of the individual, or (iii)
from the criminal misconduct of such individual if the individual had reason to
believe the conduct was unlawful. This indemnification shall continue as to an
individual who has ceased to be a trustee of the Plan or officer, director or
employee of the Employer and shall inure to the benefit of the heirs, executors
and administrators of such an individual.

                                      -52-
<PAGE>

                                   SECTION 11

                     DETERMINATIONS -- RULES AND REGULATIONS

11.1. Determinations. The Committee shall make such determinations as may be
required from time to time in the administration of the Plan. The Committee
shall have the sole discretion, authority and responsibility to interpret and
construe the Plan Statement and to determine all factual and legal questions
under the Plan, including but not limited to the entitlement of employees,
Participants and Beneficiaries and the amounts of their respective interests.
The Trustee and other interested parties may act and rely upon all information
reported to them hereunder and need not inquire into the accuracy thereof, nor
be charged with any notice to the contrary.

11.2. Rules and Regulations. Any rule not in conflict or at variance with the
provisions hereof may be adopted by the Committee.

11.3. Method of Executing Instruments.

         11.3.1. Employer or Committee. Information to be supplied or written
notices to be made or consents to be given by the Principal Sponsor, the
Employer or the Committee pursuant to any provision of this Plan Statement may
be signed in the name of the Principal Sponsor or Employer by any officer or by
any employee who has been authorized to make such certification or to give such
notices or consents or by any Committee member.

         11.3.2. Trustee. Any instrument or written notice required, necessary
or advisable to be made or given by the Trustee may be signed by any Trustee, if
all Trustees serving hereunder are individuals, or by any authorized officer or
employee of the Trustee, if a corporate Trustee shall be acting hereunder as
sole Trustee, or by any such officer or employee of the corporate Trustee or by
an individual Trustee acting hereunder, if corporate and individual Trustees
shall be serving as co-trustees hereunder.

11.4. Claims Procedure. Until modified by the Committee, the claims procedure
set forth in this Section 11.4 shall be the claims procedure for the resolution
of disputes and disposition of claims arising under the Plan. An application for
a distribution under Section 7 shall be considered as a claim for the purposes
of this Section.

         11.4.1. Original Claim. Any employee, former employee, or Beneficiary
of such employee or former employee may, if the employee, former employee or
Beneficiary so desires, file with the Committee a written claim for benefits
under the Plan. Within ninety (90) days after the filing of such a claim, the
Committee shall notify the claimant in writing whether the claim is upheld or
denied in whole or in part or shall furnish the claimant a written notice
describing specific special circumstances requiring a specified amount of
additional time (but not more than one hundred eighty days from the date the
claim

                                      -53-
<PAGE>

was filed) to reach a decision on the claim. If the claim is denied in whole or
in part, the Committee shall state in writing:

         (a)      the specific reasons for the denial,

         (b)      the specific references to the pertinent provisions of this
                  Plan Statement on which the denial is based,

         (c)      a description of any additional material or information
                  necessary for the claimant to perfect the claim and an
                  explanation of why such material or information is necessary,
                  and

         (d)      an explanation of the claims review procedure set forth in
                  this Section.

         11.4.2. Claims Review Procedure. Within sixty (60) days after receipt
of notice that the claim has been denied in whole or in part, the claimant may
file with the Committee a written request for a review and may, in conjunction
therewith, submit written issues and comments. Within sixty (60) days after the
filing of such a request for review, the Committee shall notify the claimant in
writing whether, upon review, the claim was upheld or denied in whole or in part
or shall furnish the claimant a written notice describing specific special
circumstances requiring a specified amount of additional time (but not more than
one hundred twenty days from the date the request for review was filed) to reach
a decision on the request for review.

         11.4.3. General Rules.

         (a)      No inquiry or question shall be deemed to be a claim or a
                  request for a review of a denied claim unless made in
                  accordance with the claims procedure. The Committee may
                  require that any claim for benefits and any request for a
                  review of a denied claim be filed on forms to be furnished by
                  the Committee upon request.

         (b)      All decisions on claims and on requests for a review of denied
                  claims shall be made by the Committee unless delegated as
                  provided in Section 12.2.

         (c)      The Committee may, in its discretion, hold one or more
                  hearings on a claim or a request for a review of a denied
                  claim.

         (d)      Claimants may be represented by a lawyer or other
                  representative at their own expense, but the Committee
                  reserves the right to require the claimant to furnish written
                  authorization. A claimant's representative shall be entitled
                  to copies of all notices given to the claimant.

                                      -54-
<PAGE>

         (e)      The decision of the Committee on a claim and on a request for
                  a review of a denied claim shall be served on the claimant in
                  writing. If a decision or notice is not received by a claimant
                  within the time specified, the claim or request for a review
                  of a denied claim shall be deemed to have been denied.

         (f)      Prior to filing a claim or a request for a review of a denied
                  claim, the claimant or the claimant's representative shall
                  have a reasonable opportunity to review a copy of this Plan
                  Statement and all other pertinent documents in the possession
                  of the Employer, the Committee and the Trustee.

         11.4.4. Deadline to File Claim. To be considered timely under the
Plan's claim and review procedure, a claim must be filed with the Committee
within one (1) year after the claimant knew or reasonably should have known of
the principal facts upon which the claim is based. If or to the extent that the
claim relates to a failure to effect a Participant's or Beneficiary's investment
directions, the one (1) year period shall be thirty (30) days.

         11.4.5. Exhaustion of Administrative Remedies. The exhaustion of the
claim and review procedure is mandatory for resolving every claim and dispute
arising under this Plan. As to such claims and disputes:

         (a)      no claimant shall be permitted to commence any legal action to
                  recover Plan benefits or to enforce or clarify rights under
                  the Plan under section 502 or section 510 of ERISA or under
                  any other provision of law, whether or not statutory, until
                  the claim and review procedure set forth herein have been
                  exhausted in their entirety; and

         (b)      in any such legal action all explicit and all implicit
                  determinations by the Committee (including, but not limited
                  to, determinations as to whether the claim, or a request for a
                  review of a denied claim, was timely filed) shall be afforded
                  the maximum deference permitted by law.

         11.4.6. Deadline to File Legal Action. No legal action to recover Plan
benefits or to enforce or clarify rights under the Plan under section 502 or
section 510 of ERISA or under any other provision of law, whether or not
statutory, may be brought by any claimant on any matter pertaining to this Plan
unless the legal action is commenced in the proper forum before the earlier of:

         (a)      thirty (30) months after the claimant knew or reasonably
                  should have known of the principal facts on which the claim is
                  based, or

         (b)      six (6) months after the claimant has exhausted the claim and
                  review procedure.

                                      -55-
<PAGE>

If or to the extent that the claim relates to a failure to effect a
Participant's or Beneficiary's investment directions or a Participant's election
regarding contributions, the thirty (30) month period shall be nineteen (19)
months.

         11.4.7. Knowledge of Fact by Participant Imputed to Beneficiary.
Knowledge of all facts that a Participant knew or reasonably should have known
shall be imputed to every claimant who is or claims to be a Beneficiary of the
Participant or otherwise claims to derive an entitlement by reference to the
Participant for the purpose of applying the previously specified periods.

11.5. Information Furnished by Participants. Neither the Employer nor the
Committee nor the Trustee shall be liable or responsible for any error in the
computation of the Account of a Participant resulting from any misstatement of
fact made by the Participant, directly or indirectly, to the Employer, the
Committee or the Trustee and used by them in determining the Participant's
Account. Neither the Employer nor the Committee nor the Trustee shall be
obligated or required to increase the Account of such Participant which, on
discovery of the misstatement, is found to be understated as a result of such
misstatement of the Participant. However, the Account of any Participant which
is overstated by reason of any such misstatement shall be reduced to the amount
appropriate for the Participant in view of the truth. Any refund received upon
reduction of an Account so made shall be used to reduce the next succeeding
contribution of the Employer to the Plan.

                                      -56-
<PAGE>

                                   SECTION 12

                               PLAN ADMINISTRATION

12.1. Principal Sponsor.

         12.1.1. Officers. Except as hereinafter provided, functions generally
assigned to the Principal Sponsor shall be discharged by its officers or
delegated and allocated as provided herein.

         12.1.2. Chief Executive Officer. Except as hereinafter provided, the
Chief Executive Officer of the Principal Sponsor may delegate or redelegate and
allocate or reallocate to one or more persons or to a committee of persons
jointly or severally, and whether or not such persons are directors, officers or
employees, such functions assigned to the Principal Sponsor hereunder as the
Chief Executive Officer may from time to time deem advisable.

         12.1.3. Board of Directors. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Board of
Directors of the Principal Sponsor shall have the exclusive authority, which may
not be delegated (except as provided in paragraph (a) below), to act for the
Principal Sponsor:

         (a)      to amend this Plan Statement (except that the authority to
                  make such amendments as are required to obtain or maintain the
                  qualification of the Plan under sections 401(a) and 501(a) of
                  the Code may be delegated); to terminate the Plan,

         (b)      to consent to the adoption of the Plan by other business
                  entities; to establish conditions and limitations upon such
                  adoption of the Plan by other business entities; to designate
                  Affiliates, and

         (c)      to cause the Plan to be merged with another plan and to
                  transfer assets and liabilities between the Plan and another.

12.2. Committee.

         12.2.1. Appointment and Removal. The Committee shall consist of such
members as may be determined and appointed from time to time by the Chief
Executive Officer of the Principal Sponsor and they shall serve at the pleasure
of such Chief Executive Officer. Members of the Committee shall serve without
compensation, but their reasonable expenses shall be an expense of the
administration of the Fund and shall be paid by the Trustee from and out of the
Fund except to the extent the Employer, in its discretion, directly pays such
expenses.

                                      -57-
<PAGE>

         12.2.2. Automatic Removal. If any individual who is a member of the
Committee is a director, officer or employee when appointed as a member of the
Committee, then such individual shall be automatically removed as a member of
the Committee at the earliest time such individual ceases to be a director,
officer or employee. This removal shall occur automatically and without any
requirement for action by the Chief Executive Officer of the Principal Sponsor
or any notice to the individual so removed.

         12.2.3. Authority. The Committee may elect such officers as the
Committee may decide upon. The Committee shall:

         (a)      establish rules for the functioning of the Committee,
                  including the times and places for holding meetings, the
                  notices to be given in respect of such meetings and the number
                  of members who shall constitute a quorum for the transaction
                  of business,

         (b)      organize and delegate to such of its members as it shall
                  select authority to execute or authenticate rules, advisory
                  opinions or instructions, and other instruments adopted or
                  authorized by the Committee; adopt such bylaws or regulations
                  as it deems desirable for the conduct of its affairs; appoint
                  a secretary, who need not be a member of the Committee, to
                  keep its records and otherwise assist the Committee in the
                  performance of its duties; keep a record of all its
                  proceedings and acts and keep all books of account, records
                  and other data as may be necessary for the proper
                  administration of the Plan; notify the Employer and the
                  Trustee of any action taken by the Committee and, when
                  required, notify any other interested person or persons,

         (c)      determine from the records of the Employer the compensation,
                  service records, status and other facts regarding Participants
                  and other employees,

         (d)      cause to be compiled at least annually, from the records of
                  the Committee and the reports and accountings of the Trustee,
                  a report or accounting of the status of the Plan and the
                  Accounts of the Participants, and make it available to each
                  Participant who shall have the right to examine that part of
                  such report or accounting (or a true and correct copy of such
                  part) which sets forth the Participant's benefits and ratable
                  interest in the Fund,

         (e)      prescribe forms, procedures and methods (including telephonic,
                  electronic or similar methods) to be used for applications for
                  participation, benefits, notifications, etc., as may be
                  required in the administration of the Plan,

         (f)      set up such rules as are deemed necessary to carry out the
                  terms of this Plan Statement,

                                      -58-
<PAGE>

         (g)      resolve all questions of administration of the Plan not
                  specifically referred to in this Section,

         (h)      delegate or redelegate to one or more persons, jointly or
                  severally, and whether or not such persons are members of the
                  Committee or employees of the Employer, such functions
                  assigned to the Committee hereunder as it may from time to
                  time deem advisable, and

         (i)      perform all other acts reasonably necessary for administering
                  the Plan and carrying out the provisions of this Plan
                  Statement and performing the duties imposed on it.

         12.2.4. Majority Decisions. If there shall at any time be three (3) or
more members of the Committee serving hereunder who are qualified to perform a
particular act, the same may be performed, on behalf of all, by a majority of
those qualified, with or without the concurrence of the minority. No person who
failed to join or concur in such act shall be held liable for the consequences
thereof, except to the extent that liability is imposed under ERISA.

12.3. Limitation on Authority.

         12.3.1. Fiduciaries Generally. No action taken by any fiduciary, if
authority to take such action has been delegated or redelegated to it, shall be
the responsibility of any other fiduciary except as may be required by the
provisions of ERISA. Except to the extent imposed by ERISA, no fiduciary shall
have the duty to question whether any other fiduciary is fulfilling all of the
responsibility imposed upon such other fiduciary by the Plan Statement or by
ERISA.

         12.3.2. Trustee. The responsibilities and obligations of the Trustee
shall be strictly limited to those set forth in this Plan Statement. The Trustee
shall have no authority or duty to determine or enforce payment of any Employer
contribution under the Plan or to determine the existence, nature or extent of
any individual's rights in the Fund or under the Plan or question any
determination made by the Principal Sponsor or the Committee regarding the same.
Nor shall the Trustee be responsible in any way for the manner in which the
Principal Sponsor, the Employer or the Committee carries out its
responsibilities under this Plan Statement or, more generally, under the Plan.
The Trustee shall give the Principal Sponsor notice of (and tender to the
Principal Sponsor) the prosecution or defense of any litigation involving the
Plan, the Fund or other fiduciaries of the Plan.

12.4. Conflict of Interest. If any officer or employee of the Employer, any
member of the board of directors of the Employer, any member of the Committee or
any Trustee to whom authority has been delegated or redelegated hereunder shall
also be a Participant, Beneficiary or Alternate Payee in the Plan, the
individual shall have no authority as such officer, employee, member or Trustee
with respect to any matter specially affecting his or her individual interest
hereunder (as distinguished from the interests of all Participants,
Beneficiaries or Alternate Payees or a broad class of Participants,
Beneficiaries and Alternate

                                      -59-
<PAGE>

Payees), all such authority being reserved exclusively to the other officers,
employees, members or Trustees as the case may be, to the exclusion of such
Participant, Beneficiary or Alternate Payee, and such Participant, Beneficiary
or Alternate Payee shall act only in his or her individual capacity in
connection with any such matter.

12.5. Dual Capacity. Individuals, firms, corporations or partnerships identified
herein or delegated or allocated authority or responsibility hereunder may serve
in more than one fiduciary capacity.

12.6. Administrator. The Principal Sponsor shall be the administrator for
purposes of section 3(16)(A) of ERISA.

12.7. Named Fiduciaries. The Principal Sponsor, the Committee and the Trustee
shall be named fiduciaries for the purpose of section 402(a) of ERISA.

12.8. Service of Process. In the absence of any designation to the contrary by
the Principal Sponsor, the general counsel of the Principal Sponsor is
designated as the appropriate and exclusive agent for the receipt of service of
process directed to the Plan in any legal proceeding, including arbitration,
involving the Plan.

12.9. Administrative Expenses. The reasonable expenses of administering the Plan
shall be payable out of the Fund except to the extent that the Employer, in its
discretion, directly pays the expenses.

12.10. IRS Qualification. This Plan is intended to qualify under section 401(a)
of the Code as a defined contribution profit sharing plan (and not as a defined
contribution or stock bonus plan or money purchase pension plan or a defined
benefit pension plan).

                                      -60-
<PAGE>

                                   SECTION 13

                                   IN GENERAL

13.1. Disclaimers.

         13.1.1. Effect on Employment. Neither the terms of this Plan Statement
nor the benefits hereunder nor the continuance thereof shall be a term of the
employment of any employee, and the Employer shall not be obligated to continue
the Plan. The terms of this Plan Statement shall not give any employee the right
to be retained in the employment of the Employer.

         13.1.2. Sole Source of Benefits. Neither the Employer nor any of its
officers nor any member of its board of directors nor any member of the
Committee nor the Trustee in any way guarantee the Fund against loss or
depreciation, nor do they guarantee the payment of any benefit or amount which
may become due and payable hereunder to any Participant, Beneficiary, Alternate
Payee or other person. Each Participant, Beneficiary, Alternate Payee or other
person entitled at any time to payments hereunder shall look solely to the
assets of the Fund for such payments. If a Vested Total Account shall have been
distributed to a former Participant, Beneficiary, Alternate Payee or any other
person entitled jointly to the receipt thereof (or shall have been transferred
to the Trustee of another tax-qualified deferred compensation plan), such former
Participant, Beneficiary, Alternate Payee or other person, as the case may be,
shall have no further right or interest in the other assets of the Fund.

         13.1.3. Co-Fiduciary Matters. Neither the Employer nor any of its
officers nor any member of its board of directors nor any member of the
Committee shall in any manner be liable to any Participant, Beneficiary,
Alternate Payee or other person for any act or omission of the Trustee (except
to the extent that liability is imposed under ERISA). Neither the Employer nor
any of its officers nor any member of its board of directors nor any member of
the Committee nor the Trustee shall be under any liability or responsibility
(except to the extent that liability is imposed under ERISA) for failure to
effect any of the objectives or purposes of the Plan by reason of loss or
fluctuation in the value of Fund or for the form, genuineness, validity,
sufficiency or effect of any Fund asset at any time held hereunder, or for the
failure of any person, firm or corporation indebted to the Fund to pay such
indebtedness as and when the same shall become due or for any delay occasioned
by reason of any applicable law, order or regulation or by reason of any
restriction or provision contained in any security or other asset held by the
Fund. Except as is otherwise provided in ERISA, the Employer and its officers,
the members of its board of directors, the members of the Committee, the Trustee
and other fiduciaries shall not be liable for an act or omission of another
person with regard to a fiduciary responsibility that has been allocated to or
delegated in whole or in part to such other person pursuant to the terms of this
Plan Statement or pursuant to procedures set forth in this Plan Statement.

                                      -61-
<PAGE>

13.2. Reversion of Fund Prohibited. The Fund from time to time hereunder shall
at all times be a trust fund separate and apart from the assets of the Employer,
and no part thereof shall be or become available to the Employer or to creditors
of the Employer under any circumstances other than those specified in Section
1.4 and Section 3.9 and Appendix A to this Plan Statement. It shall be
impossible for any part of the corpus or income of the Fund to be used for, or
diverted to, purposes other than for the exclusive benefit of Participants and
Beneficiaries (except as hereinbefore provided).

13.3. Contingent Top Heavy Plan Rules. The rules set forth in Appendix B to this
Plan Statement (concerning additional provisions that apply if the Plan becomes
top heavy) are incorporated herein.

                                      -62-
<PAGE>

                                   APPENDIX A

                         LIMITATION ON ANNUAL ADDITIONS
                               AND ANNUAL BENEFITS

                                    SECTION 1

                                  INTRODUCTION

Terms defined in the Plan Statement shall have the same meanings when used in
this Appendix. In addition, when used in this Appendix, the following terms
shall have the following meanings:

1.1. Annual Addition. Annual addition means, with respect to any Participant for
a limitation year, the sum of:

                  (i)      all employer contributions (including employer
                           contributions of the Participant's earnings
                           reductions under section 401(k), section 403(b) and
                           section 408(k) of the Code) allocable as of a date
                           during such limitation year to the Participant under
                           all defined contribution plans;

                  (ii)     all forfeitures allocable as of a date during such
                           limitation year to the Participant under all defined
                           contribution plans; and

                  (iii)    all Participant contributions made as of a date
                           during such limitation year to all defined
                           contribution plans.

         1.1.1. Specific Inclusions. With regard to a plan which contains a
qualified cash or deferred arrangement or matching contributions or employee
contributions, excess contributions and excess aggregate contributions (whether
or not distributed during or after the limitation year) shall be considered
annual additions in the year contributed. Excess deferrals that are not
distributed in accordance with the regulations under section 402(g) of the Code
are annual additions.

         1.1.2. Specific Exclusions. The annual addition shall not, however,
include any portion of a Participant's rollover contributions or any additions
to accounts attributable to a plan merger or a transfer of plan assets or
liabilities or any other amounts excludable under law. Excess deferrals that are
distributed in accordance with the regulations under section 402(g) of the Code
are not annual additions.

         1.1.3. ESOP Rules. In the case of an employee stock ownership plan
within the meaning of section 4975(e)(7) of the Code, annual additions shall not
include any dividends or gains on sale of
                                       A-1
<PAGE>

employer securities held by the employee stock ownership plan (regardless of
whether such dividends or gains are (i) on securities which are allocated to
Participants' accounts or (ii) on securities which are not allocated to
Participants' accounts which, in the case of dividends used to pay principal on
an employee stock ownership plan loan, result in employer securities being
allocated to Participants' accounts or, in the case of a sale, result in sale
proceeds being allocated to Participants' accounts). In the case of an employee
stock ownership plan within the meaning of section 4975(e)(7) of the Code under
which no more than one-third (1/3rd) of the employer contributions for a
limitation year which are deductible under section 404(a)(9) of the Code are
allocated to highly compensated employees (as defined in section 414(q) of the
Code), annual additions shall not include forfeitures of employer securities
under the employee stock ownership plan if such securities were acquired with
the proceeds of an exempt loan or, if the Employer is not an S corporation as
defined in section 1361(a)(1) of the Code, employer contributions to the
employee stock ownership plan which are deductible by the employer under section
404(a)(9)(B) of the Code and charged against the Participant's account (i.e.,
interest payments).

1.2. Annual Benefit. Annual benefit means a retirement benefit under a defined
benefit plan which is payable annually in the form of a straight life annuity.

         1.2.1. Straight Life Annuity. Except as provided below, a benefit
payable in a form other than a straight life annuity will be adjusted to the
actuarial equivalent straight life annuity before applying the limitations of
this Appendix. This actuarial equivalent straight life annuity shall be the
greater of (A) the equivalent straight life annuity computed using the interest
rate and mortality table (or tabular factor) specified in the defined benefit
plan for determining the amount of the particular form of benefit that is
payable under the plan, or (B) in the case of a form of benefit subject to
section 417(e)(3) of the Code, the equivalent straight life annuity computed
using the applicable interest rate and applicable mortality table prescribed by
the Secretary of the Treasury under section 417(e)(3) of the Code for this
purpose, or (C) in the case of a form of benefit not subject to section
417(e)(3)of the Code, the equivalent straight life annuity computed using a five
percent (5%) interest and the applicable mortality table prescribed by the
Secretary of the Treasury under section 417(e)(3) of the Code for this purpose.

         1.2.2. Excluded Contributions. The annual benefit does not include any
benefits attributable to employee contributions, rollover contributions or the
assets transferred from a qualified plan that was not maintained by a controlled
group member.

         1.2.3. Ancillary Benefits. No actuarial adjustment to the annual
benefit is required for: (i) the value of a qualified joint and survivor annuity
(to the extent such value exceeds the sum of the value of a straight life
annuity beginning on the same date and the value of post-retirement death
benefits that would be paid even if the annuity were not in the form of a joint
and survivor annuity), or (ii) the value of benefits that are not directly
related to retirement benefits (such as a pre-retirement disability benefit, a
pre-retirement death benefit or a post-retirement medical benefit), or (iii) the
value of post-retirement cost of living increases made in accordance with
regulations under the Code.

                                       A-2
<PAGE>

1.3. Controlled Group Member. Controlled group member means the Employer and
each member of a controlled group of corporations (as defined in section 414(b)
of the Code and as modified by section 415(h) of the Code), all commonly
controlled trades or businesses (as defined in section 414(c) of the Code and as
modified by section 415(h) of the Code), affiliated service groups (as defined
in section 414(m) of the Code) of which the Employer is a part and other
organizations required to be aggregated for this purpose under section 414(o) of
the Code.

1.4. Defined Benefit and Defined Contribution Plans. Defined benefit plan and
defined contribution plan have the meanings assigned to those terms by section
415(k)(1) of the Code. Whenever reference is made to defined benefit plans and
defined contribution plans in this Appendix, it shall include all such plans
maintained by the Employer and all controlled group members.

1.5. Defined Benefit Fraction.

         1.5.1. General Rule. Defined benefit fraction means a fraction the
numerator of which is the sum of the Participant's projected annual benefits
under all defined benefit plans determined as of the close of the limitation
year, and the denominator of which is the lesser of:

                  (i)      one hundred twenty-five percent (125%) of the dollar
                           limitation in effect under section 415(b)(l)(A) of
                           the Code as of the close of such limitation year
                           (i.e., 125% of $90,000 as adjusted for cost of
                           living, commencement dates, length of service and
                           other factors), or

                  (ii)     one hundred forty percent (140%) of the dollar amount
                           which may be taken into account under section
                           415(b)(l)(B) of the Code with respect to such
                           Participant as of the close of such limitation year
                           (i.e., 140% of the Participant's highest average
                           compensation as adjusted for cost of living, length
                           of service and other factors).

         1.5.2. Transition Rule. Notwithstanding the above, if the Participant
was a participant as of the first day of the first limitation year beginning
after December 31, 1986, in one or more defined benefit plans which were in
existence on May 6, 1986, the denominator of this fraction will not be less than
one hundred twenty-five percent (125%) of the sum of the annual benefits under
such plans which the Participant had accrued as of the close of the last
limitation year beginning before January 1, 1987, disregarding any changes in
the terms and conditions of the defined benefit plans after May 5, 1986. The
preceding sentence applies only if the defined benefit plans individually and in
the aggregate satisfied the requirements of section 415 of the Code for all
limitation years beginning before January 1, 1987.

                                       A-3
<PAGE>

1.6. Defined Contribution Fraction.

         1.6.1. General Rule. Defined contribution fraction means a fraction the
numerator of which is the sum of the Participant's annual additions (including
employer contributions which are allocated to a separate account established for
the purpose of providing medical benefits or life insurance benefits with
respect to a key employee as defined in section 416 of the Code under a welfare
benefit fund or individual medical account) as of the close of the limitation
year and for all prior limitation years, and the denominator of which is the sum
of the amounts determined under paragraph (i) or (ii) below, whichever is the
lesser, for such limitation year and for each prior limitation year in which the
Participant had any service with the Employer (regardless of whether that or any
other defined contribution plan was in existence during those years or continues
in existence):

                  (i)      one hundred twenty-five percent (125%) of the dollar
                           limitation in effect under section 415(c)(l)(A) of
                           the Code for such limitation year determined without
                           regard to section 415(c)(6) of the Code (i.e., 125%
                           of $30,000 as adjusted for cost of living), or

                  (ii)     one hundred forty percent (140%) of the dollar amount
                           which may be taken into account under section
                           415(c)(l)(B) of the Code with respect to such
                           individual under the defined contribution plan for
                           such limitation year (i.e., 140% of 25% of the
                           Participant's ss. 415 compensation for such
                           limitation year).

         1.6.2. TEFRA Transition Rule. The Employer may elect that the amount
taken into account for each Participant for all limitation years ending before
January 1, 1983, under Section 1.6.1(i) and Section 1.6.1(ii) shall be
determined pursuant to the special transition rule provided in section 415(e)(6)
of the Code.

         1.6.3. Employee Contributions. Notwithstanding the definition of
"annual additions," for the purpose of determining the defined contribution
fraction in limitation years beginning before January 1, 1987, employee
contributions shall not be taken into account to the extent that they were not
required to be taken into account under section 415 of the Code prior to the Tax
Reform Act of 1986.

         1.6.4. Annual Denominator. The amounts to be determined under Section
1.6.1(i) and Section 1.6.1(ii) for the limitation year and for all prior
limitation years in which the Participant had any service with the Employer
shall be determined separately for each such limitation year on the basis of
which amount is the lesser for each such limitation year.

         1.6.5. Historical Amounts. For all limitation years ending before
January 1, 1976, the dollar limitation under section 415(c)(1)(A) of the Code is
Twenty-five Thousand Dollars ($25,000). For limitation years ending after
December 31, 1975, and before January 1, 1999, the amount shall be:

                                       A-4
<PAGE>

          For limitation years                     The ss. 415(c)(1)(A)
             ending during:                         dollar amount is:
            ----------------                       ------------------
                  1976                                   $26,825
                  1977                                   $28,175
                  1978                                   $30,050
                  1979                                   $32,700
                  1980                                   $36,875
                  1981                                   $41,500
                  1982                                   $45,475
              1983 - 2000                                $30,000

         1.6.6. Relief Rule. If the Participant was a participant as of the end
of the first day of the first limitation year beginning after December 31, 1986,
in one or more defined contribution plans which were in existence on May 6,
1986, the numerator of this fraction will be adjusted if the sum of this
fraction and the defined benefit fraction would otherwise exceed one (1.0).
Under the adjustment, an amount equal to the product of the excess of the sum of
the fractions over one (1.0), times the denominator of this fraction, will be
permanently subtracted from the numerator of this fraction. The adjustment is
calculated using the fractions as they would be computed as of the end of the
last limitation year beginning before January 1, 1987, and disregarding any
changes in the terms and conditions of the plan made after May 6, 1986, but
using the section 415 limitations applicable to the first limitation year
beginning on or after January 1, 1987.

1.7. Highest Average Compensation. Highest average compensation means the
averagess. 415 compensation for the three (3) consecutive calendar years during
which the Participant was both an active participant in the defined benefit plan
and had the greatest aggregate compensation from the Employer.

1.8. Individual Medical Account. Individual medical account means an account, as
defined in section 415(1)(2) of the Code maintained by the Employer or a
controlled group member which provides an annual addition.

1.9. Limitation Year. Limitation year means the Plan Year.

1.10. Maximum Permissible Addition.

         1.10.1. General Rule. Maximum permissible addition (a term that is
relevant only with respect to defined contribution plans) means, for any one (1)
limitation year, the lesser of:

                                       A-5
<PAGE>

                  (i)      Thirty Thousand Dollars ($30,000), as adjusted
                           automatically for increases in the cost of living by
                           the Secretary of the Treasury, or

                  (ii)     twenty-five percent (25%) of the Participant'sss. 415
                           compensation for such limitation year.

         1.10.2. Medical Benefits. The dollar limitation in Section 1.10.1(i),
but not the amount determined in Section 1.10.1(ii), shall be reduced by the
amount of employer contributions which are allocated to a separate account
established for the purpose of providing medical benefits or life insurance
benefits with respect to a key employee (as defined in section 416 of the Code)
under a welfare benefit fund or an individual medical account.

1.11. Maximum Permissible Benefit. Maximum permissible benefit (a term that is
relevant only with respect to defined benefit plans) means, for any one (1)
limitation year, an amount determined as follows:

         1.11.1. SSRA Commencement. If the annual benefit commences at the
social security retirement age, the maximum permissible benefit is the lesser
of:

                  (i)      Ninety Thousand Dollars ($90,000), or

                  (ii)     the Participant's highest average compensation.

         1.11.2. Early Commencement. If the annual benefit commences before the
social security retirement age, the maximum permissible benefit may not exceed
the lesser of the actuarial equivalent of a Ninety Thousand Dollar ($90,000)
annual benefit beginning at the social security retirement age or the
Participant's highest average compensation. If the annual benefit commences
before the social security retirement age but after age sixty-two (62) years,
this actuarial equivalent shall be the Ninety Thousand Dollar ($90,000) annual
benefit reduced in accordance with reductions in social security benefits (i.e.,
5/9% for each of the first 36 months and 5/12% for each additional month by
which the commencement date precedes the social security retirement age). If the
annual benefit commences before age sixty-two (62) years, this actuarial
equivalent shall be the actuarial equivalent of the maximum permissible benefit
as reduced under the prior sentence to age sixty-two (62) years. This actuarial
equivalent (i.e., the pre-age 62 years actuarial equivalent) shall be the lesser
of (A) the equivalent amount computed using the interest rate and mortality
table (or tabular factor) specified in the defined benefit plan for determining
the amount of the early retirement benefit that is payable under the plan, or
(B) the equivalent amount computed using five percent (5%) interest and the
applicable mortality table as prescribed by the Secretary of the Treasury for
these purposes.

         1.11.3. Late Commencement. If the annual benefit commences after the
social security retirement age, the benefit may not exceed the lesser of the
actuarial equivalent of a Ninety Thousand Dollar ($90,000) annual benefit
beginning at the social security retirement age or the Participant's highest
average

                                       A-6
<PAGE>

compensation. This actuarial equivalent (i.e., the post-social security
retirement age actuarial equivalent) shall be the lesser of (A) the equivalent
amount computed using the interest rate and mortality table (or tabular factor)
specified in the defined benefit plan for determining the amount of the late
retirement benefit that is payable under the plan, or (B) the equivalent amount
computed using five percent (5%) interest and the applicable mortality table as
prescribed by the Secretary of the Treasury for these purposes.

         1.11.4. Cost of Living Adjustments. Effective on January 1, 1988 and
each January 1 thereafter, the Ninety Thousand Dollar ($90,000) limit and the
highest average compensation limit (for Participants who have separated from
service) shall be adjusted automatically for increases in the cost of living by
the Secretary of the Treasury. The new amounts will apply to limitation years
ending within such calendar year.

         1.11.5. Participation Reduction. If a Participant has less than ten
(10) years of participation in the plan, the Ninety Thousand Dollar ($90,000)
limit otherwise defined and adjusted above (but not the highest average
compensation limit) shall be reduced to an amount equal to ninety thousand
dollars ($90,000) as otherwise defined and adjusted above multiplied by a
fraction:

                  (i)      the numerator of which is the number of years (and
                           part thereof) of participation, and

                  (ii)     the denominator of which is ten (10).

         1.11.6. Service Reduction. If a Participant has less than ten (10)
years of service with the controlled group members, the highest average
compensation limit otherwise defined and adjusted above (but not the Ninety
Thousand Dollar limit) shall be reduced to an amount equal to the highest
average compensation limit as otherwise defined and adjusted above multiplied by
a fraction:

                  (i)      the numerator of which is the number of years (and
                           part thereof) of service, and

                  (ii)     the denominator of which is ten (10).

1.12. Projected Annual Benefit. Projected annual benefit means the annual
benefit payable to the Participant at his or her normal retirement age (as
defined in the defined benefit plan) adjusted to an actuarially equivalent
straight life annuity form (or, if it would be a lesser amount, to any
actuarially equivalent qualified joint and survivor annuity form that is
available under the defined benefit plan) assuming that:

                  (i)      the Participant continues employment and
                           participation under the defined benefit plan until
                           his or her normal retirement age (as defined in the
                           defined benefit plan) or, if later, until his or her
                           current age, and

                                       A-7
<PAGE>

                  (ii)     the Participant's ss. 415 compensation and all other
                           factors used to determine annual benefits under the
                           defined benefit plan remain unchanged for all future
                           limitation years.

1.13. Section 415 Compensation. Section 415 compensation (sometimes, "ss. 415
compensation") shall mean, with respect to any limitation year, the total wages,
salaries, fees for professional services and other amounts received for personal
services actually rendered in the course of employment with the Employer to the
extent that such amounts are includible in gross income but determined without
regard to any rules that limit the remuneration included in wages based on the
nature or location of the employment or the services performed (such as the
exception for agricultural labor in section 3401(a)(2) of the Code). Without
regard to whether it is or is not includible in gross income, subject to other
limitations and rules of this Section, (i) ss. 415 compensation shall include
foreign earned income as defined in section 911(b) of the Code whether or not
excludable from gross income under section 911 of the Code, and (ii) ss. 415
compensation shall be determined without regard to the exclusions from gross
income in section 931 and section 933 of the Code. For limitation years
beginning after December 31, 1991, ss. 415 compensation shall be determined on a
cash basis. For limitation years beginning after December 31, 1997, ss. 415
compensation shall also include any elective deferral as defined in section
402(g)(3) of the Code and any amount which is contributed or deferred by an
Employer at the election of the employee and which is not includible in the
gross income of the employee by reason of section 125, section 132(f) or section
457 of the Code.

1.14. Social Security Retirement Age. Social security retirement age means the
age used as retirement age under section 216(l) of the Social Security Act
except that such section shall be applied (i) without regard to the age increase
factor, and (ii) as if the early retirement age under section 216(1)(2) of the
Social Security Act were age sixty-two (62) years.

1.15. Welfare Benefit Fund. Welfare benefit fund means a fund as defined in
section 419(e) of the Code which provides post-retirement medical benefits
allocated to separate accounts for key employees as defined in section
419A(d)(3).

                                    SECTION 2

                         DEFINED CONTRIBUTION LIMITATION

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in the Plan Statement, there
shall not be allocated to the account of any Participant under a defined
contribution plan for any limitation year an amount which would cause the annual
addition for such Participant to exceed the maximum permissible addition.

                                       A-8
<PAGE>

                                    SECTION 3

                           DEFINED BENEFIT LIMITATION

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in the Plan Statement, there
shall not be accrued for the benefit of any Participant under a defined benefit
plan an amount which would cause the annual benefit for any limitation year for
such Participant to exceed the maximum permissible benefit.

                                    SECTION 4

                            COMBINED PLANS LIMITATION

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in the Plan Statement, during
limitation years beginning before January 1, 2000, there shall not be allocated
to the account of any Participant under a defined contribution plan or accrued
for the benefit of any Participant under a defined benefit plan any amount which
would cause the sum of such Participant's defined benefit fraction and defined
contribution fraction to exceed one (1.0) at the close of any limitation year.

                                    SECTION 5

                                 REMEDIAL ACTION

5.1. Defined Contribution Plans Only. If a Participant's annual additions for a
limitation year would exceed the maximum permissible addition, to the extent
necessary to eliminate the excess the following shall occur in the following
sequence.

         5.1.1. Employee After Tax Contributions and Elective Deferrals. The
defined contribution plan shall:

                  (i)      return any unmatched employee contributions made by
                           the Participant for the limitation year to the
                           Participant (adjusted for their proportionate share
                           of gains but not losses while held in the defined
                           contribution plan), and

                  (ii)     distribute unmatched elective deferrals (within the
                           meaning of section 402(g)(3) of the Code) made for
                           the limitation year to the Participant (adjusted for
                           their proportionate share of gains but not losses
                           while held in the defined contribution plan), and

                                       A-9
<PAGE>

                  (iii)    return any matched employee contributions made by the
                           Participant for the limitation year to the
                           Participant (adjusted for their proportionate share
                           of gains but not losses while held in the defined
                           contribution plan), and

                  (iv)     distribute matched elective deferrals (within the
                           meaning of section 402(g)(3) of the Code) made for
                           the limitation year to the Participant (adjusted for
                           their proportionate share of gains but not losses
                           while held in the defined contribution plan).

To the extent matched employee contributions are returned or any matched
elective deferrals are distributed, any matching contribution made with respect
thereto shall be forfeited and reallocated to Participants as provided in the
defined contribution plan.

         5.1.2. Employer Contributions. If, after taking all the actions
contemplated by Section 5.1.1, an excess still exists, the defined contribution
plan shall dispose of the excess as follows.

         (a)      Covered. If that Participant is covered by the defined
                  contribution plan at the end of the limitation year, the
                  Employer shall cause such excess to be used to reduce employer
                  contributions for the next limitation year ("second limitation
                  year") and succeeding limitation years, as necessary, for that
                  Participant.

         (b)      Not Covered. If the Participant is not covered by the defined
                  contribution plan at the end of the limitation year, however,
                  then the excess amounts must be held unallocated in an "excess
                  account" for the second limitation year (or succeeding
                  limitation years) and allocated and reallocated in the second
                  limitation year (or succeeding limitation year) to all the
                  remaining Participants in the defined contribution plan as if
                  an employer contribution for the second limitation year (or
                  succeeding limitation year). However, if the allocation or
                  reallocation of the excess amounts pursuant to the provisions
                  of the defined contribution plan causes the limitations of
                  this Appendix to be exceeded with respect to each Participant
                  for the second limitation year (or succeeding limitation
                  years), then these amounts must be held unallocated in an
                  excess account. If an excess account is in existence at any
                  time during the second limitation year (or any succeeding
                  limitation year), all amounts in the excess account must be
                  allocated and reallocated to Participants' accounts (subject
                  to the limitations of this Appendix) as if they were
                  additional employer contributions before any employer
                  contribution and any Participant contributions which would
                  constitute annual additions may be made to the defined
                  contribution plan for that limitation year. Furthermore, the
                  excess amounts must be used to reduce employer contributions
                  for the second limitation year (and succeeding limitation
                  years, as necessary) for all of the remaining Participants.

                                      A-10
<PAGE>

         (c)      No Distributions. Excess amounts may not be distributed from
                  the defined contribution plan to Participants or former
                  Participants.

         If an excess account is in existence at any time during a limitation
year, the gains and losses and other income attributable to the excess account
shall be allocated to such excess account. To the extent that investment gains
or other income or investment losses are allocated to the excess account, the
entire amount allocated to Participants from the excess account, including any
such gains or other income or less any losses, shall be considered as an annual
addition. If the defined contribution plan should be terminated prior to the
date any such temporarily held, unallocated excess can be allocated to the
Accounts of Participants, the date of termination shall be deemed to be an
Annual Valuation Date for the purpose of allocating such excess and, if any
portion of such excess cannot be allocated as of such deemed Annual Valuation
Date by reason of the limitations of this Appendix, such remaining excess shall
be returned to the Employer.

         5.1.3. Sequence of Plans. Each step of remedial action under Section
5.1.1 and Section 5.1.2 as may be necessary to correct an excess allocation
shall be made in all defined contribution plans before the next step of remedial
action is made. Each such step shall be made in the defined contribution plans
in the following sequence:

                  (i)      all profit sharing and stock bonus plans containing
                           cash or deferred arrangements,

                  (ii)     all money purchase pension plans other than money
                           purchase pension plans that are part of employee
                           stock ownership plans,

                  (iii)    all profit sharing and stock bonus plans other than
                           profit sharing and stock bonus plans containing cash
                           or deferred arrangements and employee stock ownership
                           plans,

                  (iv)     all employee stock ownership plans.

If an excess allocation occurs in two (2) or more plans in the same category,
correction of the excess allocation shall be made in chronological order as
determined by the effective date of each plan (using the original effective date
of the plan) beginning with the most recently established plan.

5.2. Defined Benefit Plans Only.

         5.2.1. General Rule. If a Participant's annual benefit for any
limitation year would exceed the maximum permissible benefit, to the extent
necessary to eliminate the excess the defined benefit plan shall cease the
accrual of benefits or reduce benefits previously accrued.

                                      A-11
<PAGE>

         5.2.2. Sequence of Plans. Such remedial action as may be necessary to
prevent an annual benefit from exceeding the maximum permissible benefit in a
limitation year shall be made in defined benefit plans as follows.

         (a)      Single Plan. If the Participant is accruing benefits in only
                  one defined benefit plan during such limitation year, all such
                  cessations and reductions shall be made in that plan; and

         (b)      Other Plans In Earlier Years. To the extent that such
                  cessations and reductions are not adequate and the Participant
                  has accrued benefits in one or more other defined benefit
                  plans in earlier limitation years, such cessations and
                  reduction of accrued benefits under other plans shall be made
                  in chronological order as determined by the effective date of
                  each plan (using the original effective date of the plan)
                  beginning with the most recently established plan; and

         (c)      Multiple Plans. If the Participant is concurrently accruing
                  benefits in more than one defined benefit plan during such
                  limitation year, such cessations and reductions of accrued
                  benefits under such defined benefit plans shall be made in
                  chronological order as determined by the effective date of
                  each plan (using the original effective date of the plan)
                  beginning with the most recently established plan.

5.3. Combined Defined Benefit and Defined Contribution Plans. If the sum of a
Participant's defined benefit fraction and the defined contribution fraction
would exceed one (1.0) at the end of any limitation year beginning before
January 1, 2000, to the extent necessary to eliminate the excess the following
shall occur in the following sequence.

         (a)      Defined Benefit. The cessation and reduction of accruals
                  described in Section 5.2 shall be made.

         (b)      Defined Contribution. The actions described in Section 5.1
                  shall be taken.

                                      A-12
<PAGE>

                                   APPENDIX B

                         CONTINGENT TOP HEAVY PLAN RULES

         Notwithstanding any of the foregoing provisions of the Plan Statement,
if, after applying the special definitions set forth in Section 1 of this
Appendix, this Plan is determined under Section 2 of this Appendix to be a top
heavy plan for a Plan Year, then the special rules set forth in Section 3 of
this Appendix shall apply. For so long as this Plan is not determined to be a
top heavy plan, the special rules in Section 3 of this Appendix shall be
inapplicable to this Plan.

                                    SECTION 1

                               SPECIAL DEFINITIONS

Terms defined in the Plan Statement shall have the same meanings when used in
this Appendix. In addition, when used in this Appendix, the following terms
shall have the following meanings:

1.1. Aggregated Employers. Aggregated employers means the Employer and each
other corporation, partnership or proprietorship which is a "predecessor" to the
Employer, or is under "common control" with the Employer, or is a member of an
"affiliated service group" that includes the Employer, as those terms are
defined in section 414(b), (c), (m) or (o) of the Code.

1.2. Aggregation Group. Aggregation group means a grouping of this Plan and:

         (a)      if any Participant in the Plan is a key employee, each other
                  qualified pension, profit sharing or stock bonus plan of the
                  aggregated employers in which a key employee is a Participant
                  (and for this purpose, a key employee shall be considered a
                  Participant only during periods when he is actually accruing
                  benefits and not during periods when he has preserved accrued
                  benefits attributable to periods of participation when he was
                  not a key employee), and

         (b)      each other qualified pension, profit sharing or stock bonus
                  plan of the aggregated employers which is required to be taken
                  into account for this Plan or any plan described in paragraph
                  (a) above to satisfy the qualification requirements under
                  section 410 or section 401(a)(4) of the Code, and

         (c)      each other qualified pension, profit sharing or stock bonus
                  plan of the aggregated employers which is not included in
                  paragraph (a) or (b) above, but which the

                                       B-1
<PAGE>

                  Employer elects to include in the aggregation group and which,
                  when included, would not cause the aggregation group to fail
                  to satisfy the qualification requirements under section 410 or
                  section 401(a)(4) of the Code.

1.3. Compensation. Unless the context clearly requires otherwise, compensation
means the wages, tips and other compensation paid to the Participant by the
Employer and reportable in the box designated "wages, tips, other compensation"
on Treasury Form W-2 (or any comparable successor box or form) for the
applicable period but determined without regard to any rules that limit the
remuneration included in wages based on the nature or location of the employment
or the services performed (such as the exception for agricultural labor in
section 3401(a)(2) of the Code). In determining compensation there shall be
included elective contributions made by the Employer on behalf of the
Participant that are not includible in gross income under sections 125,
402(e)(3), 402(h), 403(b), 414(h)(2) and 457 of the Code including elective
contributions authorized by the Participant under a cafeteria plan or any
qualified cash or deferred arrangement under section 401(k) of the Code. For the
purposes of this Appendix (excluding Section 1.6 of this Appendix), compensation
shall be limited to Two Hundred Thousand Dollars ($200,000) (as adjusted under
the Code for cost of living increases) for Plan Years beginning before January
1, 1994, and One Hundred and Fifty Thousand Dollars ($150,000) (as so adjusted)
for Plan Years beginning after December 31, 1993.

1.4. Determination Date. Determination date means, for the first (1st) Plan Year
of a plan, the last day of such first (1st) Plan Year, and for each subsequent
Plan Year, the last day of the immediately preceding Plan Year.

1.5. Five Percent Owner. Five percent owner means for each aggregated employer
that is a corporation, any person who owns (or is considered to own within the
meaning of the shareholder attribution rules) more than five percent (5%) of the
value of the outstanding stock of the corporation or stock possessing more than
five percent (5%) of the total combined voting power of the corporation, and,
for each aggregated employer that is not a corporation, any person who owns more
than five percent (5%) of the capital interest or the profits interest in such
aggregated employer. For the purposes of determining ownership percentages, each
corporation, partnership and proprietorship otherwise required to be aggregated
shall be viewed as a separate entity.

1.6. Key Employee. Key employee means each Participant (whether or not then an
employee) who at any time during a Plan Year (or any of the four preceding Plan
Years) is:

         (a)      an officer of any aggregated employer (excluding persons who
                  have the title of an officer but not the authority and
                  including persons who have the authority of an officer but not
                  the title) having an annual compensation from all aggregated
                  employers for any such Plan Year in excess of fifty percent
                  (50%) of the amount in effect under section 415(b)(1)(A) of
                  the Code for any such Plan Year, or

                                       B-2
<PAGE>

         (b)      one (1) of the ten (10) employees (not necessarily
                  Participants) owning (or considered to own within the meaning
                  of the shareholder attribution rules) both more than one-half
                  of one percent (1/2%) ownership interest in value and the
                  largest percentage ownership interests in value of any of the
                  aggregated employers (which are owned by employees) and who
                  has an annual compensation from all the aggregated employers
                  in excess of the limitation in effect under section
                  415(c)(1)(A) of the Code for any such Plan Year, or

         (c)      a five percent owner, or

         (d)      a one percent owner having an annual compensation from the
                  aggregated employers of more than One Hundred Fifty Thousand
                  Dollars ($150,000);

provided, however, that no more than fifty (50) employees (or, if lesser, the
greater of three of all the aggregated employers' employees or ten percent of
all the aggregated employers' employees) shall be treated as officers. For the
purposes of determining ownership percentages, each corporation, partnership and
proprietorship otherwise required to be aggregated shall be viewed as a separate
entity. For purposes of paragraph (b) above, if two (2) employees have the same
interest in any of the aggregated employers, the employee having the greatest
annual compensation from that aggregated employer shall be treated as having a
larger interest. For the purpose of determining compensation, however, all
compensation received from all aggregated employers shall be taken into account.
The term "key employee" shall include the beneficiaries of a deceased key
employee.

1.7. One Percent Owner. One percent owner means, for each aggregated employer
that is a corporation, any person who owns (or is considered to own within the
meaning of the shareholder attribution rules) more than one percent (1%) of the
value of the outstanding stock of the corporation or stock possessing more than
one percent (1%) of the total combined voting power of the corporation, and, for
each aggregated employer that is not a corporation, any person who owns more
than one percent (1%) of the capital or the profits interest in such aggregated
employer. For the purposes of determining ownership percentages, each
corporation, partnership and proprietorship otherwise required to be aggregated
shall be viewed as a separate entity.

1.8. Shareholder Attribution Rules. Shareholder attribution rules means the
rules of section 318 of the Code, (except that subparagraph (C) of section
318(a)(2) of the Code shall be applied by substituting "5 percent" for "50
percent") or, if the Employer is not a corporation, the rules determining
ownership in such Employer which shall be set forth in regulations prescribed by
the Secretary of the Treasury.

1.9. Top Heavy Aggregation Group. Top heavy aggregation group means any
aggregation group for which, as of the determination date, the sum of:

                                       B-3
<PAGE>

                  (i)      the present value of the cumulative accrued benefits
                           for key employees under all defined benefit plans
                           included in such aggregation group, and

                  (ii)     the aggregate of the accounts of key employees under
                           all defined contribution plans included in such
                           aggregation group,

exceed sixty percent (60%) of a similar sum determined for all employees. In
applying the foregoing, the following rules shall be observed:

         (a)      For the purpose of determining the present value of the
                  cumulative accrued benefit for any employee under a defined
                  benefit plan, or the amount of the account of any employee
                  under a defined contribution plan, such present value or
                  amount shall be increased by the aggregate distributions made
                  with respect to such employee under the plan during the five
                  (5) year period ending on the determination date.

         (b)      Any rollover contribution (or similar transfer) initiated by
                  the employee, made from a plan maintained by one employer to a
                  plan maintained by another employer and made after December
                  31, 1983, to a plan shall not be taken into account with
                  respect to the transferee plan for the purpose of determining
                  whether such transferee plan is a top heavy plan (or whether
                  any aggregation group which includes such plan is a top heavy
                  aggregation group). Any rollover contribution (or similar
                  transfer) not described in the preceding sentence shall be
                  taken into account with respect to the transferee plan for the
                  purpose of determining whether such transferee plan is a top
                  heavy plan (or whether any aggregation group which includes
                  such plan is a top heavy aggregation group).

         (c)      If any individual is not a key employee with respect to a plan
                  for any Plan Year, but such individual was a key employee with
                  respect to a plan for any prior Plan Year, the cumulative
                  accrued benefit of such employee and the account of such
                  employee shall not be taken into account.

         (d)      The determination of whether a plan is a top heavy plan shall
                  be made once for each Plan Year of the plan as of the
                  determination date for that Plan Year.

         (e)      In determining the present value of the cumulative accrued
                  benefits of employees under a defined benefit plan, the
                  determination shall be made as of the actuarial valuation date
                  last occurring during the twelve (12) months preceding the
                  determination date and shall be determined on the assumption
                  that the employees terminated employment on the valuation date
                  except as provided in section 416 of the Code and the
                  regulations thereunder for the first and second Plan Years of
                  a defined benefit plan. The accrued benefit of any employee
                  (other than a key

                                       B-4
<PAGE>

                  employee) shall be determined under the method which is used
                  for accrual purposes for all plans of the employer or if there
                  is no method which is used for accrual purposes under all
                  plans of the employer, as if such benefit accrued not more
                  rapidly than the slowest accrual rate permitted under section
                  411(b)(1)(C) of the Code. In determining this present value,
                  the mortality and interest assumptions shall be those which
                  would be used by the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation in
                  valuing the defined benefit plan if it terminated on such
                  valuation date. The accrued benefit to be valued shall be the
                  benefit expressed as a single life annuity.

         (f)      In determining the accounts of employees under a defined
                  contribution plan, the account values determined as of the
                  most recent asset valuation occurring within the twelve (12)
                  month period ending on the determination date shall be used.
                  In addition, amounts required to be contributed under either
                  the minimum funding standards or the plan's contribution
                  formula shall be included in determining the account. In the
                  first year of the plan, contributions made or to be made as of
                  the determination date shall be included even if such
                  contributions are not required.

         (g)      If any individual has not performed any services for any
                  employer maintaining the plan at any time during the five (5)
                  year period ending on the determination date, any accrued
                  benefit of the individual under a defined benefit plan and the
                  account of the individual under a defined contribution plan
                  shall not be taken into account.

         (h)      For this purpose, a terminated plan shall be treated like any
                  other plan and must be aggregated with other plans of the
                  employer if it was maintained within the last five (5) years
                  ending on the determination date for the Plan Year in question
                  and would, but for the fact that it terminated, be part of the
                  aggregation group for such Plan Year.

1.10. Top Heavy Plan. Top heavy plan means a qualified plan under which (as of
the determination date):

                  (i)      if the plan is a defined benefit plan, the present
                           value of the cumulative accrued benefits for key
                           employees exceeds sixty percent (60%) of the present
                           value of the cumulative accrued benefits for all
                           employees, and

                  (ii)     if the plan is a defined contribution plan, the
                           aggregate of the accounts of key employees exceeds
                           sixty percent (60%) of the aggregate of all of the
                           accounts of all employees.

In applying the foregoing, the following rules shall be observed:

                                       B-5
<PAGE>

         (a)      Each plan of an Employer required to be included in an
                  aggregation group shall be a top heavy plan if such
                  aggregation group is a top heavy aggregation group.

         (b)      For the purpose of determining the present value of the
                  cumulative accrued benefit for any employee under a defined
                  benefit plan, or the amount of the account of any employee
                  under a defined contribution plan, such present value or
                  amount shall be increased by the aggregate distributions made
                  with respect to such employee under the plan during the five
                  (5) year period ending on the determination date.

         (c)      Any rollover contribution (or similar transfer) initiated by
                  the employee, made from a plan maintained by one employer to a
                  plan maintained by another employer and made after December
                  31, 1983, to a plan shall not be taken into account with
                  respect to the transferee plan for the purpose of determining
                  whether such transferee plan is a top heavy plan (or whether
                  any aggregation group which includes such plan is a top heavy
                  aggregation group). Any rollover contribution (or similar
                  transfer) not described in the preceding sentence shall be
                  taken into account with respect to the transferee plan for the
                  purpose of determining whether such transferee plan is a top
                  heavy plan (or whether any aggregation group which includes
                  such plan is a top heavy aggregation group).

         (d)      If any individual is not a key employee with respect to a plan
                  for any Plan Year, but such individual was a key employee with
                  respect to the plan for any prior Plan Year, the cumulative
                  accrued benefit of such employee and the account of such
                  employee shall not be taken into account.

         (e)      The determination of whether a plan is a top heavy plan shall
                  be made once for each Plan Year of the plan as of the
                  determination date for that Plan Year.

         (f)      In determining the present value of the cumulative accrued
                  benefits of employees under a defined benefit plan, the
                  determination shall be made as of the actuarial valuation date
                  last occurring during the twelve (12) months preceding the
                  determination date and shall be determined on the assumption
                  that the employees terminated employment on the valuation date
                  except as provided in section 416 of the Code and the
                  regulations thereunder for the first and second Plan Years of
                  a defined benefit plan. The accrued benefit of any employee
                  (other than a key employee) shall be determined under the
                  method which is used for accrual purposes for all plans of the
                  employer or if there is no method which is used for accrual
                  purposes under all plans of the employer, as if such benefit
                  accrued not more rapidly than the slowest accrual rate
                  permitted under section 411(b)(1)(C) of the Code. In
                  determining this present value, the mortality and interest
                  assumptions shall be those which would be used by the Pension
                  Benefit Guaranty

                                       B-6
<PAGE>

                  Corporation in valuing the defined benefit plan if it
                  terminated on such valuation date. The accrued benefit to be
                  valued shall be the benefit expressed as a single life
                  annuity.

         (g)      In determining the accounts of employees under a defined
                  contribution plan, the account values determined as of the
                  most recent asset valuation occurring within the twelve (12)
                  month period ending on the determination date shall be used.
                  In addition, amounts required to be contributed under either
                  the minimum funding standards or the plan's contribution
                  formula shall be included in determining the account. In the
                  first year of the plan, contributions made or to be made as of
                  the determination date shall be included even if such
                  contributions are not required.

         (h)      If any individual has not performed any services for any
                  employer maintaining the plan at any time during the five (5)
                  year period ending on the determination date, any accrued
                  benefit of the individual under a defined benefit plan and the
                  account of the individual under a defined contribution plan
                  shall not be taken into account.

         (i)      For this purpose, a terminated plan shall be treated like any
                  other plan and must be aggregated with other plans of the
                  employer if it was maintained within the last five (5) years
                  ending on the determination date for the Plan Year in question
                  and would, but for the fact that it terminated, be part of the
                  aggregation group for such Plan Year.

                                    SECTION 2

                         DETERMINATION OF TOP HEAVINESS

Once each Plan Year, as of the determination date for that Plan Year, the
administrator of this Plan shall determine if this Plan is a top heavy plan.

                                    SECTION 3

                              CONTINGENT PROVISIONS

3.1. When Applicable. If this Plan is determined to be a top heavy plan for any
Plan Year, the following provisions shall apply for that Plan Year (and, to the
extent hereinafter specified, for subsequent Plan Years), notwithstanding any
provisions to the contrary in the Plan.

                                       B-7
<PAGE>

3.2. Vesting Requirement.

         3.2.1. General Rule. During any Plan Year that the Plan is determined
to be a Top Heavy Plan, then all accounts of all Participants in a defined
contribution plan that is a top heavy plan and the accrued benefits of all
Participants in a defined benefit plan that is a top heavy plan shall be vested
and nonforfeitable in accordance with the following schedule if, and to the
extent, that it is more favorable than other provisions of the Plan:

                   If the Participant Has                His Vested
                  Completed the Following                Percentage
                 Years of Vesting Service:                Shall Be:
                 --------------------------             -----------

               Less than 2 years                                0%
               2 years but less than 3 years                   20%
               3 years but less than 4 years                   40%
               4 years but less than 5 years                   60%
               5 years but less than 6 years                   80%
               6 years or more                                100%

         3.2.2. Subsequent Year. In each subsequent Plan Year that the Plan is
determined not to be a top heavy plan, the other nonforfeitability provisions of
the Plan Statement (and not this section) shall apply in determining the vested
and nonforfeitable rights of Participants who do not have five (5) or more years
of Vesting Service (three or more years of Vesting Service for Participants who
have one or more Hours of Service in any Plan Year beginning after December 31,
1988) as of the beginning of such subsequent Plan Year; provided, however, that
they shall not be applied in a manner which would reduce the vested and
nonforfeitable percentage of any Participant.

         3.2.3. Cancellation of Benefit Service. If this Plan is a defined
benefit plan and if the Participant's vested percentage is determined under this
Appendix and if a Participant receives a lump sum distribution of the present
value of the vested portion of his accrued benefit, the Plan shall:

         (a)      thereafter disregard the Participant's service with respect to
                  which he received such distribution in determining his accrued
                  benefit, and

         (b)      permit the Participant who receives a distribution of less
                  than the present value of his entire accrued benefit to
                  restore this service by repaying (after returning to
                  employment covered under the Plan) to the trustee the amount
                  of such distribution together with interest at the interest
                  rate of five percent (5%) per annum compounded annually (or
                  such other interest rate as is provided by law for such
                  repayment). If the distribution was on account of separation
                  from service such repayment must be made before the earlier
                  of,

                                       B-8
<PAGE>

                  (i)      five (5) years after the first date on which the
                           Participant is subsequently reemployed by the
                           employer, or

                  (ii)     the close of the first period of five (5) consecutive
                           one-year breaks in service commencing after the
                           distribution.

If the distribution was on account of any other reason, such repayment must be
made within five (5) years after the date of the distribution.

3.3. Defined Contribution Plan Minimum Benefit Requirement.

         3.3.1. General Rule. If this Plan is a defined contribution plan, then
for any Plan Year that this Plan is determined to be a top heavy plan, the
Employer shall make a contribution for allocation to the account of each
employee who is a Participant for that Plan Year and who is not a key employee
in an amount (when combined with other Employer contributions and forfeited
accounts allocated to his account) which is at least equal to three percent (3%)
of such Participant's compensation. (This minimum contribution amount shall be
further reduced by all other Employer contributions to this Plan or any other
defined contribution plans.) This contribution shall be made for each
Participant who has not separated from service with the Employer at the end of
the Plan Year (including for this purpose any Participant who is then on
temporary layoff or authorized leave of absence or who, during such Plan Year,
was inducted into the Armed Forces of the United States from employment with the
Employer) including, for this purpose, each employee of the Employer who would
have been a Participant if he had: (i) completed one thousand (1,000) Hours of
Service (or the equivalent) during the Plan Year, and (ii) made any mandatory
contributions to the Plan, and (iii) earned compensation in excess of the stated
amount required for participation in the Plan.

         3.3.2. Special Rule. Subject to the following rules, the percentage
referred to in Section 3.3.1 of this Appendix shall not exceed the percentage at
which contributions are made (or required to be made) under this Plan for the
Plan Year for that key employee for whom that percentage is the highest for the
Plan Year.

         (a)      The percentage referred to above shall be determined by
                  dividing the Employer contributions for such key employee for
                  such Plan Year by his compensation for such Plan Year.

         (b)      For the purposes of this Section 3.3, all defined contribution
                  plans required to be included in an aggregation group shall be
                  treated as one (l) plan.

         (c)      The exception contained in this Section 3.3.2 shall not apply
                  to (be available to) this Plan if this Plan is required to be
                  included in an aggregation group if including

                                       B-9
<PAGE>

                  this Plan in an aggregation group enables a defined benefit
                  plan to satisfy the qualification requirements of section 410
                  or section 401(a)(4) of the Code.

         3.3.3. Salary Reduction and Matching Contributions. For the purpose of
this Section 3.3, all Employer contributions attributable to a salary reduction
or similar arrangement shall be taken into account for the purpose of
determining the minimum percentage contribution required to be made for a
particular Plan Year for a Participant who is not a key employee but not for the
purpose of determining whether that minimum contribution requirement has been
satisfied. For the purpose of this Section 3.3 during all Plan Years beginning
after December 31, 1988, all Employer matching contributions shall be taken into
account for the purposes of determining the minimum percentage contribution
required to be made for a particular Plan Year for a Participant who was not a
key employee but not for the purpose of determining whether that minimum
contribution requirement has been satisfied.

3.4. Defined Benefit Plan Minimum Benefit Requirement.

         3.4.1. General Rule. If this Plan is a defined benefit plan, then for
any Plan Year that the Plan is determined to be a top heavy plan, the accrued
benefit for each Participant who is not a key employee shall not be less than
one-twelfth (l/12th) of the applicable percentage of the Participant's average
compensation for years in the testing period.

         3.4.2. Special Rules and Definitions. In applying the general rule of
Section 3.4.1 of this Appendix, the following special rules and definitions
shall apply:

         (a)      The term "applicable percentage" means the lesser of:

                  (i)      two percent (2%) multiplied by the number of years of
                           service with the Employer, or

                  (ii)     twenty percent (20%).

         (b)      For the purpose of this Section 3.4, a Participant's years of
                  service with the Employer shall be equal to the Participant's
                  Vesting Service except that a year of Vesting Service shall
                  not be taken into account if:

                  (i)      the Plan was not a top heavy plan for any Plan Year
                           ending during such year of Vesting Service, or

                  (ii)     such year of Vesting Service was completed in a Plan
                           Year beginning before January l, 1984.

                                      B-10
<PAGE>

         (c)      A Participant's "testing period" shall be the period of five
                  (5) consecutive years during which the Participant had the
                  greatest compensation from the Employer; provided, however,
                  that:

                  (i)      the years taken into account shall be properly
                           adjusted for years not included in a year of service,
                           and

                  (ii)     a year shall not be taken into account if such year
                           ends in a Plan Year beginning before January l, 1984,
                           or such year begins after the close of the last year
                           in which the Plan was a top heavy plan.

         (d)      An individual shall be considered a Participant for the
                  purpose of accruing the minimum benefit only if such
                  individual has at least one thousand (1,000) Hours of Service
                  during a benefit accrual computation period (or equivalent
                  service determined under Department of Labor regulations).
                  Furthermore, such individual shall accrue a minimum benefit
                  only for a benefit accrual computation period in which such
                  individual has one thousand (1,000) Hours of Service (or
                  equivalent service). An individual shall not fail to accrue
                  the minimum benefit merely because the individual: (i) was not
                  employed on a specified date, or (ii) was excluded from
                  participation (or otherwise failed to accrue a benefit)
                  because the individual's compensation was less than a stated
                  amount, or (iii) because the individual failed to make any
                  mandatory contributions.

         3.4.3. Accruals Preserved. In years subsequent to the last Plan Year in
which this Plan is a top heavy plan, the other benefit accrual rules of the Plan
Statement shall be applied to determine the accrued benefit of each Participant,
except that the application of such other rules shall not serve to reduce a
Participant's accrued benefit as determined under this Section 3.4.

3.5. Priorities Among Plans. In applying the minimum benefit provisions of this
Appendix in any Plan Year that this Plan is determined to be a top heavy plan,
the following rules shall apply:

         (a)      If an employee participates only in this Plan, the employee
                  shall receive the minimum benefit applicable to this Plan.

         (b)      If an employee participates in both a defined benefit plan and
                  a defined contribution plan and only one (1) of such plans is
                  a top heavy plan for the Plan Year, the employee shall receive
                  the minimum benefit applicable to the plan which is a top
                  heavy plan.

         (c)      If an employee participates in both a defined contribution
                  plan and a defined benefit plan and both are top heavy plans,
                  then the employee, for that Plan Year,

                                      B-11
<PAGE>

                  shall receive the defined benefit plan minimum benefit unless
                  for that Plan Year the employee has received employer
                  contributions and forfeitures allocated to his account in the
                  defined contribution plan in an amount which is at least equal
                  to five percent (5%) of his compensation.

         (d)      If an employee participates in two (2) or more defined
                  contribution plans which are top heavy plans, then the
                  employee, for that Plan Year, shall receive the defined
                  contribution plan minimum benefit in that defined contribution
                  plan which has the earliest original effective date.

3.6. Annual Contribution Limits.

         3.6.1. General Rule. Notwithstanding anything apparently to the
contrary in the Appendix A to the Plan Statement, for any Plan Year that this
Plan is a top heavy plan, the defined benefit fraction and defined contribution
fraction of the Appendix to the Plan Statement pertaining to limits under
section 415 of the Code shall be one hundred percent (100%) and not one hundred
twenty-five percent (125%).

         3.6.2. Special Rule. Section 3.6.1 of this Appendix shall not apply to
any top heavy plan if such top heavy plan satisfies the following requirements:

         (a)      Minimum Benefit Requirement. The top heavy plan (and any plan
                  required to be included in an aggregation group with such
                  plan) satisfies the requirements of Section 3.4 of this
                  Appendix when Section 3.4.2(a)(1) of this Appendix is applied
                  by substituting three percent (3%) for two percent (2%) and by
                  increasing (but by no more than ten percentage points) twenty
                  percent (20%) by one percentage point for each year for which
                  the plan was taken into account under this Section 3.7.
                  Section 3.3.1 of this Appendix shall be applied by
                  substituting "four percent (4%)" for "three percent (3%)."
                  Section 3.5(c) of this Appendix shall be applied by
                  substituting "seven and one-half percent (7-1/2%)" for "five
                  percent (5%)."

         (b)      Ninety Percent Rule. A top heavy plan would not be a top heavy
                  plan if "ninety percent (90%)" were substituted for "sixty
                  percent (60%)" each place that it appears in the definitions
                  of top heavy plan and top heavy aggregation group.

         3.6.3. Transition Rule. If, but for this Section 3.6.3, Section 3.6.1
of this Appendix would begin to apply with respect to this Plan because it is a
top heavy plan, the application of Section 3.6.1 of this Appendix shall be
suspended with respect to any individual so long as there are no:

                                      B-12
<PAGE>

         (a)      employer contributions, forfeitures or voluntary nondeductible
                  contributions allocated to such individual (if this Plan is a
                  defined contribution plan), or

         (b)      accruals for such individual (if this Plan is a defined
                  benefit plan).

         3.6.4. Coordinating Change. If this Plan is a top heavy plan for any
Plan Year, then for purposes of the Appendix A to the Plan Statement, section
415(e)(6)(i) of the Code shall be applied by substituting "Forty-one Thousand
Five Hundred Dollars ($41,500)" for "Fifty-one Thousand Eight Hundred
Seventy-five Dollars ($51,875)."

3.7. Bargaining Units. The requirements of Section 3.2 through Section 3.6 of
this Appendix shall not apply with respect to any employee included in a unit of
employees covered by an agreement which the Secretary of Labor finds to be a
collective bargaining agreement between employee representatives and one (1) or
more employers if there is evidence that retirement benefits are the subject of
good faith bargaining between such employee representatives and such employer or
employers.

                                      B-13
<PAGE>

                                   APPENDIX C

                       QUALIFIED DOMESTIC RELATIONS ORDERS

                                    SECTION 1

                                 GENERAL MATTERS

Terms defined in the Plan Statement shall have the same meanings when used in
this Appendix.

1.1. General Rule. The Plan shall not honor the creation, assignment or
recognition of any right to any benefit payable with respect to a Participant
pursuant to a domestic relations order unless that domestic relations order is a
qualified domestic relations order.

1.2. Alternate Payee Defined. The only persons eligible to be considered
alternate payees with respect to a Participant shall be that Participant's
spouse, former spouse, child or other dependent.

1.3. DRO Defined. A domestic relations order is any judgment, decree or order
(including an approval of a property settlement agreement) which relates to the
provision of child support, alimony payments, or marital property rights to a
spouse, former spouse, child or other dependent of a Participant and which is
made pursuant to a state domestic relations law (including a community property
law).

1.4. QDRO Defined. A qualified domestic relations order is a domestic relations
order which creates or recognizes the existence of an alternate payee's right to
(or assigns to an alternate payee the right to) receive all or a portion of the
Account of a Participant under the Plan and which satisfies all of the following
requirements.

         1.4.1. Names and Addresses. The order must clearly specify the name and
the last known mailing address, if any, of the Participant and the name and
mailing address of each alternate payee covered by the order.

         1.4.2. Amount. The order must clearly specify the amount or percentage
of the Participant's Account to be paid by the Plan to each such alternate payee
or the manner in which such amount or percentage is to be determined.

         1.4.3. Payment Method. The order must clearly specify the number of
payments or period to which the order applies.

         1.4.4. Plan Identity. The order must clearly specify that it applies to
this Plan.

                                       C-1
<PAGE>

         1.4.5. Settlement Options. Except as provided in Section 1.4.8 of this
Appendix, the order may not require the Plan to provide any type or form of
benefits or any option not otherwise provided under the Plan.

         1.4.6. Increased Benefits. The order may not require the Plan to
provide increased benefits.

         1.4.7. Prior Awards. The order may not require the payment of benefits
to an alternate payee which are required to be paid to another alternate payee
under another order previously determined to be a qualified domestic relations
order.

         1.4.8. Exceptions. The order will not fail to meet the requirements of
Section 1.4.5 of this Appendix if:

         (a)      The order requires payment of benefits be made to an alternate
                  payee before the Participant has separated from service but as
                  of a date that is on or after the date on which the
                  Participant attains (or would have attained) the earliest
                  payment date described in Section 1.4.10 of this Appendix; and

         (b)      The order requires that payment of benefits be made to an
                  alternate payee as if the Participant had retired on the date
                  on which payment is to begin under such order (but taking into
                  account only the present value of benefits actually accrued);
                  and

         (c)      The order requires payment of benefits to be made to an
                  alternate payee in any form in which benefits may be paid
                  under the Plan to the Participant (other than in the form of a
                  joint and survivor annuity with respect to the alternate payee
                  and his or her subsequent spouse).

In lieu of the foregoing, the order will not fail to meet the requirements of
Section 1.4.5 of this Appendix if the order: (1) requires that payment of
benefits be made to an alternate payee in a single lump sum as soon as is
administratively feasible after the order is determined to be a qualified
domestic relations order, and (2) does not contain any of the provisions
described in Section 1.4.9 of this Appendix, and (3) provides that the payment
of such single lump sum fully and permanently discharges all obligations of the
Plan to the alternate payee.

         1.4.9. Deemed Spouse. Notwithstanding the foregoing:

         (a)      The order may provide that the former spouse of a Participant
                  shall be treated as a surviving spouse of such Participant for
                  the purposes of Section 7 of the Plan Statement (and that any
                  subsequent or prior spouse of the Participant shall not be
                  treated as a spouse of the Participant for such purposes), and

                                       C-2
<PAGE>

         (b)      The order may provide that, if the former spouse has been
                  married to the Participant for at least one (1) year at any
                  time, the surviving former spouse shall be deemed to have been
                  married to the Participant for the one (1) year period ending
                  on the date of the Participant's death.

         1.4.10. Payment Date Defined. For the purpose of Section 1.4.8 of this
Appendix, the earliest payment date means the earlier of:

         (a)      The date on which the Participant is entitled to a
                  distribution under the Plan; or

         (b)      The later of (i) the date the Participant attains age fifty
                  (50) years, or (ii) the earliest date on which the Participant
                  could begin receiving benefits under the Plan if the
                  Participant separated from service.

                                    SECTION 2

                                   PROCEDURES

2.1. Actions Pending Review. During any period when the issue of whether a
domestic relations order is a qualified domestic relations order is being
determined by the Committee, the Committee shall cause the Plan to separately
account for the amounts which would be payable to the alternate payee during
such period if the order were determined to be a qualified domestic relations
order.

2.2. Reviewing DROs. Upon the receipt of a domestic relations order, the
Committee shall determine whether such order is a qualified domestic relations
order.

         2.2.1. Receipt. A domestic relations order shall be considered to have
been received only when the Committee shall have received a copy of a domestic
relations order which is complete in all respects and is originally signed,
certified or otherwise officially authenticated.

         2.2.2. Notice to Parties. Upon receipt of a domestic relations order,
the Committee shall notify the Participant and all persons claiming to be
alternate payees and all prior alternate payees with respect to the Participant
that such domestic relations order has been received. The Committee shall
include with such notice a copy of this Appendix.

         2.2.3. Comment Period. The Participant and all persons claiming to be
alternate payees and all prior alternate payees with respect to the Participant
shall be afforded a comment period of thirty (30) days from the date such notice
is mailed by the Committee in which to make comments or objections to the
Committee concerning whether the domestic relations order is a qualified
domestic relations order.

                                       C-3
<PAGE>

By the unanimous written consent of the Participant and all persons claiming to
be alternate payees and all prior alternate payees with respect to the
Participant, the thirty (30) day comment period may be shortened.

         2.2.4. Initial Determination. Within a reasonable period of time after
the termination of the comment period, the Committee shall give written notice
to the Participant and all persons claiming to be alternate payees and all prior
alternate payees with respect to the Participant of its decision that the
domestic relations order is or is not a qualified domestic relations order. If
the Committee determines that the order is not a qualified domestic relations
order or if the Committee determines that the written objections of any party to
the order being found a qualified domestic relations order are not valid, the
Committee shall include in its written notice:

                  (i)      the specific reasons for its decision;

                  (ii)     the specific reference to the pertinent provisions of
                           this Plan Statement upon which its decision is based;

                  (iii)    a description of additional material or information,
                           if any, which would cause the Committee to reach a
                           different conclusion; and

                  (iv)     an explanation of the procedures for reviewing the
                           initial determination of the Committee.

         2.2.5. Appeal Period. The Participant and all persons claiming to be
alternate payees and all prior alternate payees with respect to the Participant
shall be afforded an appeal period of sixty (60) days from the date such an
initial determination and explanation is mailed in which to make comments or
objections concerning whether the original determination of the Committee is
correct. By the unanimous written consent of the Participant and all persons
claiming to be alternate payees and all prior alternate payees with respect to
the Participant, the sixty (60) day appeal period may be shortened.

           2.2.6. Final Determination. In all events, the final determination of
the Committee shall be made not later than eighteen (18) months after the date
on which first payment would be required to be made under the domestic relations
order if it were a qualified domestic relations order. The final determination
shall be communicated in writing to the Participant and all persons claiming to
be alternate payees and all prior alternate payees with respect to the
Participant.

2.3. Final Disposition. If the domestic relations order is finally determined to
be a qualified domestic relations order and all comment and appeal periods have
expired, the Plan shall pay all amounts required to be paid pursuant to the
domestic relations order to the alternate payee entitled thereto. If the
domestic relations order is finally determined not to be a qualified domestic
relations order and all comment and appeal periods have expired, benefits under
the Plan shall be paid to the person or persons who would have been entitled to
such amounts if there had been no domestic relations order.

                                       C-4
<PAGE>

2.4. Orders Being Sought. If the Committee has notice that a domestic relations
order is being or may be sought but has not received the order, the Committee
shall not (in the absence of a written request from the Participant) delay
payment of benefits to a Participant or Beneficiary which otherwise would be
due. If the Committee has determined that a domestic relations order is not a
qualified domestic relations order and all comment and appeal periods have
expired, the Committee shall not (in the absence of a written request from the
Participant) delay payment of benefits to a Participant or Beneficiary which
otherwise would be due even if the Committee has notice that the party claiming
to be an alternate payee or the Participant or both are attempting to rectify
any deficiencies in the domestic relations order. Notwithstanding the above,
after the commencement of a divorce action, the Committee shall comply with a
restraining order, duly issued by the court handling the divorce, reasonably
prohibiting the disposition of a Participant's benefits pending the submission
to the Committee of a domestic relations order or prohibiting the disposition of
a Participant's benefits pending resolution of a dispute with respect to a
domestic relations order.

                                    SECTION 3

                               PROCESSING OF AWARD

3.1. General Rules. If a benefit is awarded to an alternate payee pursuant to an
order which has been finally determined to be a qualified domestic relations
order, the following rules shall apply.

         3.1.1. Source of Award. If a Participant shall have a Vested interest
in more than one Account under the Plan, the benefit awarded to an alternate
payee shall be withdrawn from the Participant's Accounts in proportion to his
Vested interest in each of them.

         3.1.2. Effect on Account. For all purposes of the Plan, the
Participant's Account (and all benefits payable under the Plan which are derived
in whole or in part by reference to the Participant's Account) shall be
permanently diminished by the portion of the Participant's Account which is
awarded to the alternate payee. The benefit awarded to an alternate payee shall
be considered to have been a distribution from the Participant's Account for the
limited purpose of applying any rules of the Plan Statement relating to
distributions from an Account that is only partially Vested.

         3.1.3. After Death. After the death of an alternate payee, all amounts
awarded to the alternate payee which have not been distributed to the alternate
payee and which continue to be payable shall be paid in a single lump sum
distribution to the personal representative of the alternate payee's estate as
soon as administratively feasible, unless the qualified domestic relations order
clearly provides otherwise. The Participant's Beneficiary designation shall not
be effective to dispose of any portion of the benefit awarded to an alternate
payee, unless the qualified domestic relations order clearly provides otherwise.

                                       C-5
<PAGE>

         3.1.4. In-Service Benefits. Any in-service distribution provisions of
the Plan Statement shall not be applicable to the benefit awarded to an
alternate payee.

3.2. Segregated Account. If the Committee determines that it would facilitate
the administration or the distribution of the benefit awarded to the alternate
payee or if the qualified domestic relations order so requires, the benefit
awarded to the alternate payee shall be established on the books and records of
the Plan as a separate account belonging to the alternate payee.

3.3. Former Alternate Payees. If an alternate payee has received all benefits to
which the alternate payee is entitled under a qualified domestic relations
order, the alternate payee will not at any time thereafter be deemed to be an
alternate payee or prior alternate payee for any substantive or procedural
purpose of this Plan.

                                       C-6
<PAGE>

                                   APPENDIX D

                       401(k), 401(m), & 402(g) COMPLIANCE

         Introduction. This Appendix D contains rules for complying with the
nondiscrimination provisions of sections 401(k) and 401(m) of the Code and the
limitations imposed under section 402(g) of the Code.

         Priority. Determinations under this Appendix shall be made in the
following order:

         (1)      Excess deferrals under Section 1,

         (2)      Excess contributions under Section 2,

         (3)      Excess aggregate contributions under Section 3.

The amount of excess contributions shall be reduced by excess deferrals
previously distributed to such Participant for the Participant's taxable year
ending with or within such Plan Year.

                                    SECTION 1

                            SECTION 402(g) COMPLIANCE

1.1. Excess Deferrals.

         1.1.1. In General. A Participant may attribute to this Plan any excess
deferrals made during a taxable year of the Participant by notifying the
Committee in writing not later than the March 1 following such taxable year of
the amount of the excess deferral to be assigned to the Plan. A Participant
shall be deemed to have notified the Plan of excess deferrals to the extent the
Participant has excess deferrals for the taxable year calculated by taking into
account only the amount of elective contributions allocated to the Participant's
Retirement Savings Account and to any other plan of the Employer and Affiliates.
Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan Statement, a Participant's
excess deferrals, plus any income and minus any loss allocable thereto, shall be
distributed to the Participant no later than the first April 15 following the
close of the Participant's taxable year.

         1.1.2. Definitions. For purposes of this Appendix, excess deferrals
shall mean the amount of elective contributions allocated to the Participant's
Retirement Savings Account for a

                                       D-1
<PAGE>

Participant's taxable year and which the Participant or the Employer, where
applicable, allocates to this Plan pursuant to the claim procedure described
below.

         1.1.3. Claims. The Participant's claim shall be in writing; shall be
submitted to the Committee not later than March 1 with respect to the
immediately preceding taxable year; shall specify the amount of the
Participant's excess deferrals for the preceding taxable year; and shall be
accompanied by the Participant's written statement that if such amounts are not
distributed, such excess deferrals, when added to amounts deferred under other
plans or arrangements described in sections 401(k), 408(k) or 403(b) of the
Code, will exceed the limit imposed on the Participant by section 402(g) of the
Code for the taxable year in which the deferral occurred. The Employer shall
notify the Plan on behalf of the Participant where the excess deferrals occur in
the Plan or the combined plans of the Employer and Affiliates.

         1.1.4. Determination of Income or Loss. The excess deferrals shall be
adjusted for income or loss. Unless the Committee and the Trustee agree
otherwise in writing, the income or loss allocable to excess deferrals shall be
determined by multiplying the income or loss allocable to the Participant's
elective contributions for the Plan Year ending within such preceding taxable
year by a fraction, the numerator of which is the excess deferrals on behalf of
the Participant for such preceding taxable year and the denominator of which is
the Participant's Retirement Savings Account balance attributable to elective
contributions on the Valuation Date coincident with or immediately before the
last day of such preceding taxable year without regard to any income or loss
occurring during such taxable year.

         1.1.5. Accounting for Excess Deferrals. Excess deferrals shall be
distributed from the Participant's Retirement Savings Account.

         1.1.6. Orphaned Matching Contributions. If excess deferrals are
distributed pursuant to this Section 1.1, applicable matching contributions
under Section 3.3 of the Plan Statement shall be treated as forfeitures and
reallocated as provided in Section 6.2 of the Plan Statement.

                                    SECTION 2

                            SECTION 401(k) COMPLIANCE

2.1. Section 401(k) Compliance.

         2.1.1. Safe Harbor Compliance. If the Plan satisfies the requirements
of section 401(k)(12) of the Code for any Plan Year beginning after December 31,
1998, the provisions of this Section 2.1 of Appendix D shall not apply to the
Plan for such Plan Year.

                                       D-2
<PAGE>

         2.1.2. Special Definitions. For purposes of this Section 2, the
following special definitions shall apply:

         (a)      An eligible employee means an individual who is entitled to
                  provide a Retirement Savings Election for all or a part of the
                  Plan Year (whether or not the individual does so).

         (b)      An eligible Highly Compensated Employee means an eligible
                  employee who is a Highly Compensated Employee.

         (c)      Deferral percentage means the ratio (calculated separately for
                  each eligible employee) of:

                  (i)      the total amount, for the Plan Year, of Employer
                           contributions credited to the eligible employee's
                           Retirement Savings Account excluding any Employer
                           contributions to the Retirement Savings Account used
                           in determining the contribution percentage in Section
                           3.1.2(c)(i) and including, if the Committee elects,
                           all or a portion of the amount of Employer
                           contributions credited to the eligible employee's
                           Employer Matching Account that are not used in
                           determining the contribution percentage in Section
                           3.1.2(c)(i), to

                  (ii)     the eligible employee's Recognized Compensation for
                           the portion of such Plan Year that the employee is an
                           eligible employee.

                  For this purpose, Employer contributions will be considered
                  made in the Plan Year if they are allocated as of a date
                  during such Plan Year and are delivered to the Trustee within
                  twelve (12) months after the end of such Plan Year.

         (d)      Average deferral percentage means, for a specified group of
                  eligible employees for the Plan Year, the average of the
                  deferral percentages for all eligible employees in such group.

         2.1.3. Special Rules. For purposes of this Section 2.1, the following
special rules apply:

         (a)      Rounding. The deferral percentage of each eligible employee
                  and the average deferral percentage for each group of eligible
                  employees shall be calculated to the nearest one-hundredth of
                  one percent.

         (b)      Multiple Plans. In the case of an eligible Highly Compensated
                  Employee who participates in any other plan of the Employer
                  and Affiliates (other than an

                                       D-3
<PAGE>

                  employee stock ownership plan described in sections 409(a) and
                  4975(e)(7) of the Code) to which Employer contributions are
                  made on behalf of the eligible Highly Compensated Employee
                  pursuant to a salary reduction agreement, all such Employer
                  contributions, and if used to determine the deferral
                  percentage of eligible employees, matching contributions (as
                  defined in section 401(m)(4)(A) of the Code which meet the
                  requirements of sections 401(k)(2)(B) and 401(k)(2)(C) of the
                  Code) shall be aggregated for purposes of determining the
                  eligible Highly Compensated Employee's deferral percentage;
                  provided, however, that such Employer contributions made under
                  an employee stock ownership plan shall not be aggregated.

         (c)      Permissive Aggregation. If this Plan satisfies the
                  requirements of sections 401(k), 401(a)(4) or 410(b) of the
                  Code only if aggregated with one or more other plans, or if
                  one or more other plans satisfy the requirements of such
                  sections of the Code only if aggregated with this Plan, then
                  this Section 2.1 shall be applied by determining the average
                  deferral percentage of eligible employees as if all such plans
                  were a single plan. Plans may be aggregated in order to
                  satisfy section 401(k) of the Code only if they have the same
                  Plan Year and use the same 401(k) testing method.

         2.1.4. The 401(k) Tests. Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions, at
least one of the following two (2) tests must be satisfied for each Plan Year:

         Test 1:  The average deferral percentage for the group of eligible
                  Highly Compensated Employees for the current Plan Year is not
                  more than the average deferral percentage of all other
                  eligible employees for the current Plan Year multiplied by one
                  and twenty-five hundredths (1.25).

         Test 2:  The excess of the average deferral percentage for the group of
                  eligible Highly Compensated Employees for the current Plan
                  Year over the average deferral percentage of all other
                  eligible employees for the current Plan Year is not more than
                  two (2) percentage points, and the average deferral percentage
                  for the group of eligible Highly Compensated Employees for the
                  current Plan Year is not more than the average deferral
                  percentage of all other eligible employees for the current
                  Plan Year multiplied by two (2).

The Committee may, however, elect in accordance with further guidance issued by
the Secretary of the Treasury to substitute the average deferral percentage of
all other eligible employees for the preceding Plan Year for the average
deferral percentage of all other eligible employees for the current Plan Year in
Tests 1 and 2 above. Any election made by the Committee to use the average
deferral percentage of all other

                                       D-4
<PAGE>

eligible employees for the preceding Plan Year in Tests 1 and 2 above, may only
be changed in the manner prescribed by the Secretary of the Treasury.

         2.1.5. Preventative Action Prior to Plan Year End. If the Committee
determines that neither of the tests described in Section 2.1.4 will be
satisfied (or may not be satisfied) for a Plan Year, then during such Plan Year,
the Committee may from time to time establish (and modify) a maximum amount of
contributions that can be made pursuant to a Retirement Savings Election by
eligible Highly Compensated Employees that is less than the amount that would
otherwise be permitted. No contributions shall be permitted to be made in excess
of that maximum after the date such maximum is effective. The Committee shall
prescribe rules concerning such modifications, including the frequency of
applying the tests described in Section 2.1.4 and the commencement and
termination dates for any modifications.

2.2. Distribution of Excess Contributions.

         2.2.1. In General. Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan
Statement, excess contributions for a Plan Year, plus any income and minus any
loss allocable thereto, shall be distributed no later than the last day of the
following Plan Year, to eligible Highly Compensated Employees as determined in
this Section.

         2.2.2. Determining Excess Contributions. For purposes of this Section
2.2, excess contributions shall mean, with respect to any Plan Year, the excess
of:

         (a)      the aggregate amount of Employer contributions taken into
                  account in computing the average deferral percentage of
                  eligible Highly Compensated Employees for such Plan Year, over

         (b)      the maximum amount of such contributions permitted by the
                  section 401(k) test described in Section 2.1 of this Appendix.
                  Such maximum amount of contributions shall be determined by
                  reducing (not distributing) eligible Highly Compensated
                  Employees' contributions as follows:

                  (i)      The contributions made pursuant to a Retirement
                           Savings Election of the eligible Highly Compensated
                           Employee who has the highest deferral percentage (as
                           defined in Section 2.1 of this Appendix) shall be
                           reduced by the amount required to cause such eligible
                           Highly Compensated Employee's deferral percentage to
                           equal the next highest deferral percentage of an
                           eligible Highly Compensated Employee.

                  (ii)     If neither the tests is satisfied after such
                           reduction, the contributions made pursuant to a
                           Retirement Savings Election of the eligible Highly
                           Compensated Employees who then have the highest
                           deferral percentage

                                       D-5
<PAGE>

                           (including those eligible Highly Compensated
                           Employees whose contributions were reduced under (i)
                           above) shall be reduced by the amount required to
                           cause such eligible Highly Compensated Employees'
                           deferral percentage to equal the next highest
                           deferral percentage of an eligible Highly Compensated
                           Employee.

                  (iii)    If neither of the tests is satisfied after such
                           reduction, this method of reduction shall be repeated
                           one or more additional times until one of the tests
                           is satisfied.

         2.2.3. Method of Distributing Excess Contributions. Excess
contributions, plus any income and minus any loss allocable thereto, shall be
distributed from the Retirement Savings Account and Employer Matching Account,
if applicable, in proportion to the Participant's elective contributions and
matching contributions, if applicable, (as defined in section 401(m)(4)(A) of
the Code which meet the requirements of sections 401(k)(2)(B) and 401(k)(2)(C)
of the Code) for the Plan Year. The amount of excess contributions to be
distributed on behalf of each eligible Highly Compensated Employee for the Plan
Year shall be equal to the amount of reduction determined as follows:

         (a)      The contributions made pursuant to a Retirement Savings
                  Election of the eligible Highly Compensated Employee who has
                  the highest dollar amount of such contributions shall be
                  reduced by the amount required to cause such eligible Highly
                  Compensated Employee's contributions to equal the next highest
                  dollar amount contributed by eligible Highly Compensated
                  Employees (and the amount credited pursuant to Section 3.2 of
                  the Plan Statement, and the applicable amount, if any,
                  credited pursuant to Section 3.3 of the Plan Statement shall
                  be reduced accordingly).

         (b)      If any excess contributions remain after performing (a), then
                  the eligible Highly Compensated Employees who have the next
                  highest dollar amount of contributions made pursuant to a
                  Retirement Savings Election (including those eligible Highly
                  Compensated Employees reduced under (a) above) shall be
                  reduced by the amount required to cause such eligible Highly
                  Compensated Employees' contributions to equal the next highest
                  dollar amount contributed by eligible Highly Compensated
                  Employees (and the amount credited pursuant to Section 3.2 of
                  the Plan Statement, and the applicable amount, if any,
                  credited pursuant to Section 3.3 of the Plan Statement shall
                  be reduced accordingly).

         (c)      If any excess contributions remain after performing (a) and
                  (b), this method of reduction shall be repeated one or more
                  additional times until no excess contributions remain.

                                       D-6
<PAGE>

Provided, however, if the total amount of reduction determined in (a), (b) and
(c) would be greater than the amount of excess contributions, then the final
reduction amount shall be decreased so that the total amount of reductions
equals the amount of excess contributions.

         2.2.4. Determination of Income or Loss. The excess contributions to be
distributed to any eligible Highly Compensated Employee shall be adjusted for
income or loss. Unless the Committee and the Trustee agree otherwise in writing,
the income or loss allocable to excess contributions to be distributed shall be
determined by multiplying the income or loss allocable to the eligible Highly
Compensated Employee's elective contributions, and if used to determine an
eligible Highly Compensated Employee's deferral percentage under Section 2.1 of
this Appendix, matching contributions (as defined in section 401(m)(4) of the
Code which meet the requirements of sections 401(k)(2)(B) and 401(k)(2)(C) of
the Code) for the Plan Year by a fraction, the numerator of which is the excess
contributions to be distributed to the eligible Highly Compensated Employee for
the Plan Year and the denominator of which is the sum of the eligible Highly
Compensated Employees's account balances attributable to elective contributions
and such matching contributions on the last day of the Plan Year, without regard
to any income or loss occurring during such Plan Year.

         2.2.5. Orphaned Matching Contributions. If excess contributions are
distributed pursuant to this Section 2.2, applicable matching contributions
under Section 3.3 of the Plan Statement shall be treated as forfeitures and
reallocated as provided in Section 6.2 of the Plan Statement.

2.3. Section 401(k) Curative Allocation.

         2.3.1. Amount and Eligibility. If neither of the section 401(k) tests
set forth in Section 2.1 of this Appendix has been satisfied and a distribution
of "excess contributions" has not been made pursuant to Section 2.2 of this
Appendix, then the Employer shall make a discretionary contribution for that
Plan Year. Forfeitures shall not be included in this allocation. Only those
Participants who were not eligible Highly Compensated Employees for that Plan
Year and for whom some contribution was made pursuant to Section 3.2 of the Plan
Statement for such Plan Year shall share in such allocation. This allocation
shall be made first to the Participant with the least amount of compensation and
then, in ascending order of compensation, to other Participants. The amount of
the Employer discretionary contribution to be so allocated shall be that amount
required to cause the Plan to satisfy either of the section 401(k) tests set
forth in Section 2.1 of this Appendix for the Plan Year; provided, however, that
in no case shall amounts be so allocated to cause a Participant's deferral
percentage to exceed twenty percent (20%). Such Employer discretionary
contribution shall be treated as elective contributions subject to section
1.401(k)-1(b)(5) of the Income Tax Regulations, which is incorporated herein.

         2.3.2. Crediting to Account. The Employer discretionary contribution
which is so allocated to a Participant shall be allocated to that Participant's
Retirement Savings Account for the Plan Year with respect to which it is made
and, for the purposes of Section 4, shall be credited as soon as practicable
after it is received by the Trustee.

                                       D-7
<PAGE>

                                    SECTION 3

                            SECTION 401(m) COMPLIANCE

3.1. Section 401(m) Compliance.

         3.1.1. Safe Harbor Compliance. If the Plan satisfies the requirements
of section 401(m)(11) of the Code for any Plan Year beginning after December 31,
1998, the provisions of this Section 3.1 of Appendix D shall not apply to the
Plan for such Plan Year.

         3.1.2. Special Definitions. For purposes of this Section 3, the
following special definitions shall apply:

         (a)      An eligible employee means an individual who is eligible to
                  receive an Employer matching contribution for any portion of
                  the Plan Year (whether or not the individual does so).

         (b)      An eligible Highly Compensated Employee means an eligible
                  employee who is a Highly Compensated Employee.

         (c)      Contribution percentage means the ratio (calculated separately
                  for each eligible employee) of:

                  (i)      the total amount, for the Plan Year, of Employer
                           contributions credited to the eligible employee's
                           Employer Matching Account excluding any Employer
                           matching contributions used in determining the
                           deferral percentage under Section 2.1.2(c)(i) of this
                           Appendix, and including, if the Committee elects, all
                           or a portion of the Employer contributions credited
                           to the eligible employee's Retirement Savings
                           Account, provided that the 401(k) compliance testing
                           under Section 2.1 of this Appendix is satisfied both
                           with and without exclusion of such Employer
                           contributions, to

                  (ii)     the eligible employee's Recognized Compensation for
                           the portion of such Plan Year that the employee is an
                           eligible employee.

                  For this purpose, Employer contributions will be considered
                  made in the Plan Year if they are allocated as of a date
                  during such Plan Year and are delivered to the Trustee within
                  twelve (12) months after the end of such Plan Year.

                                       D-8
<PAGE>

         (d)      Average contribution percentage means, for a specified group
                  of eligible employees for the Plan Year, the average of the
                  contribution percentages for all eligible employees in such
                  group.

         3.1.3. Special Rules. For purposes of this Section 3.1, the following
special rules apply:

         (a)      Rounding. The contribution percentage of each eligible
                  employee and the average contribution percentage for each
                  group of eligible employees shall be calculated to the nearest
                  one-hundredth of one percent.

         (b)      Multiple Plans. In the case of an eligible Highly Compensated
                  Employee who participates in any other plan of the Employer
                  and Affiliates (other than an employee stock ownership plan
                  described in sections 409(a) and 4975(e)(7) of the Code) to
                  which Employer matching contributions are made on behalf of
                  the eligible Highly Compensated Employee, all such Employer
                  matching contributions, and if used to determine the
                  contribution percentage of eligible employees, Employer
                  contributions made pursuant to a salary reduction agreement
                  shall be aggregated for purposes of determining the eligible
                  Highly Compensated Employee's contribution percentage;
                  provided, however, that such Employer contributions made under
                  an employee stock ownership plan shall not be aggregated.

         (c)      Permissive Aggregation. If this Plan satisfies the
                  requirements of sections 401(m), 401(a)(4) or 410(b) of the
                  Code only if aggregated with one or more other plans, or if
                  one or more other plans satisfy the requirements of such
                  sections of the Code only if aggregated with this Plan, then
                  this Section 3.1 shall be applied by determining the average
                  contribution percentage of eligible employees as if all such
                  plans were a single plan. Plans may be aggregated in order to
                  satisfy section 401(m) of the Code only if they have the same
                  Plan Year and they use the same 401(m) testing method.

         3.1.4. The 401(m) Tests. Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions, at
least one of the following two tests must be satisfied for each Plan Year:

         Test 1:  The average contribution percentage for the group of eligible
                  Highly Compensated Employees for the current Plan Year is not
                  more than the average contribution percentage of all other
                  eligible employees for the current Plan Year multiplied by one
                  and twenty-five hundredths (1.25).

         Test 2:  The excess of the average contribution percentage for the
                  group of eligible Highly Compensated Employees for the current
                  Plan Year over the average contribution

                                       D-9
<PAGE>

                  percentage of all other eligible employees for the current
                  Plan Year is not more than two (2) percentage points, and the
                  average contribution percentage for the group of eligible
                  Highly Compensated Employees for the current Plan Year is not
                  more than the average contribution percentage of all other
                  eligible employees for the current Plan Year multiplied by two
                  (2).

The Committee may, however, elect in accordance with further guidance issued by
the Secretary of the Treasury to substitute the average contribution percentage
of all other eligible employees for the preceding Plan Year for the average
contribution percentage of all other eligible employees for the current Plan
Year in Tests 1 and 2 above. Any election made by the Committee to use the
average contribution percentage of all other eligible employees for the
preceding Plan Year in Tests 1 and 2 above may only be changed in the manner
prescribed by the Secretary of the Treasury.

         To the extent prescribed under regulations issued by the Secretary of
the Treasury, for a Plan Year in which Test 1 is not satisfied for the section
401(k) test in Section 2.1 of this Appendix, nor is Test 1 satisfied for the
401(m) test in this Section 3.1, the sum of the actual deferral percentage and
the average contribution percentage of the eligible Highly Compensated Employees
must not exceed the "aggregate limit" defined below.

         "Aggregate limit" shall mean the greater of (a) or (b):

         (a)      The sum of:

                  (i)      125 percent of the greater of the average deferral
                           percentage or the average contribution percentage of
                           eligible non-Highly Compensated Employees for the
                           Plan Year, plus

                  (ii)     two percentage points plus the lesser of the average
                           deferral percentage or the average contribution
                           percentage of eligible non-Highly Compensated
                           Employees for the Plan Year (in no event, however,
                           shall this amount exceed two times the lesser of such
                           average deferral percentage or such average
                           contribution percentage), or

         (b)      The sum of:

                  (i)      125 percent of the lesser of the average deferral
                           percentage or the average contribution percentage of
                           eligible non-Highly Compensated Employees for the
                           Plan Year, plus

                  (ii)     two percentage points plus the greater of the average
                           deferral percentage or the average contribution
                           percentage of eligible non-Highly

                                      D-10
<PAGE>

                           Compensated Employees for the Plan Year (in no event,
                           however, shall this amount exceed two times the
                           greater of such average deferral percentage or such
                           average contribution percentage).

         3.1.5. Preventative Action Prior to Plan Year End. If the Committee
determines that neither of the tests described in Section 3.1.4 will be
satisfied (or may not be satisfied) for a Plan Year, then during such Plan Year,
the Committee may from time to time establish (and modify) maximums for Employer
matching contributions of eligible Highly Compensated Employees that are less
than the contributions which would otherwise be permitted or provided. No
Employer matching contributions shall be made in excess of such maximums after
the date such maximums are effective. The Committee shall prescribe rules
concerning such modifications, including the frequency of applying the tests
designed in Section 3.1.4 and the commencement and termination dates for any
modifications.

3.2. Distribution of Excess Aggregate Contributions.

         3.2.1. In General. Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan
Statement, excess aggregate contributions, plus any income and minus any loss
allocable thereto, shall be distributed no later than the last day of the
following Plan Year to eligible Highly Compensated Employees as determined in
this Section.

         3.2.2. Determining Excess Aggregate Contributions. For purposes of this
Section, excess aggregate contributions shall mean, with respect to any Plan
Year, the excess of:

         (a)      the aggregate amount of contributions taken into account in
                  computing the average contribution percentage of eligible
                  Highly Compensated Employees for such Plan Year, over

         (b)      the maximum amount of such contributions permitted by the
                  section 401(m) tests described in Section 3.1 of this
                  Appendix. Such maximum amount of contributions shall be
                  determined by reducing (not distributing) eligible Highly
                  Compensated Employees' contributions as follows:

                  (i)      The Employer matching contributions for the eligible
                           Highly Compensated Employee who has the highest
                           contribution percentage shall be reduced by the
                           amount required to cause such eligible Highly
                           Compensated Employee's contribution percentage to
                           equal the next highest contribution percentage of an
                           eligible Highly Compensated Employee.

                  (ii)     If neither of the tests is satisfied after such
                           reduction, the Employer matching contributions for
                           eligible Highly Compensated Employees who then have
                           the highest contribution percentage (including those
                           reduced

                                      D-11
<PAGE>

                           under (i) above) shall be reduced by the amount
                           required to cause such eligible Highly Compensated
                           Employees' contribution percentage to equal the next
                           highest contribution percentage of an eligible Highly
                           Compensated Employee.

                  (iii)    If neither of the tests is satisfied after such
                           reductions, this method of reduction shall be
                           repeated one or more additional times until one of
                           the tests is satisfied.

         3.2.3. Distribution of Excess Aggregate Contributions. Excess aggregate
contributions, plus any income and minus any loss allocable thereto, shall be
distributed from the Participant's Employer Matching Account (and, if
applicable, the Participant's Retirement Savings Account in proportion to the
Participant's Employer matching contributions, and if used to determine the
contribution percentage under Section 3.1 of this Appendix, elective
contributions for the Plan Year. The amount of excess aggregate contributions to
be distributed on behalf of each eligible Highly Compensated Employee for the
Plan Year shall be equal to the amount of reduction determined as follows:

         (a)      The Employer matching contributions of the eligible Highly
                  Compensated Employee who has the highest dollar amount of such
                  contributions shall be reduced by the amount required to cause
                  such eligible Highly Compensated Employee's contributions to
                  equal the next highest dollar amount received by eligible
                  Highly Compensated Employees.

         (b)      If any excess aggregate contributions remain after performing
                  (a), then the eligible Highly Compensated Employees who have
                  the next highest dollar amount of Employer matching
                  contributions (including those reduced under (a) above) shall
                  be reduced by the amount required to cause such eligible
                  Highly Compensated Employees' contributions to equal the next
                  highest dollar amount received by eligible Highly Compensated
                  Employees.

         (c)      If any excess aggregate contributions remain after performing
                  (a) and (b), this method of reduction shall be repeated one or
                  more additional times until no excess aggregate contributions
                  remain.

Provided, however, if the total amount of reduction determined in (a) through
(c) would be greater than the amount of excess aggregate contributions, then the
final reduction amount shall be decreased so that the total amount of reductions
equals the amount of excess aggregate contributions.

         3.2.4. Determination of Income or Loss. The excess aggregate
contributions to be distributed to any eligible Highly Compensated Employee
shall be adjusted for income or loss. Unless the Committee and the Trustee agree
otherwise in writing, the income or loss allocable to excess aggregate

                                      D-12
<PAGE>

contributions to be distributed shall be determined by multiplying the income or
loss allocable to the eligible Highly Compensated Employee's Employer matching
contributions (to the extent used to determine the eligible Highly Compensated
Employee's contribution percentage under Section 3.1 of this Appendix), and if
used to determine an eligible Highly Compensated Employee's contribution
percentage under Section 3.1 of this Appendix, elective contributions for the
Plan Year by a fraction, the numerator of which is the excess aggregate
contributions to be distributed to the eligible Highly Compensated Employee for
the Plan Year and the denominator of which is the sum of the eligible Highly
Compensated Employees's account balances attributable to Employer matching
contributions and such elective contributions on the last day of the Plan Year,
without regard to any income or loss occurring during such Plan Year.

         3.2.5. Orphaned Matching Contributions. If elective contributions
treated as excess aggregate contributions are distributed pursuant to this
Section 3.2, applicable matching contributions under Section 3.3 of the Plan
Statement shall be treated as forfeitures and reallocated as provided in Section
6.2.

3.3. Section 401(m) Curative Allocation.

         3.3.1. Amount and Eligibility. If neither of the section 401(m) tests
set forth in Section 3.1 of this Appendix has been satisfied and a distribution
of "excess aggregate contributions" has not been made pursuant to Section 3.2 of
this Appendix, then the Employer shall make an additional matching contribution
for that Plan Year. Forfeitures shall not be included in this allocation. Only
those Participants who were not eligible Highly Compensated Employees for that
Plan Year and who were entitled to receive an Employer matching contribution
shall share in such allocation. This allocation shall be made first to the
Participant with the least amount of compensation and then, in ascending order
of compensation, to other Participants. The amount of the Employer matching
contribution to be so allocated shall be that amount required to cause the Plan
to satisfy either of the section 401(m) tests set forth in Section 3.1 of this
Appendix for the Plan Year.

         3.3.2. Crediting to Account. The Employer matching contribution which
is so allocated to a Participant shall be allocated to that Participant's
Employer Matching Account for the Plan Year with respect to which it is made
and, for the purposes of Section 4, shall be credited as soon as practicable
after it is received by the Trustee.

                                    SECTION 4

                        SEPARATE TESTING FOR EARLY ENTRY

4.1. Disaggregation for Compliance Testing Purposes. Pursuant to section
410(b)(4)(B) of the Code, the Employer shall apply section 410(b) of the Code
separately to (a) the portion of the Plan (the "Early Entry Plan") that benefits
only employees who satisfy age and service conditions under the Plan that

                                      D-13
<PAGE>

are lower than the greatest minimum age and service conditions permitted under
Code section 410(a), and (b) the remaining portion of the Plan (the "Safe Harbor
Plan"). The Plan shall be treated as two separate plans (the Early Entry Plan
and the Safe Harbor Plan) for purposes of Code section 401(k). The safe harbor
requirements of Code section 401(k)(12) will be satisfied only with respect to
the Safe Harbor Plan.

         4.1.1. Early Entry Plan. Eligible employees who have not satisfied the
Eligibility Service requirements under Section 2.2 of the Plan Statement and who
have not become Participants as to Employer matching contributions shall be
included in the Early Entry Plan. The provisions of Section 2.1 of Appendix D
shall apply to the Early Entry Plan. An eligible employee shall cease to be a
Participant in the Early Entry Plan as of the quarterly date the eligible
employee becomes a Participant as to Employer matching contributions under
Section 2.2 of the Plan Statement. Each eligible employee's deferral percentage
under Section 2.1.2(c) of this Appendix D shall be calculated based on Employer
contributions credited to the eligible employee's Retirement Savings Account and
Recognized Compensation earned for that portion of the Plan Year in which such
eligible employee is a Participant in the Early Entry Plan.

         4.1.2. Safe Harbor Plan. Eligible employees who satisfy the Eligibility
Service requirements under Section 2.2 of the Plan Statement and who become
Participants as to Employer matching contributions shall be included in the Safe
Harbor Plan. If the Safe Harbor Plan satisfies the requirements of section
401(k)(12) of the Code for a Plan Year, the provisions of Section 2.1 of
Appendix D shall not apply to the Safe Harbor Plan for such Plan Year.

4.2. Highly Compensated Employees. Employer contributions made on behalf of a
Highly Compensated Employee who is a Participant under both the Early Entry Plan
and the Safe Harbor Plan during a Plan Year, but who is not simultaneously a
Participant under both such Plans, shall not be aggregated and treated as made
under one arrangement under section 1.401(k)-1(g)(1)(ii)(B) of the income tax
regulations.

                                      D-14

Source: [{"source": "alea-institute/alea-institute/kl3m-data-edgar-agreements/train-00006-of-00352.parquet"}, [{"source": "alea-institute/alea-institute/kl3m-data-edgar-agreements/train-00006-of-00352.parquet"}]]